TWI355952B - Dual deck exercise device - Google Patents

Description

1355952 发明, DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION: TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention generally relates to an area of an exercise device, and is related to an exercise device including a pair of pedals - and more particularly a plate set with Moving surface on. Among them, such U.S. Patent No. 6,461,279. U.S. Patent No. 5,626,539. U.S. Patent No. 5,336,146. The health benefits of the exercise of the present invention are well known. The fitness equipment of T Xi has been developed for a long time and different types of fitness support. Examples of successful fitness equipment include the use of ladders. Conventional treadmills typically include a continuous belt that can be moved by a user on the moving surface. The traditional (four) machine typically includes the applicable = or:

- for the joint, but to provide a pair of surfaces or pedals, use:: lower (d) on the surface or material and upper a to stand J ladder up row f to be in the section - the various embodiments of the invention and The concept department involves a kind of fitness device that provides a parallel and typical, "1 row of moving surfaces. These moving surfaces are opposite to each other, and are applied to a P. Pivoting up and down. By means of a device according to the invention, the 0-type 4-turn moving surface is provided in a manner that is used, 葙' used - some or all of the treadmills The benefits of fitness and the benefits of using a ladder machine – and the full fitness benefits of the ladder. In addition, a fitness machine that meets the concept of clarity provides the added benefit of being unable to be identified by a single step ladder. The other embodiments and concepts of the present invention are discussed in more detail below. [SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION] Lu Qishen’s annexation application is related to and claims to be named ''dual platform' Fitness equipment (Dual D Eck Exercise Device), 'U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 6/45, No. 789, filed on Feb. 28, 2003. The present invention is related to the following U.S. application and The entire disclosure of the following U.S. Patent Application is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety in the U.S. Application Serial No.: "Exercise Device with Treadles" US Application No. 60/45 1,104, filed on February 28, 2003; name "Exercise Device with Treadles" '' and filed on February 26, 2004 US Patent Application No. 1, which is also the Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 2071/US/2, and is the US EV 304 883 463 US Express Mail; the name is the control system for the exercise device and Method (System and 1355952

Method for Controlling an Exercise Apparatus) and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 6/45, No. 89, filed on February 28, 2003; entitled "Control System and Method for Fitness Devices" (c〇 Ntr〇1

The United States Patent Application No. 2 filed on February 26, 2004, which is also the Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 2076/US/2, and is the US Express E-mail No. EV 447 463 1 12 US; the name "Exercise Device whh Treadles", and the U.S. Patent Application No. 2 filed on February 26, 2004, the application is also Dorsey & Whhney LLp Memorandum No. 34005/US, and US Express Mail No. EV 447 463 28〇 US; name "System and Method f0r Controlling an Exercise Appamus" and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 4, filed on Feb. 26, 2008, which is also assigned to the sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss Us number; the name is a double treadmill with a separate rear wheel (Dual Treadmill Exercise Device having a Single Rear

Roller) and the United States Patent Application No. No. No. 3, filed on February 26, 2014. This application is also Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 34007/US, and is US Express Mail No. 2; 1355952 Treadmill with the name "hydraulic resistance, arm movement and non-motorized double platform (^1114 1^3151311. 6, into 1*01 ugly \611 (^6 311£11^011-

Motorized Dual Deck Treadmills) and US Patent Application No. 1 filed on February 26, 2004, the application is also

Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 34103/US, and US Express Mail No. EV 447 463 302 US; and the name "Exercise Device with

And the U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 29/176,966, filed on Feb. 28, 2003. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention

^ ^ Ί/Τ UJ TP is installed in a frame to pivot relative to the frame. A first resistance zebra is mounted between the frame and the first pedal in an installed position, and the first pedal can be selectively adjusted within the range of the installation position. The first resistance pedal has a position adjusted by adjustment of the mounting position of the first resistance element. A similar resistance element is operatively mounted between the second pedal and the frame to facilitate adjustment of the position of the second jaw relative to the frame. The resistance elements are: two are mounted on a continuous adjustment structure such as a guide screw === and the resistance elements are within the range of their (four) set position Λ ° ° The guide screw can be operatively mounted to a horse曰 to rotate the guide screw. Instead of the continuously adjusted structure, a separate adjustment structure like a pop-up stud is used. The position of the resistance element to the attachment point of the pedals. Change to adjust the pedals 13 1355952

According to one embodiment of the invention, the first and second pedal systems are pivotally mounted to a frame. Each pedal system is provided with a continuous stepping. Each bilge has its own motor that produces a driving force for individual bilges. Alternatively, each of the pedals may be provided with a drive roller for transmitting a motor corresponding to the driving force to the continuous pedestal of the pedal. Each motor can be separately controlled to drive the two pedals at different speeds. Alternatively, the motors can be synchronized via a common control device to ensure that the two consecutive pedestals are driven at substantially the same speed as each other. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a pedal assembly includes a frame; an upper floor that is spaced from the frame and generally above the frame; a stepped bottom that slidably traverses the floor a top table®; and (d) a lifting device operatively contacting the frame and the upper floor for holding the upper floor in position adjacent to the step and substantially below the bottom The suspension device also buffers the upper bottom when the upper base plate is deflected toward the aforementioned frame: the:: lifting device may include at least one elastic member that is inserted into the frame of the side and the aforementioned A number of elastic easing (four) above, Μ is inserted::, 4 can include a complex ^ 〃 is inserted between the frame and the upper floor. Also the party's one rigid buffer is used as part of the suspension. Alternatively, the suspension device can include a plurality of rigid bumpers, the elastic buffers when the buffer is deflected by the frame; the first direction is toward the front, and wherein when the upper bottom plate is initially facing the frame When deflected, a 14/stable hard bumper will be spaced from the lower surface of the aforementioned upper base plate. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a pedal assembly includes: a second base plate on the frame, which is separated from the frame and substantially a top surface. The following: slidably a frame traversing the bottom panel, the susceptor, operatively contacting: a bottom plate above the bottom plate for holding the upper bottom plate in place at the bottom and substantially below the bottom of the step; Suspending 0 S6 The bottom plate is deflected toward the aforementioned frame to cushion the upper product. The upper floor is formed with a cantilever relative to the frame, and the suspension device includes at least one '', the elastic member, the system It is inserted between the frame and the upper bottom plate. According to one embodiment of the invention, the pedal system is pivotally attached to the frame at the end of the = (4). Each of the pedals has a base: a base 2 formed by a top extension of a continuous belt. The resistance means associated with the parent pedals are in at least one direction = the tumbling motion of the pedals. The pedals are tilted downward from a higher limit ... towards the lower free end. The frame may include a two-fourth equal resistance device and the pedals that can be attached to the vertical/胄 resistance device to resist pivoting of the corresponding pedal in two directions. One mutual; Kang La, can be operatively coupled to each pedal, the heart causes the pedals to lift up while the other pedal descends. If a == device is used, the resistance devices will not need to include the action of a return spring. In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a dual cymbal fitness raft includes a pair of pivotally mounted affixed to an attachment structure operatively coupled to the two pedals: , the frame, so that when the pedals are pushed down 7 to the frame 啰黧咏 4 η another pedal will provide resistance to the movement of the arm 1 block. The attachment structure can be a swinging structure, which can be a rotary brake, an electromagnetic brake, and a second hydraulic mechanical device. According to one embodiment of the invention, a fitness machine system includes a pair of vertical cymbals that are pivotally mounted to a frame; the sap is used for a substantially two-shot motion. A first resistance element (such as - the first position is widely attached at one of the top ends to one of the m frames, the first position being located within - the frame. The resistance element is The adjustment of the attachment point of the frame will be: Force:: The orientation of a guide screw mechanism can be used for ::::: The device is attached to the frame. - A stud can be used for the attachment A top end and a top for the opening in the frame are attached to the frame. The plug is a load of popped spikes. The exercise device can include a pedal and a first resistance element. a second pedal and a second resistance element: an attachment skirt can be attached between the first and second pedals for use when one pedal is moved downwards by the Irti meal door and the other pedal system is upwardly Move. 5 hai one pedal adjustment can be 丨viw. The same height is set independently of each other, so that the pedals can be in a ridge yoke not according to the present invention, a fitness machine includes a pedal's quilt-to-scissor frame Connected to a frame. Each sheared 16-knife frame can be moved between _ _ Μ a fixed position and an upper position. The frame (4) 'Connects the scissors steadily, the offset is set... a suppressor can Connected to each frame - an attachment device can be operatively connected to each pedal

2 When one pedal descends, the other pedal system will rise. When the ^: moves, the material pedal can remain parallel to the surface of the support. :: When the pedal moves from the upper position to the lower position, the piece can be placed in tension or (d).

= One embodiment according to the invention has a pedal. . The suppression device on the device includes a reservoir containing hydraulic fluid, which is divided into two chambers by a valve. Each chamber is provided with a plunger and each plunger is coupled to a pedal. * When a plunger is pushed into its respective chamber by its respective pedal, it pushes the fluid through the valve and enters another chamber 1 to push the other * plug and its pedal outward. The valve is adjustable to produce a change t卩 effect. The plungers can be provided in a cylinder that is sealed by a common cover. The equal cylinders can be mounted side by side and housed within a housing. A channel may be provided in the common cover to allow hydraulic fluid to flow between the two chambers. The plungers can be coupled to the pedals via an attachment device. A biasing mechanism (like a spring) can be attached to each spring to push the corresponding pedal up. An exercise device includes a frame for pivotal movement of a pedal that is pivotally mounted in a plane of a 17 1355952 - Bu Douji in an embodiment substantially in accordance with the present invention . A suppressor attached to the frame and the pedal resists the movement of the pedal. A spring attached between the frame and the pedal pushes the pedal upward. A similar second pedal can be pivotally mounted to the pedal' and provided with a suppressor and a spring b which can be elastomeric. The springs may be "stretched" by the stepping down or the springs may be compressed by the direction of the pedals. The suppressors may have an adjustable resistance. According to one embodiment of the invention The utility model comprises a fitness machine with a double bottom plate: a rear roller, and a bottom plate extending around the roller, and a second two-wire system is coupled with a corresponding driving roller mechanism. The driving roller mechanism It can be placed in. And one of the frictional joints on the floor of the temple and the bottom of the temple - a roller _:: broken and placed in the drive roller in common with each pedal can be county - / mu ° 駆 rolling roller mechanism. The eight-um moving roller can be placed from each pedal in the friction with one of the rollers. A control mechanism can be provided for the speed of the two-way joining device. Controlling the speed of the drive roller machine m to control the movement of the special floor. According to the present invention, a pedal assembly, a series of pivots, an exercise device is provided with a hinge To a large busy wood. The pedal group rail can be inserted and attached to the column, and the second storage position. The side guide is made of titanium for a latching mechanical crushing in the storage position ^ for The pedal assembly is protected from summer. When located at the storage storage position t, the fitness 18 is preferably unrestricted straight and the pedal assembly is rotated into an over-centered orientation. An implementation of your fitness device is provided with a pedal assembly that is pivotally attached to a frame. A column is also pivotally attached to the frame. One, ^ side rails are attached to the main. The side guide will be pivoted around a side 暮 ^ γ ^ 1 to pivot the pivot point to a storage position, and the column t will pivot for the 'pivot pivot point One of the side of the storage position, the side support, can be operatively attached to the distal frame 'for laterally supporting the device in the storage position. When adjusted into the storage position, the exercise machine can be 'unrestrictedly erected on the front end of the frame and the bottom portion of the post. According to one embodiment of the invention, an exercise device has a ^ MS_ ' with a pedal assembly attached thereto. - A square base frame is pivotally attached to a front part of the rear base frame at a base berth angle frame tow point - 兮今士# * Each column is broken and attached to 4 Square base frame. The rear base wood pivots between the operating position and a storage position by pivoting about the base frame. In the operating position, the front base is ±^1 In this position, the front base frame is substantially: shackled to the upright. The pedal assembly may be attached to the rear base frame _ base;:: the merging portion I the fitness device is erected unrestrictedly on the front base frame 该 and the rear base frame, ^, 卫田田In the rear base frame position, in the storage position, the column is located in a substantially vertical orientation J9 1355952. The rear base frame can be rotated into an over-centered orientation in a storage position. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, an exercise device has a main frame and a housing that is fixedly attached to the main frame. At least one pedal system is attached to the main frame, and the height of the housing is at least specific to the height of the pedal during operation of the pedal. A resistance element can be operatively attached between the pedal and the housing. The housing can be a single piece construction. _ _ replies can be operatively attached between the pedal and the housing. According to one embodiment of the invention, a pair of movable belt pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted to a frame. First and second restraining devices are coupled between the inner frame and the (b) pedal assembly, and the first and second deflecting devices are coupled between the frame and the individual pedal assemblies. The pedal assemblies can include drive rollers that are attached to a galen via a drive shaft and a torque transmitting mechanism. The frame may include an upright member to which the pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted. A pedal can be mounted to the column at a fixed point, or at a changeable, pivot point. The restraining device and the deflecting device can be coupled to the first and second unit devices, the unit devices being coupled between the post and the pedal assemblies. In accordance with another embodiment of the present invention, the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted to a frame. The first and second suppression devices are coupled between the frame and their respective pedal assemblies. The first and second deflecting devices are coupled between the frame and their respective pedal assemblies 20^55952. The first and second movable belt pedal assemblies include a belt drive mechanism having an upper surface for engagement by a user's foot p, the drive mechanism being used in a remote The first and second movable belt pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted in the direction of the frame to drive the upper surfaces of the belts. A fitness device includes a further embodiment in accordance with the present invention,

Force-to-pedal assembly that is operatively coupled to a frame for complementary movement in a substantially vertical plane as the user steps on a step on each pedal assembly. Each step is formed by a separate movable belt. The exercise device can include a drive mechanism for moving the movable belt relative to the pedal assemblies. Optionally, the drive mechanism can move the material (4) relative to each other in a complementary manner with the pedal assemblies. : the pedal assembly can be locked in a fixed position relative to the pedal assemblies' such that the exercise device can be used as a stepper in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, a pair of movable belts The pedal assembly is pivotally mounted to a frame. m and a second end of the curved rocker arm are also rotatably mounted to the frame;: = the first - contact member is engaged to the end of the curved rocker arm The pieces are joined to the arc-shaped rocker: between the second pedal assemblies. A universal joint can be used to engage the four (4) contact rods to the curved rocker arms and to the two components. The contact bars can be joined to the 21 pedal assemblies at the side frame plates, the jaws, the straight Φ, # & /, the middle 6 side frame members are provided in the first two pedal assemblies on. And a second embodiment according to another embodiment of the present invention. One has a first end and a one: enough: the rocker arm is also pivotally mounted to the pivot. a first-step core: a member is joined to the first end of the curved rocker arm and the first end of the first arm and the =Γ:Γ are engaged with the curved rocker arm The second end is connected to:: the first tie member of the arc _W first pedal assembly, and the first intermediate portion is coupled to the first end of the curved rocker arm and the frame according to the present Another invented embodiment of the invention is an embodiment of an exercise device comprising a sputum. The biasing members are slidably mounted to the frame and are provided to the frame and their respective m-pedal components and the one-up push-up biasing force resists such use. The deflecting device may have a fixed biasing characteristic that is abrupt. Embracing a strong class to the frame... The device can be directly joined to a base frame spring. The coil springs may be helical members in the direction of the device and at the other end against the flange of the base frame member at a portion of the base frame. & live® is & is provided in their respective frames according to the present invention. It is noted that: the pedal assembly is substantially coupled to the brake base suppression assembly having a first belt having a stepped step assembly and a third belt being engaged 22 1355952 to the second assembly. The brake base restraining assembly inhibits the downward rotation of the pedal assemblies. The brake base restraining assembly can include a separate continuous restraining belt, a differential flywheel that is coupled to the "Xenon Brake", and a pulley system for guiding the continuous restraining belt. Alternatively, the brake base inhibiting assembly may include a first restraining belt coupled to the first pedal assembly and a second restraining belt coupled to the second pedal assembly. The brake-based suppression assembly can include first and second suppression belts and first and second brakes. An interconnecting device can be included as part of the fitness device' such that when either pedal assembly is pushed down, the other pedal assembly is correspondingly pushed up. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a pair of stepping components are pivotally mounted to a frame. A single continuous restraining belt is provided with a first end that is attached to the first pedal assembly and a second end that is attached to the second pedal assembly. A flywheel is attached to the frame. A differential flywheel is coupled to the flywheel. A pulley system guides the continuous restraining belt between the first and second ends of the continuous restraining belt and includes a pulley 'attached to the differential flywheel such that movement of the pedal assemblies resists rotation of the flywheel . If a differential flywheel is used, the differential flywheel can be deleted. The first and second pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted to a frame in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. A first biasing mechanism has a rigid abutment member disposed on the first pedal assembly and an elastic member coupled to the frame. A second biasing mechanism has a 23^^5952 resilient member that is disposed on the second pedal assembly to support the pivot. a flat spring raft and one joined to - to facilitate formation of the first and second deflectors to frame the yoke, the field, and the surface orientation relative to the pedal assemblies are joined to The cypress is used to form the deflecting mechanical devices. - Add & frame to · female · * γ * : * 〇 yellow piece spring can be connected to the ^ 玄 frame, used to present a kind of relative to the leather tens of ' used to form the bias of the mechanical dream J Lu Forced to wind up. A multi-section twist* can be joined to the anvil 4T•丄^ itself. The twisting force of the strong yellow torsion section formed such a partial-free copper 诹 exhibition. A right-handed machine can form the partial mechanical assembly I, and the components of the forks are configured. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a first cushioning mechanical magazine of the towed component is mounted to the frame m丨f (d) between the first step and the pedal member. A first cushioning mechanism having a rigid member and an elastic member is disposed between the frame plates. The rigid members may be provided with a stepping device: the G3 of the pedal assembly has an outlet portion that protrudes from the 6-step pedal assembly, and the elastic members are provided with a soft rubber device. It is joined to the frame. Material Shock Absorption According to one embodiment of the present invention, a first pedal assembly is provided with a first belt ', a slave f, a first drive roller, and a second roller. The first drive and the first roller are disposed in a substantially inverted configuration, and the first drive roller 24 1355952 is located in the wheel. Three & π xmt at "drive: cold spot. A first - belt system is configured around the first - pedal group two = and around the second roller, and to the frame. - near the roller is pivoted The eight-seat first pedal assembly is pivotally mounted to the frame, and the pedal-pick assembly is also close to the second drive roller. The one is connected to the 3 to 5 frame. The ^^ eight corrections are coupled to a drive shaft via a torsion transmission mechanism. A first is fixed to the first and first drive rollers to provide a pivot point 1 device and And a second pedal assembly, the ° device can be brokenly engaged between the frame and the # pedal assembly. A technique of connecting the cup device can be engaged between the pedal assemblies. Dragged to be joined to a frame. Each pedal and piece /, there is to J a square roller and a rear roller. A movable belt system is disposed around the front and rear rollers of each pedal assembly. Each pedal assembly has one defined on the movable belt and is located in front of the side; a stepping area between the wheels. A bottom plate does not appear in the stepping area. A deflecting device can be engaged between the frame and the pedal assemblies. A motor can be provided for the front and rear rollers The movable belt is moved between. The movable belt may have a reinforced edge. According to another embodiment of the invention, a pair of pedal assemblies are rotatably mounted to a frame. Each pedal assembly has a a front roller and a rear roller, and a movable belt system is disposed around the front and rear rollers. Each pedal assembly includes a first position that has a user 25 1355952 selectable and a user selectable a bottom plate of the second position, the first position is close to two tread zones defined between the front roller and the rear roller and And the second position is transferred from the stepping area to the device and can be engaged between the frame and the pedal assembly. The movable belt such as 6 can include a strong male edge. The moving belt can be placed under tension between the reinforcing edges. The present invention provides a protective guard for a first pedal assembly, a first step, and a first pedal An exercise device of the assembly, the pedals, and the members are pivotally coupled to a base frame C. The protective guards help prevent micro-, and pieces of the base frame The internal structure of the non-. The people want to use. = Invented - a concept, - for a kind of first-piece transmission including the right ... board, and the protective equipment of the fitness equipment _ ' , having at least one pedal opening; a first pedal shroud, a tethered fishing rod - a first pedal assembly connected to the first sea; and a first pedal shroud, straight to the spotted shroud and the first - Mm,;; The pedal components are connected. A first first hermetic enclosure encloses an area between the first pedal assembly, the pedal assembly, and the base shield. In another form, one for a protective guard with a single, and a second pedal assembly with a base member: a body device and a rear seat: a hunter on the right side The part, the left part, is defined by a disk. The protective guard is also packaged, the first pedal connected to the first pedal assembly and the second pedal 26 and the second pedal 26 1355952 connected to the second pedal In still another form, the protective guard further includes a center baffle between the first pedal assembly and the second pedal assembly. The center baffle can be pivotally supported on the exercise device by a central drive bracket and a spring. The features, utilities, and advantages of the various embodiments of the present invention will be more apparent from the detailed description of the embodiments of the invention.

In general, the present invention encompasses a fitness machine having a dual bottom plate that is reciprocated back and forth at an angle to a ####. The «Hai fitness machine can use two pedals, each of which can perform independent reciprocating motion. The pedals are generally reciprocated back and forth around the common pedal or at the rear pedal. One embodiment of the exercise machine can include a locking mechanism. The locking mechanism can be latched or otherwise prevent the pedal from moving. The embodiment of the shackle mechanism is in the form of an ankle, a pivoting mechanism, and a locking projection. When the ankle is depressed, a stick pivots about the pivoting mechanism, moving the clicker bump into engagement with a channel formed on the bottom side of the pedal, or selecting Sexually directly engages the bottom side of the pedal itself. These locking projections prevent further downward movement of the pedal. In another embodiment of the 'Xuansuo 疋 mechanism, a cam can be attached to the pedal and the stick. The downward footlight action forces the stick: two: the turning point 'drives the cam up until the cam engages the bottom side of the pedal. This system will generate a lock on the pedal action. 27 1355952

In still another embodiment of the locking mechanism, the ankle can be omitted' and a key is attached to one of the sticks. 1 The rod can be moved laterally. The button is pushed or attached to the bottom side of the pedal or in the slot or in the bracket. The interconnecting means can take the form of a fixed length rod or piston. When a fixed length rod is used, the handle stick may include a rod elongated hole, the pedal and/or the handle stick being moved, and the top of the stick: P: sliding along the slit. Further, a spring or hinge can be seated at or near a turn of the handle bar to allow the handle bar to move laterally independently of the action of the pedal. ° . In still other embodiments, the action of one or more handle sticks may be used. A corresponding pedal belt action is activated in a bruised or full manner. For example, the handle bar can be connected to the pedal or a pedal roller by a one-way pumping or a wheel-turning trunk assembly. When the handle Τ is moved in a first direction, the bearing or the wheel can be rotated by the pedal roller, and the pedal belt is forced to move accordingly. The handle is placed in a second direction. When moving, the bearing or the direction can be disengaged, allowing the pedal belt to be independent of the handle of the handlebar. In this manner, the pedal belt is driven in a single direction by the action of the handle bar. It should be noted that the handle's action only drives the pedal roller and angularly moves the pedal assembly about a pivot point through the skin around the roller. Alternatively, one of the bottom ends of each handle bar is to be placed in a narrow hole that is seated along the side of each of the pedals. In this 28 1355952 ', the handle bar can be rotated around the trailing point between the top and the show, when the handle stick is moved back and forth. Therefore, when the handles of the 叮β temple pedal can be moved to the bottom of the handlebar of the zinc, the stalker/. The combination of the aforementioned narrow hole turning points effectively drives the handle bar ^. The vertical movement of the narrow hole and the carriage...the mutual D motion is translated to the pedal for the pedal pedal, on the opposite or the same side; ^^ operatively connects the two fitness devices of the double bottom plate: . Combined with the structure of the handle stick, use::: to exercise the resistance element. For example, a reinforced-upper part of the upper body rod and the column are connected to the handle 4 left Du 7 to fly other upper body structural elements. Each part of the handle sticks toward the upper part of the body, or the spring system naturally resists the handle stick #, Gu Jitian goes to the 4 S ΛΑ ΛΑ action 'forced fitness device user to exert the eve of the force to help the handle stick . This is due to the exercise of the upper body of the user.孜u This will strengthen the fitness of the double bottom plate. Α Α 其他 其他 Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够 能够The pedals can be moved up or down by, for example, rotating a threaded screw that is received in a threaded adjuster attached to a pedal. When the screw turns _ _ .. to move, the adjuster raises or lowers the attached pedal. Such lifting and lowering generally also affects the maximum operating angle between the front and the rear of each pedal during a fall. When the pedal is lifted rearward, the maximum operating angle of the door is reduced by 29 "55952 because the height behind the pedal is raised and approaches the maximum operating height in front of the pedal. In some cases, the pedal can be lifted behind. To be high enough, the angle between the rear and the front of the pedal can form a downhill rather than an uphill slope. The dual floor exercise device can also accommodate the adjustment of the pitch. In general, "throw" ', is defined as the angle between the lowest point and the highest point of the vertical motion of the pedal measured from the main frame or the base of the exercise device. Accordingly, this angle can be changed by the user as desired. A pitching rod is rotatably attached to a pivoting support about a pivot point and extends in two directions beyond the pivot point, perpendicular to the longitudinal major axis of the pedals (and below it) extends. A pitch adjustment device for each pedal is seated along the pitch rod. The apex of each pitch adjustment device abuts the base of the pedal. The pitching can be moved along the longitudinal major axis of the pitch rod. As a general rule: the farther distance adjustment device is located farther from the pivot point, the greater the vertical distance (converted into an angle) that the pedal advances during operation. Therefore, adjusting the seat of the pitch adjustment device on the pitch rod can change the operating angle of the pedal. Finally, certain embodiments of the dual floor exercise device may be of the group 0 type. The combined embodiment can be shipped and/or stored in a more refined two room. For example, the motor, pedals, and drive belts can all be transported separately from the frame of the exercise device and assembled by the user during operation. The motor can drive one or more pedals via a drive belt connected to the motor and a pedal spindle or roller. When the ηHai motor is in operation, it rotates the drive belt, and the drive belt system 30 1355952 sequentially rotates the roller and forces a pedal belt to press on the roller to move. Alternatively, the motor can be located below a pedal and directly connected to the pedal by a wheel or other direct drive. ♦ When the motor is in operation, the wheel will rotate under the pedal belt in a frictional manner. Drive the belt.

In one embodiment, the invention is a fitness machine that includes a base frame; a first pedal that is operatively coupled to the base frame; and a second pedal that The operator is connected to the base frame. The first pedal includes a first pedal frame and a first tread surface that is displaceable relative to the first pedal frame. At least a portion of the first pedal frame can be displaced for the base frame. Similarly, the second pedal includes a second pedal frame and a (four) two tread surface, the first: stepping surface; displaced relative to the second pedal frame. At least a portion of the second pedal frame can be displaced relative to the base frame. In one embodiment, each of the tread surfaces is a set of rollers, and each of the rollers is rotatably mounted on a main shaft supported by each of the pedal frames. The outer circumference of each roller =: 衮: For each pedal frame of the roller, it can be displaced by ^ ', 17 by * ... ,, and j is suitable for contact with the user's foot or shoe. In one embodiment, each of the treading surfaces is a stepping belt that can be a continuous stepping tread. When the tread belt is displaced, the treading belt is wound in a continuous loop of the ', 卩田忒Pen 31 1355952

The pedals of their respective pedals do not advance on the belt and do not advance). When the tread belt can be coupled with a continuous stepping on the skin, the position is no longer displaced. The frame advances), or, each stepping on the tread belt (ie, when the tread belt is in a continuous loop around its tread belt is a discontinuous treading having one coupled to the first roller to one The second end of the second roller. The belt can be biased such that after the user's belt, the longitudinal center of the belt can be returned to the belt - the first end of the step when the pedal frame belt is stepped In addition, each non-foot or shoe to a starting position

In the case where the member and the member include a second frame last and the moving roller - in one embodiment, the base frame includes a first frame - a second frame member ' and the pedals can be pivoted The ground is displaced about the main axis, wherein the main shaft extends between the first and second frames. In one embodiment, the first and second pedals each have a roller and the spindle of the roller is coaxial with the spindle extending between the first and the frame members. The rollers may be the rollers of each pedal or they may be the rollers at the forefront of each pedal. These rollers may be drives for driving the tread surface of each pedal or they may be non-powered idlers. In one embodiment, the base frame again includes a first frame member and a second frame member, and the pedals are pivotally displaceable about a major axis, wherein the main shaft extends first And between the second frame members. Each of the pedals further includes a front end rolling wheelchair and a rear end roller, and the main shaft system extending between the first and second frame members and the pedal frame are in front of the rear end roller and at the front end roller 32. 1355952 The position at the rear is again. *1, in each of the embodiments, each of the first and second structures (10) has a length:: and extends over the main axis between the first and second frame members (and, the latter 6 spindles, the pedals The displacement of the base frame by a twistable square is a piece that can be displaced along the elongated holes. The elongated holes may be chevron shaped and the slope of the pedals may vary along the length of the material. One or two of the rods ^

:: may include a nut or knob for securing the rod in position along the respective elongated aperture. In an embodiment, the base frame further includes a guiding flange extending from the frame of the base 4 and extending from the main shaft along the main frame to extend the first and second frame members And the windings of the main shaft 'the pedals are pivotally movable relative to the base frame. Each of the guide flanges includes an elongated slot and a cymbal-n- _ 笫 and a first cymbal member that are displaceable within the slot. Each of the first positioning elements is adapted to enter into contact with its respective pedal frame to stop movement of the two pedals along the elongated holes in a first direction. Each of the second positioning elements is adapted to enter into contact with its respective pedal frame to inhibit movement of the pedal along the elongated aperture in a second direction. The elongated holes may be arched. In one embodiment, each of the pedals further includes a front roller that can pivot about the first spindle and a rear roller that can be towed about a second spindle. Furthermore, extending the main axis between the second frame member (and the pedals can be slanted around the main axis and 33 1355952 in a perturbation manner); the base frame displacement is It is vertically offset from a straight line extending between 3 axes and the axis of *^ θ plus two. The treading surface is a hi-hat belt, and the basin is displaced to assume that the pivotable rollers are in progress. 'Each pedal system includes a main shaft between the pedal member and the second frame member to pivot. The main pumping pole. The wheel is displaced. In addition, there is another fourth roller whose main axis is offset from the front and the ground. Therefore, the stamping

a second roller in a variation of a shovel, which is coaxial with the first main shaft (and the pedals can be displaced about the base frame), and according to which the tread belt can be wound In the three other variants, each of the pedals includes a pivoting about a third main axis, and a vertical belt between the main shafts of the third rear roller is displaceable about the four rollers. In one embodiment, each pedal further includes a first ___ second and a third roller. Each of the first roller trains is pivotable about a first spindle that is behind the respective pedal frame. Each of the first roller trains is pivotable about a second spindle that is behind the respective pedal frame. Each of the third roller trains is pivotable about a third spindle that is vertically offset from each of the pedal frames and fixedly positioned relative to the base frame. Each treading surface is a tread belt that can be displaced about the respective three rollers. When depressed, each pedal frame is adapted to be displaced rearwardly and downwardly substantially simultaneously. In addition to this, in a variation of this embodiment, each pedal system includes a fourth Ning 34 1355952 wheel that is pivotable about a fourth main shaft. The fourth main shaft is from each of the pedal frames. It is vertically offset and fixedly positioned relative to the 6H base frame. Each tread surface is a tread belt that can be displaced about the respective four rollers, and when depressed, each pedal frame is adapted to be displaced substantially rearwardly and downwardly. In one embodiment, the exercise machine further includes a pivot link for attaching the female pedal to the base frame. Each pivot link has a first end pivotally coupled to a pedal about a first spindle. P and one pivotally coupled to the base frame about a second spindle. A clamp or a second end of the extension. For each pivot link, m 'when the pedal has not been lowered (four), an acute angle exists in the 柩 turn; the top edge of ^ and the bottom edge of the adjacent pedal frame are under the H pedal L is sharper and sharper, and the pedal frame moves generally backwards and downwards. In one embodiment, the exercise machine further includes a twist link for consuming each pedal to the base frame. Each pivot link has a first two P pivotally coupled to a pedal about a first spindle of a flute and a pivotally coupled to a second spindle One portion of the base portion or a second end portion of the extension portion - the pivot joint 2 may include a torsion spring, the # system is wound around the second main shaft and coupled to the pivot The transition link and the base frame = when the pedals have not been depressed, an obtuse angle exists at the top edge of the inter-rotation link and the top edge of the adjacent pedal frame 35 1355952

In one embodiment, the exercise machine further includes a four-bar linkage device for coupling the pedals to the base frame. Each of the four-link assemblies has a first corner that is twitched around a first spindle and is lightly coupled to a pedal and is pivotally coupled to the base about a second spindle. A part of the frame or a second corner of the extended $. Each of the four-bar linkages includes upper and lower horizontal members, front and rear vertical members, and a spring. A front end of the upper horizontal member is pivotally coupled to a top end of the front vertical member about the first main shaft. A rear end of the lower horizontal member is pivotally coupled to a bottom end of the rear vertical member about the second main shaft. The spring may be between the upper and lower horizontal members <RTIgt;,</RTI> and offset the horizontal members. When depressed, a pedal frame equipped with the four-bar linkage generally moves forward and downward simultaneously. In one embodiment, each of the pedals further includes a first swing arm and a second swing arm, and the base frame includes an axle and first and second pulleys and cables. Each of the first swing arm has a lower end pivotally coupled to each of the pedals and an upper end pivotally coupled to the S-base frame. Each of the second swing arm has a lower end pivotally coupled to each of the pedals and an upper end pivotally coupled to the base frame. The first pulley is coaxially mounted on the axle and coupled to the first pedal by a first cable. The second pulley is coaxially mounted on the axle and coupled to the second pedal by a second cable. The displacement of the first pedal causes the second pedal to perform a substantially equal 'but opposite displacement. 36 1355952 In one embodiment, the fitness machine includes a curved rocker and a spring, and each of the pedals further includes a first swing arm and a second swing arm. . Each of the first oscillating arm sets has a lower end that is pivotally coupled to each of the pedals and a fourth (four) (four) _ to the upper end of the base frame. Each of the second oscillating arms has a lower end pivotally coupled to each of the pedals and an upper end pivotally coupled to the base frame. The curved rocker arm is pivotally received into the S-base frame and has a first end operatively coupled to the first pedal and operatively coupled to the second pedal The second end. After being displaced by the user's foot or shoe, the receiver deflects the pedals back into a non-displaced position. The elastic cyanine may interact between the base frame and at least one of the swing arms: the displacement of the first pedal causes the 笸-# / T 尝 双 占 — - pedal to perform a substantially equal, but opposite displacement . In one embodiment, the base frame includes first and second vertical struts to route the m of the set of sheaves and each of the pedals further includes first and second sheaves. The first sheave is pivotally coupled to the μ first pedal and slidably displaced along the first post. The second sheave is (four) grounded to the second pedal and is displaceable along the second post. The horizon interconnects the first and second sheaves ' such that displacement of the first pedal causes the second pedal to perform a substantially equal, but opposite displacement. In one embodiment, the exercise machine further includes a control mechanism U and an arcuate rocker 37 丄 355952 arm that is flexibly coupled to the base frame. The curved rocker arm includes a first end of the plate and a second end. The curved rocker arm is carried out in a vertical plane on the body. The first plates are made substantially equal, but the control mechanism is used for movement. In one embodiment, the first and second cam members. frame. The first cam member has an outer peripheral surface and a first end, the major axis of the outer peripheral surface. Similarly, the second projection member has a second end portion of the outer peripheral rocker arm, the main shaft of the outer cam member. The distance between the outer peripheral surfaces of each of them is gradually increased as the distance is the smallest. The displacement of the second end that is operatively coupled to the first pedal coupled to the second pedal may be such that displacement of a large pedal causes the second step to be the opposite displacement. A position control mechanism for limiting the end of the arcuate rocker arm includes a lever member that is rotatably coupled to the base and is mounted coaxially on the member and adapted to contact the arc a rocker arm is generally coaxially mounted to the surface of the rod parallel to the first cam element wheel element and adapted to contact the curved peripheral surface substantially parallel to the major axis of the second cam element and the cam element When the distance from the outer peripheral surface from one to the other is the largest position, in one embodiment, the fitness machine surface is located at the first virtual _ 个 4 low friction The first - between the pedals. In one embodiment, the σ, the body is that the second pedal may have a first edge adjacent to the first edge and the lower seat; the second edge/low friction of the permeable edge The surface may be one of the edges to the low friction surface. The surface of the hand h can be a rollable eight' and a stiff surface (38 1355952 is a low friction surface formed from a set of rollers), a slidable surface, or a rolling and sliding surface. combination. The slidable surface can be I TEFL.〇NTm dragon, or another low friction type polymer. Moreover, the sliding surface can be lubricated.

In the embodiment, the exercise machine further includes a third pedal. The third portion of the third pedal is a low friction surface. The low friction surface can be a rolling or slidable surface, > already in the foregoing; described. The third pedal can be offset in an up position. In addition, the third pedal can alternately track the first and second positions between a highest pedal displacement position point and a position point intermediate between the highest pedal displacement position point and the lowest pedal displacement position point. pedal. [Embodiment] 5 sheep-described description - the type of exercise device of the present invention can be constructed to provide the use of the type of walking type of exercise, - step type (four) (four) H type =: walking and stepping similar crawling motion. The exercise device has a large "=, including a treadmill-like component 12 (referred to herein as a pedal assembly) that is pivotally coupled to a frame J4 such that the pedals can be wound around A common spindle 16 is hung up and down. Each pedal passes through the pole. You include a stepping belt 18. It provides ~ a moving surface like a treadmill / pedaling... tilting the surface. The user will walk on the level, jog or run 廿m±A and the treadmill will reciprocate around the pair. The pedals are connected to each other so that the pedals 39 move upwards. The stalker is also achieved by a downward movement of the pedals. The moving surfaces of the pedal belts and the coordination and interconnection of the pedals are reciprocating back and forth, and the system provides a similar crawling on a loose surface. The whole body 'like walking, jogging or running up the sand dune, where each up and forward foot movement is achieved by sliding backwards and downwards of the ^ section. J J s of the temple J and others Health benefits are similar It will be appreciated from the following discussion that the particular health benefits are accomplished in a low impact manner. Figure 1 is an isometric view of an example of an exercise device consistent with the present invention. The embodiment of the exercise device shown in Fig. 1 includes a protective and decorative control panel 20', which in some cases shields the field of view of the components of the body device. Figure 2 is shown in the figure. An isometric view of the exercise device of 1 and the protective and decorative control panel is removed for more clear display of all components of the device. The fitness of Figure 8 and other 圊A is shown in Figure 3. Other views do not include the protection and assembly control panel in the case of most of the squats. Referring to Figures 1, 2 and other figures, the exercise device includes a first pedal assembly 12a and a second pedal assembly. i 2B, each component has a front portion m and a rear miscellaneous 24. The rear portions of the pedal assemblies 12 are pivotally supported behind the fitness device 1 . The front portion 22 of the pedal assemblies Is supported above the frame 14 And it is also conceivable to reciprocate back and forth in a generally upward and downward manner during use. The pedal is pivotally supported in front of the exercise device and the rear of the pedal assembly is supported above the frame. The pedal assembly also supports an endless belt or "peg belt" that rotates on the flat port 6 and around the front roller 28 and the rear roller 3'' to provide a forward or rearward moving surface. The user can move toward the pedal assembly on the exercise device (herein referred to as "facing forward #"), or can be used for the exercise device: above, toward the rear of the pedal assembly Exercise (herein referred to as "post-use"). The terms "front", "rear" and "right" used herein are used in the device in front of the device. The point of view. During any method of use, the user can use the species, each foot of the user contacts the pedal assembly to run, run, and/or step on the device. For example, The front side pedal assembly UA is used in the front, while the right side foot of the left user will only touch the right side ^ 12B. Alternatively, in the rear-facing use, the left foot of the spoon will generally only be used. The right side pedal assembly 1 2B is contacted, and the right side of the user's spoon will only contact the left side pedal assembly 1 2 A. The fitness device that is consistent with the concept of the present invention can be constructed to span only two types of water. For, or only provide a stepping action. For the cross-work, the shackles. The loop belt; the cow system is constructed without going back and forth, and the a system is constructed to be used for the rotation. The word " "Across the action": To: To represent any general human crossing action, such as walking, jogging, going back and forth: For stepping action, the pedal components are constructed to be rotated and the loop belt 18 is constructed. It won't be around the wheel. The word "stepping action" is used to indicate the stepping action of any ordinary person 41 1355952 class, stupid county person, a traditional m疋§ a person walks up the ladder and uses the ladder fitness device to go on A slope and so on. Γ...Γ, the rear part of the parent pedal assembly is lined up by the line ## in the δ海 fitness equipment Jin ^, "..., the front part of the mother pedal assembly (four) is supported in the S Xuan fitness _ Μ Ar + Arr 胄The other side refers to the above 'making the pedal components available and pivoting downwards. When the user steps on a looping belt 18, the associated pedal assembly is 2A, 丨2B (lower pivot. As will be more DX) Will

Will be more detailed in the following pedal components] 2 Series Shigu, Punch ^ ° Hai special movement will have a pedal assembly down or to the opposite of the pedal assembly Or move down. Thus, when the user steps on the belt 18, the associated pedal assembly will pivot downwardly and pivot accordingly. By providing the pedal θ pedal assembly will provide a moving cross-over surface, a type of exercise that covers the combination of walking and stepping. Achieved Fig. 2 is a partial cutaway isometric view of the embodiment shown in Fig. 2, which is shown in Fig. About the left and right pedal assemblies Just show the belt platform below or the belt removal and the rear roller 30. In addition to this, the plate 26 and the front roller are cut open to reveal the pedal frame member that is not present on the belt platform of the (four) pedal. In the figure, the exercise device includes the following main figure 2 and its moving parts for the exercise device and other elements 2 = the frame includes a left side structure support. The cross members 36, ##交7 right side members 34 and the plurality of fork members interconnect the left side member and the right side member 42 to provide a setting such as „„ being set on the floor, or 7 early~. P structure. The frame can be directly shock-damped – being supported on adjustable pillars, mats, “, or 疋 combinations. In the implementation of Figure 2, the 38-series can be provided in the frame of the struts... 卞The left front side and the front right side corner of the bottom. The fish M and the front end region of the left side member 32 are connected to each other, and the front end region Αα ^ ', a slightly rearward curve extends upward from the frame. Feng

, ^ is extended to the top of each of the vertical cylinders 疋 ^ η ^ , in a direction substantially perpendicular to the column. The top of the Τ shape is the handle, and the 向下° 卩° position that is downwardly extended is the column. The handles are disposed in the same plane as the individual lower side members 4, and the handles are bounded by a first section 46 connected to the posts, and a second backwards Section 48, 兮哲权Μ, the second section extends obliquely with respect to the orientation of the first zone. Exquisite μ handle system is suitable for users to hold during the use of fitness equipment - a console 5G is supported in the first of these handles

"Again: the money column includes one or more cup holders, a fitness machine..······································································· The console is most clearly shown in Figures 5 and 7. Figure 3 is a left side view of the fitness I shown in Figure 2, and Figure 4 left 疋 # right side view. Figure 5 2 is a top view of the fitness device shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 is a front view. FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9-9 of FIG. 5. Referring to FIG. 2 to FIG. 6 and FIG. And other drawings each pedal assembly includes a pedal frame η having a left side member 54 and a right side member 5 = a plurality of cross members between the left side member and the right side member. 8. The outer longitudinal members 54, 56 W, which are clearly shown in Fig. 9 in the 最4 most radially rotated ball 2, are also joined by the "ball bearing 59 to the rear of the front roller 28" Attached to the front of the rotatable plate frame, and the rear... is supported on each tread = floor in the parent pedal frame The rear. In order to adjust the treading of the tread belt and the front or rear roller, the pedal frame can be connected in an adjustable manner. The right side is different. The main # Ηκ _ is most clearly not shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4. In the way, each treatment is ancient and you can't recognize your armor. The addition can be adjusted to the speed of each of the other J pedal frames. Deriving from the end of the roller - and having two holes of the shaft = an outwardly extending eight-threaded opening 62, and being supported at 64 < and the channel is defined in the pedal The front side of the left side of the frame is in the forward end of the member 54 and 56. The passage defines a solid: the front open end - an anti-bovine 68 line defining a threaded opening is fastened To the left and right members, the middle of the opening: the line will be "aligned with the forward open end of the passage 64 with a bolt threaded into the opening with the threaded & ^ eight threaded opening And engaging with a corresponding threaded opening in the end of the roller axle 6〇, and the axle is supported Was in the channel. Alternatively, a spring system is seated between the closure of the passage: the wheat: portion and the pivoting axle for biasing the pivoting wheel forward. The wrong person adjusts one or two thread checks at the end of the axle, and the corresponding end of the cough wheel shaft can be moved forward or backward in the channel to adjust the position of the 44 1355952 integral square roller. The adjustment of the front roller can loosen or tighten the stepped belt or change the advancement of the stepping belt. ^ The belt platform 26 is seated on top of each pedal frame 52.

The crucible can be bolted to the pedal frame, can be fastened to a frame with a platform cushioning or platform suspension system, or can be loosely mounted on the pedal frame. Each belt platform is seated between each of the front and rear rollers ^ and 3〇 of the parent pedal assembly 12ΑΑ 12Β. The belt platforms are sized to provide a landing platform = for most or all of the upper running of the tread belt 18. The rear of each pedal assembly is pivotally supported at the rear of the frame, and the front of that pedal assembly is affixed by one or more restraining members 76, an interconnecting member 78, or a restraining member and an interconnecting member. A combination pylon is above the frame such that each pedal assembly 12 can be towed up and down relative to the lower frame. Figure 7 is a rear elevational view of the embodiment of the exercise device of Figure 2. Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view of the rear roller assembly taken along line 9-9 of Figure $. Referring to circle 5, Figs. 7 and 9, and other figures, each of the pedal assemblies is supported in a framed manner: a desired rear cross member 8. Above. Among the special implementations, a drive pumping unit 82 is rotatably supported by a left, middle and right side drive bracket 84a, and a rear side cross member. Corresponding radial bearings ΜΑ, . and ^ rotatably align the axle support in the (four) frame. The drive shaft rotatably supports each of the rear rollers. Therefore, the cough left and right hard wheels are supported relative to a common drive wire U in a manner that: 45 丄 is 5952 rotation, and in one example 'the common drive spindle is also common to the pedals 12 The rear box turns to the main shaft 16. Each roller (28' 30) is supported on the axle (16, 82) by a pair of collars 83. The collars are fastened to the axle by a key portion 85 which is fitted in a passage 87, 89 located in the collar and located in the axle. The collar is further fastened to the axle by a set screw 91 supported in the collar. The setting screw is tightened against the _ key portion by β λ - a pulley 86 is fastened to one portion of the drive shaft 82. As best shown in Figures 2, 3, 9, and other figures, in a particular embodiment, the drive pulley 86 is secured to the drive shaft; the left end region of the stem. However, the drive pulley can be fastened to the right end region of the crucible or somewhere along the length of the drive shaft between the left and right end turns. A motor 8 8 is fastened to a bottom. The P-plate 90 (shown most clearly in the bottom view of Figure 8) extends between the right and left side members 56 and 54. A motor shaft 92 extends outwardly from the left side of the motor. The motor is mounted such that the motor shaft is substantially parallel to the drive shaft 82. A flywheel tether is fastened to the outwardly extending end region of the motor shaft. A drive belt 96 is coupled between the drive shaft pulley and a motor pulley 98 coupled to the motor shaft. Accordingly, the motor is configured to cause rotation of the drive shaft and the two rear rollers 30. A belt speed sensor is operatively coupled to the tread belt 18 to monitor the speed of the belt. In a special embodiment 46 1355952, the belt speed sensor is implemented with a crest switch 102 comprising a magnet 1〇4 and a picker spring A split relationship is operatively coupled to the drive pulley for generating a belt speed signal. The magnet is embedded in or coupled to the drive pulley 86 and the pickup is coupled to the main frame 14 in an orientation for producing an output each time the magnet rotates through the pickup pulse. Both the left and right rear rollers 30 are fastened to the drive shaft M. Thus, rotation of the drive shaft causes the left and right rear rollers and the associated endless belt 18 to rotate at the same or substantially the same pace. It is also possible to provide a separate drive shaft for each roller that would be powered by a separate motor' with a common motor control. In this case, the motor speed will be coordinated by the controller to cause the belt to rotate at the same or almost the same pace. The or the motors may be constructed or commanded by the user's control for use in a forward direction (ie, 'from the left side, around the front and rear rollers counterclockwise) The endless belt is driven or constructed to drive the endless belt in a 'moisturizing' (i.e., clockwise around the front and rear rollers from the left side). During use, the endless belt 18 is slid over the platform 26 in accordance with a variety of elements (including the material of the belt and platform and the downward force on the belt) with a special dynamic frictional force. In some cases, the belt may be slightly bonded to the platform when the user steps on the belt and increases the dynamic friction between the belt and the platform. In addition to the force imparted by the motor cymbal 47 to rotate the belt, the flying flywheel 94 is fastened to the flywheel 94 and has an angular momentum component that helps overcome Selective AA** =» 3 Π dynamic friction and help provide a uniform stepping belt for transport. Among the special implementations, the platform is a 3/8 inch 2 intermediate density fiber. (Or "MDF"), which is based on an electro-light-low friction curing coating. Furthermore, the belt is

In/or polyester fabric substrate with a top of PVC. The belt can be combined with a low-friction material like a low-friction tantalum resin. Some embodiments of the invention may include a resistance element operatively coupled to the pedals. As used herein, the term "transfer" is used to include any type of device, structure, member, assembly, and construction that resists vertical motion (such as stepping (four) = moving.) Resistance is provided by a 7G piece of resistance. r is 疋 疋 可变, variable, adjustable. In addition, a function of the resistance x and / 疋 load, a function between a temple, a function of heat, a number of other factors of the double 4

The resistance element can provide other function functions. The downward, upward, or downward and downward movements of the motion of the == movement are provided on the pedals, and the recovery elements can also be in the square position. Will mention::: =- the restoring force of the lower pedal; or if the pedal is moving upwards, the resistance element will provide a force in the square position. The word "impact piece" seven s "1 eve moves the pedal of the sea to restore the Di 疋 suppression element, the female sergeant, is used to represent a resistance element, _ when using the magic element in this article, or - including or Does not include -= (restores U珲 (recovery) as a restraining element for 48 1355952. In a special configuration of the 忒 fitness device, one system extends in front of the pedal assembly such as each pedal assembly force member 76 to Between 2 and (4), to cut this - to resist the downward movement of each pedal. The or δ Hai special resistance element can be arranged at various positions between the pedal frame and the main frame _. In the embodiment shown in Figures 1 to 7 and other figures, the resistance element is applied to/includes a first and a second impact member. 108 X-solid impact member resists and moderates pedal movement = two first or left impact members 108 extend between the frame member 54 of the left pedal assembly and the left upright frame member 40. The _# U〇 system extends over The right side or outer frame of the right pedal assembly is between _ ', cow 42. Figure 2 6 shows an alternative embodiment of the invention, #, wherein the impact member extends between the outer frame member of each pedal assembly and the w frame is located between a portion below the pedal assembly. Ko, 丨V,

Among the Sll ^ ^ ^ ^ _ sub-, the impact members can be connected to the front of the pedal between the inner disc and the slab frame member (see Fig. 40). In a special embodiment, the fluid Type or air type suppression device, combined with a return spring. Therefore, when the front side of the board is on the front side, the impact member is restrained, and the buffering force device for providing various leg joints of the user's foot joint can also be adjusted to apply the impact member (108, 1 10 ). One and either internally or externally does not have the user's foot tribe in a downward movement that resists footsteps, legs, and like ankles and knees. In some configurations, this resistance reduces or reduces the length of a pedal's downward stroke 49. The impact member can be used to control the collar. When the shaft is rotated, the guide will be less, and the force is increased or decreased. ^With any pull of the user, such as the two-seven--, the (4) device of the present invention (four) a and the purpose can be used to conform to the 辎 "" in the ancient impact of the special impact parts are displayed and described in the name ..... resistance 'Hydraulic cylinder fitness machine (EXercise = L? 2, 582 patent, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Μ - 2 to $ 4 impact parts include a circle filled with liquid helium fluid a piston rod member extending outwardly from the cylinder. Within the cylinder, a piston system is coupled to the piston rod member. The piston defines at least an orifice through which a liquid dust fluid can flow. And, the guard i also includes a check valve. The piston subdivides the cylinder into two fluid-filled chambers. During the movement of the impact member, the piston moves up or down in the cylinder. During the downward movement or extension of the punch, the fluid will flow through the rate at a rate The rate of the orifice ' is controlled in part by the number of pores σ and the size of the orifice: during the upward movement or compression of the part, the flow system flows through the checkback. The % axis is operatively associated with one The plates associated with the orifices are connected. The rotation of the collar will expose or cover the orifice for fluid flow and thus reduce or increase the restraining force of the impact member. Alternatively, the resistance collar is restrained Attached to a plunging plunger that is indexed into an orifice between the hydraulic chambers of the impact member. The depth of the plunger will partially control the impact. Preferably, the recovery spring shown in Figure 4 of the first patent is removed. 1355952 A special impact member that can be used in an exercise device consistent with the present invention is shown and described in the name The disclosure of U. Patent The spring 252 is not used in the figure. The spring provides a restoring force that moves up or restores the pedal after the pedal is dusted down. However, preferably, the spring 252 is moved. In addition, in the I: embodiment of the invention, the impact member only provides a resistance and does not provide a restoring force. In the case of a real (four) I money hitting piece without using a magazine, It is configured to provide a resistance at 47@@8. The alternative resistance element is described in more detail below. ^_ 部份 is a partial isometric view of the fitness device, which is partially dried out. I Each of Figures 10 through 14 shows a side view of the structure, which is the position of the system = 窨夕由.闰1 丨Τ (才同同位) to the figure "(LB) is the isometric view of the fitness F, which corresponds to the view shown in Figure J 〇 ^ ' π β circle 14. In Figure ln to Figure 5 and In the special implementation of the interconnected structure shown in the other figures, the interconnected structure includes an arc-shaped rocker arm assembly (1), which is gently supported to be supported by a curved rocker lateral structure #! The left and right members 32 _ extending toward the frame are operatively coupled to each of the (four) shaped 卞 U. As shown in the clearest 53 1355952 2, the (four) rocker The cross member defines a cross-shaped transverse section. Each upright portion of the dome defines a 116 (see, for example, Figures 14 and 25). The top of the keyway defines a pivot opening 111 that defines the arc. The rocker arm pivoting wheel axle Τ9Π皮仫,士*产—β匕 includes an arc rocker wheel axle 12〇, which is broken and extends between each pivoting opening for pivoting Supporting the curved rocker arm. The lower t ^ is described in more detail in the structure: the keyway provides a path for interconnecting The structure moves between a "transport" position and a "use" position. The left and right outer portions of the first rocker arm respectively include a dowel ': a square pivoting pin 122 and a second or lower right side Plugging in... a second - upper pivot pin 128 generally == 126 extends downwardly from the inner or right side of the left pedal assembly 12A such that the upper pivot pin is supported below the inner member and Outside. - Two-body local pivoting inspection nail U. The second U-shaped second-selector - a second upper plate electric piece gift frame 132 is from the right side of the t-square inserting stud can be on the body or + The left side member is extended downwardly so that the upper portion is sub-framed under the inner member and 128 and 12: the second member is connected to the upper left side and below the lower side push pin. The handle is inserted into B. A second rod 136 is connected between the upper right side and the turn nail 130. 124. The rods are coupled to the curved rocker, and the #Y traverse system will be pedaled ( 134, 136) Captive II. In a special implementation, each rod member. These sleeve nuts: have - The adjustable length of the sleeve screw, τ, the upper and lower pivoting pegs are connected in the construction of a 52 square joint 138. A sleeve nut defines an upper and a lower threaded sleeve The tube 14 〇. Each threaded sleeve ', the boundary 夂 - a circular hole with opposite ends for supporting a = holding ball. The frame is supported by the nail system The cups of the (four) spheres define oppositely threaded ends, each end being pinned in a corresponding threaded sleeve. ° as will be discussed in more detail in In the following, the pedal sets: 12 can be locked so as not to pivot about the rear main shaft 16. When latched, the skins 18 of the pedal assemblies collectively provide an effective early, non-pivoting, treadmill-like stride surface. The length of one or each of the sleeve nuts 134 & 136 is adjusted by the rotation of the rod 142 during or after assembly of the exercise device. The heights of the two pedals can be precisely aligned such that the two The pedal belts can together provide a parallel stepped surface among the latched positions. The interconnecting structure 78 (e.g., the curved rocker arm assembly) interconnects the left pedal and the right pedal such that when a pedal® (e.g., the left pedal) pivots about the rear pivoting spindle 16 When the lower frame is then turned up, the other pedal (for example, the right side pedal) will coordinately rotate around the rear pivoting spindle, respectively, and then up. Thus, the two pedals are interconnected in a manner to provide a stepping motion wherein the downward movement of one pedal is achieved by the upward movement of the other pedal and vice versa. During such a stepping action, the curved rocker arm 1 > 2 pivots or swings about the curved rocker spindle 120, either alone or in combination with a striding action. 53 Referring now to FIG. 1 o to 丨 _ , λ U to FIG. 14 and FIG. 16 (A, B) to FIG. 20 (A, β), similar crawling provided by the action of the fitness step 1Λ f and 0 The movement # is described more succinctly. A loyal user (hereinafter referred to as "make & to Fig. 20B is shown to face forward. The #向向走 and the device is constructed to be used for crawling type.

Action A also causes the pedals to reciprocate back and forth. As shown in the foot of the foot:: 乍 is only a representative of the user... In some cases, these: , 'and the piece 12 can not be moved between the top position and the bottom position: ' Instead, it will move at the point in between. In some cases, the user may have a shorter or longer stride jtlj as shown (Ki. indicates that the θ user can go backwards, or can face rearward) or can face rearward and backward Go.

In Figures 10 and 16B, the left pedal assembly 12 is in a lower position and the right pedal assembly (10) is located in an upper position. Referring to Fig. 10 (d), the left side of the 14' arc rocker arm 112 pivots downward and the right side of the arc rocker arm 112 pivots upward. The figure (10) shows the user's right foot forward and is located on the side of the right side of the tread belt. In the orientation of the user shown in Fig. 16 ,, in the use of the crawling type facing the side, the user's left leg will be extended downward and backward and the user's majority of the weight is on the left side. On the pedals. The user's right leg will bend at the knee and extend forward so that the user's right foot will begin to press down on the pedal on the right side. From the orientation shown in Figure 16B, the user will convert his weight to a flat between the right and left legs and begin to press down with his right leg to force the right side of the 54 1355952 The feet will all descend from the pedal of Figure 16B. Due to the movement of the belt, the position shown moves backwards. 11, FIG. 17B and FIG. 17B show the orientation of the device 1〇, and the user is located at a position after the position shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 16B. Dust, and the right pedal assembly, interconnecting the structure via the curved rocker, causes the left pedal assembly 12A to begin to rise. The user's right foot moves backwards and downwards from the position indicated by the lake. The user's left foot moves backwards and upwards from the position shown in the figure. Figure 12, Figure 8B and Figure 18B show that the pedal assembly on the right side is about in the middle of its upward stroke, and the pedal assembly HA on the left side is about the towel 1 that passes through its downward stroke. The pedal assemblies are almost in the frame. At the same height above the raft, and the endless belt 18 is also in position (4) with the same degree of Β 18 ' 'the user's right and right legs are moved backwards and downwards from the position shown in FIG. 17A. The user's left foot and left and move up. In this position, among the forward crosses, the left foot is from the left heel and the user.

The leg line is from the position shown in Figure 1 to the back point. 'The user has started to lift on the left stepped belt; therefore, the ball is rolled onto the left foot of the ball. Generally speaking, the right pedal is now on. There will be more weight on the left pedal. After the orientations shown in Figures 12 ® 18Α and Figure 18Β, the right pedal assembly (4) continues its downward motion, and the left pedal assembly 12 continues its upward motion to reach 13, Figure 19, and Figure ι9β. The orientation of the device is shown. In the ® 13' Figure 19Α and Figure 19Β, the left 55 1355952 side pedal is higher than the right pedal, and the curved rocker # 112 pivots around the curved rocker. The main # 12〇 pivots so that its right side will be low. On its left side. In this position, the user's right leg continues to move backwards and downwards. The user lifts his right leg off the left pedal and moves the right leg forward. At approximately the upper position of the pedal belt, the user will step on his left foot on the front of the pedal belt. All of the user's weight is on the right pedal until the user places their left foot on the left pedal. The user continues to provide a downward force on the right pedal, forcing the left pedal to go up.

Figures 14, 2A and 20B show the pedal assembly a on the right side being approximately in its lowest position' and showing the pedal assembly on the left side approximately in its highest position. At this position, the user has stepped on the front portion 22 of the left pedal and has begun to press down with the left leg. The user has also begun to lift his right leg. The downward force on the left pedal will be transferred to the right pedal via the interconnecting structure 78 so that the pedal on the right can begin to lift. The half cycle of the reciprocating motion of the 4 pedals, that is, the movement of the left pedal from a lower position to an upper position and the movement of the right pedal from an upper position to a lower position... a complete crawling type Fitness circumstance: the movement of a pedal from a certain position and back to the same summer show, the way of the movement includes a complete upright cylinder with a pedal (from the lower position to the upper position) and a complete pedal Direction, „ 卜 订 订 (from the top position to the lower position). For example, a step on the left side of the C -1- person " Bu Wan straight Q right side pedal) The garment will include a left 56 1355952 side pedal that moves up from the lower position to the upper position and then back down to its I-position. In another example, one with the left pedal: the middle position (see Figure (1) has _ The stepping cycle will include an upward movement of the pedal to the upper position 'downward movement from the upper position, passing through the middle position and reaching the lower position, And the upward movement back to the middle position. The order of the downward and upward movement of the pedal does not matter. Therefore, the upward movement can be followed by the downward movement or the downward movement can be continued. Referring to the figure ίο and other drawings, in one In a special configuration, the exercise device includes a step sensor 144' that provides an output pulse wave corresponding to the parent downward light path of each pedal. The step sensor is provided with one: A magnet 148 and a second reed switch of a pickup 15. The magnet is coupled to an end of a bracket 52 that extends upwardly from the arc rocker arm 112. The magnet is oriented such that the face will oscillate back and forth past the picker, and the picker is mounted on a frame 157 that is coupled to the curved rocker cross member 114. Each:: the magnet 148 passes the pick When the device (9) is used, the second *-switch 146' emits * output pulse waves. Therefore, when the right pedal moves downward, the reed open relationship transmits an output pulse wave, which is corresponding to the magnet ft. Pass the picker and when on the left The plate 12A moves upwards. The m ° black plate switch also transmits an output pulse wave, which is corresponding to the magnetic love ° = through the pickup. The output pulse wave system is used to use the 2 board up and down. During exercise, the pedal monitors the pedal's swing and stroke D. It is also possible to arrange additional sensors in a vertical direction. It is also possible to judge the size of 57 1355952 疋 / wood or vertical stroke. These output pulse waves can be individually or疋, belt speed signals are combined to provide an indication of exercise frequency and can be used in a variety of exercise related calculations, such as to determine the calorie burn rate of the user. Shown in Figures 3'Figure 6, and Figures 16A through 2A, in a particular embodiment, each pedal system includes a minimum water: assembly 154. The lowest level assembly includes a generally V-shaped struts 156 that are interconnected between the inner and outer members of the pedal frame. The apex region of the V-shaped bracket is oriented downwardly and a generally flat mounting surface 158 is defined. One block] 60 series is fixed to the downward facing portion below the mounting surface. When the exercise device is mounted, it is preferred to use a sleeve nut (134, 136) to match the pedal such as the "heel" so that when the pedal is in its lowest position, the block 16 can be It is held above the latching cross member 162 located below - a little bit. A bumper 164 can be secured to the cross member 162 for cushioning when the pedal is lowered to the bottommost portion. The four systems of the embodiment are manufactured in a hard, non-flexible plastic. The block—the block can be made of a solid or flexible elastomeric polymer material in the form of a buckling elastomer in the form of a buckling elastomer, which is used during the use of the block to the bottom. A cushioning effect will be provided to enhance the buffering effect provided by the squad, or the buffering effect when there is no buffer. I further has the above described, gamma "the fitness device 1 〇 can be constructed to be located in a position of a lock (l〇ck_out) Ή I 败 ”, in which the pedal assembly 58 1355952

It will not pivot up and down to j-fen A. In a special closed locking direction, the anti-assembly is pivotally fixed, so that the German side of the pedaling belt fitness device is inflamed, 6 Haijun is parallel and is about a 斜% of the oblique production . Therefore, in a product/_, and a front-facing use, the user can simulate the above and use it in a rear-facing use. Talk about θ 1 is the fitness equipment according to the present invention ^ ..... ~ A 4, ugly ~ 仏 ..., 々 π Qiu, angle

The left erect portion of the sinister device is removed for a relatively clear number of special latching mechanisms 166. Figure 22 is a diagram of the exercise device. A partial side view of the file, and the latching mechanism is unengaged. Figure 23 is a partial side view of the left front portion of the exercise device and the δ lock is inserted. The latching mechanism: has a substantially τ-shaped lever arm 168, the lever arm/door lock 方! square portion Μ and an upper portion 172. The control rod 2 = square portion is pivotally connected to the upper portion of the control rod from the front cross member ...:::: the left side and the right side flash lock branch connecting member 178 18 pivot Turn to the ground 蟢裟 1 dry 178 〆 • 耆 - a common pivoting spindle! 82 connected Π: the connecting piece is connected with the left side of the ... connection: I: the way is supported 'on the left side of the guide... connection, the material connection piece and the right side sliding (four) frame (8) 4 side guide bracket] 9. The top of the first or Goth cross member (6) = the sliding truss is mounted on the upper surface of the (4) such that each guiding bracket defines a guiding passage of 59 1355952, the guiding passage is substantially The direction extends between the front and the rear of the exercise device. In one embodiment, each of the guide passages includes a pair of upwardly extending side walls μ. The sliding trusses define side walls 194 that extend downwardly and are separated by a distance that is slightly greater than the distance between the upwardly extending side walls of the guiding brackets. A longitudinally extending elongated slot 196 is defined in the side wall of each guide passage. The elongated apertures are adapted to receive guide staples that extend inwardly from the downwardly extending sidewalls of the slide brackets. The special sliding frame is thus adapted to move forward and backward in the vicinity of the guiding paths. The forward and rearward extent of the sliding gantry is controlled by the length of the channel and the separation before and after the guiding pegs. The latching bumper 164 is coupled to the top of each of the sliding brackets. As best shown in Figure 21, an upwardly extending panel outline defines an upwardly extending slot 2'2 that is adapted to valley to the lever f 168. The bottom of the slot defines a narrow slot with a short downwardly extending retainer flange 2 〇 6. In the non-latching position (the spring is held in! W Dan is the lever arm system = is in the long hole portion, and is held in the proper position by the retainer flange. AT亜pq i , · ", To lock the pedal, the lever arm first disengages it from the retainer flange, and then the two brakes w are moved toward the right or away from the slit e-hole to '« In the narrow hole is raised upwards. Cough = the mouth causes the lever arm to pivot upwards to the lever ... 74. The upward movement is by a latch The upper portion 60 1355952 is a substantially backward-moving μ helplessness of the position 172, and the action causes the support link (178, 180) to be in the strict red ~ taste the sliding bracket (184, 186) and slow The slider slides back and forth along the guide path. A lever spring (not shown) can be attached between the 5 hai lock assembly and one of the cross members to help only Use the de-admed beta to move the 6-sea lock assembly into the "locked" position. The locking mechanism is a ^ , the pedal assemblies are oriented at substantially the same level with respect to each other, resulting in a stop block i 6 hanging from the bottom of each pedal: & is at approximately the same vertical position. In this position, the closing έ latching assembly is moved rearwardly such that the damper 164 is moved backward into engagement with the stop y τ block. The back of the buffer may be toward the end, and the 缓冲器L is gradually tapered. Therefore, the buffers may be wedged under the tails of the stop blocks for constructing the exercise device. In the "locked" position, and the ancient Xuanzang sorrow pedal is prohibited from moving up and down. In order to install the device, the terraced-gamma straight user can directly step on the pedal assembly 12, And starting the exercise. Alternatively, the user can step on a side that extends outwardly from the side of each of the pedal assemblies 12; i as shown in Figure i, each foot defines a flat Mounting surface 210, the mounting surface is generally Aligned with the adjacent pedal assembly and the upper belt surface: the mounting surface may have ridges or other types of features to enhance the tactile sensation between the user's shoes or the foot and the mounting surface. Figure 2 and other figures show 'each platform is secured to an outwardly extending platform gantry 212. The platform cradle is secured to the left and right side frames 61 1355952 / (54 '56)' and from The frame member; ^ k shows the use according to the invention - a = extension = outward extension. Figure - an exercise device. The rear is equipped with a square I platform platform platform 'from the pedal components 丨 ^ A separate foot is not located at the same level as the rear portion. The square portion extends rearwardly. In order to assist in transporting the exercise device w, the manner can be constructed such that in some implementations of the pedal heart exercise device, the pedals can be lowered from two to twelve. Move and quickly snap into the operational position = position is easily up = the perspective view of the exercise device in the transport position, two:: lowered to the side uprights 40 and 42 and manipulates the $% 〃 side and right connections. Figure 25 is a partial perspective view of the interrupted device 10 being lowered to the transport position. The curved rocker arm assembly 112 is constructed such that the exercise device among the fitness positions is 'reduced to the transport system with a spring load so that the axle can pivot the axle of the H rocker arm (2) As clearly shown in the order of Figure 15: low into the keyway 116. The shaft includes a pivoting wheel with an end cover j Λ curved cup arm 6 ° female end cover to the surrounding flange - the diameter of the flange is large for the keyway 16: - one position, expand The pivot opening 118. The collar 220 disposed in any of the edges...the cover shaft=determines a narrow hole from the protruding keyway, but is smaller than the pivot opening: the opening is turned in the frame during use The curved rocker arm is lowered in the middle of the building. The curved rocker arm assembly is lowered. The end cover 218 transmits 62 丄 355952 and extends outward from the 忒 arc opening/shaking arm. When the cover is pulled over the shaft of the member exposed to a smaller diameter. The holding wheel axle is dropped in the keyway, as shown in Figure: The low arc rocker arm will cause the pedal group #12 to pivot downward until the block 16 is dropped to the bottom and is located on the latching jaw member 162. In order to construct the exercise device in its fitness or "use, the arcuate rocker arm assembly is lifted in the orientation (such as by lifting the lead of the plates)" to make the pivot The axle can be moved up in the keyway = the pivoting opening. Because the pivoting axle is spring loaded, when the axle-pivoting aperture is aligned, the collar 22 is ejected inwardly to the pivot Turning in*, in this position, the curved rocker arm is firmly fixed 4 and turned into the hole and ready to be used. A pair of wheels 222 are coupled to the front cross member 176. A rear panel of the exercise device 10 (see Fig. 7) includes a pair of handles 226° which are elongated openings, but other spring structures can be used. By lifting the rear of the device The wheels engage the surface on which the device rests. In this manner, the user can easily roll the exercise device to a different position. Alternatively, one or more wheels can be provided on the device. Rear, and the handle is seated in Although two wheels are shown, one or more wheel flaps, rollers, or other means may be used to easily move the device. Figure 26 to Figure 29: Installation of the impact member The position can be changed along the base frame 63 1355952

As described above, an impact member or a plurality of impact members 108, 11 〇 (i.e., the mitigation or resistance member 76) can be provided as part of the dual floor treadmill exercise device to provide resistance to such The pedal 12 or the movement of the pedals is moderated. Generally speaking, one end of the impact #i〇8, u〇 is attached to the pedals, and the other ends of the impact members _, nG A portion of the frame 14 of the exercise device is mounted (e.g., the uprights 4, 42 of the frame as depicted in Figure 1 or the side frame members 32, 34 of the frame frame depicted in Figure 1). The impact member (10), ιι〇 may be a mitigating impact member or may have a return spring incorporated into the impact member uo. Figures 26 through (4) show an embodiment of the present invention in which the impact member 1〇8, u" can be changed for the frame Μ and the position of the pedal 12 to facilitate adjustment of the unloaded position of the pedal. Because the impact members ι〇8, & Ο Ο 作用 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该Change its position and change it. The no-load position of the pedal 12 is such that the pedals 12 will naturally be subjected to a gravitational drop toward the position if no load is applied to the step & The pedals 12 will pivot up and down about the unloaded position. The adjustment of the inclination of the pedals 12 will change the difficulty of exercising. In all cases where the conditions are equal, the steeper the angle of the step is, the more difficult the chain is. Figure 26 shows the base portion of a dual floor treadmill unit 1 having a pair of pedals 12' pivotally supported on a frame frame as discussed elsewhere herein. In this embodiment, 64 1355952 the pedals 12 have a common drive roller (in this embodiment, a rear roller 30) and individual distal rollers (in this embodiment, the front roller 28) ) to allow each of the pedals 12 to be pivoted up and down independently of each other; however, other configurations discussed herein may also be impactable by the position of Figures 26 through 29. " Come to work. In order to emphasize the position of the impact member that can be changed and only the base portion 300 is shown in the circle 26 and in Fig. 28, it should be understood that, in general, the base portion _ will be added to have a column 4. And 42 of the "In the Μ" these columns include a +..._ console, a motor control device, and other special features. As shown in Fig. 26, the outer frame of a pedal of an impact member 1〇8 is attached to a unit. The other attachments on the pedal 12 are also possible. The other end face of the impact member 1〇8 is a collar 302 which is fitted around a guide screw 3〇4 which is coupled to the base frame frame 14. When the apricot turns, the collar 302 snail 4 3G4 is rotated. The length of the guide screw 304 is changed, so the position of the negative # / square end is changed. Because the impact member 108 t is substantially an intermediate length, the angle of the branch is not in the case of the second== by moving the collar gauge to the axis 3 0 2 along the ridge 3, X field, In the figure _ rs guide screw 4 304, the motion system is shown in Fig. 27. This figure does not show that when the collar 302 is turned along the lead 3Q4 «turn, the shift of & β tired 4 3G4 is seen. . As can also be seen from Fig. 27, the end of the impact member _ should be connected to 65 1355952 two such that the angle of the impact member (10) relative to the collar 3. 2 is translated in the two guide screws 304 At the time of 'or when the pedal η can be changed, the installation method shown in 1 27 is a kind

= Plug and install mode. The guide screw state can be automatically rotated by a motor of the user, or can be manually operated. If the lead screw 304 is rotated by a motor, the second wide error is controlled by the user's input, or by the second:! The program input of the computer on the device is controlled so as to adjust the tilt of the pedal 12 during use = construction. Preferably, the two steps are provided with pivotable impact members i 〇 8, u that can be changed. These =0 lines are installed on the guide screw state. In this case, the control of the position on the shaft guide screw 304 can be interconnected so that the waiters are simultaneously adjusted to ensure that the two pedals 12 have the same relative intermediate position. Figure 29 shows two examples of adjustable impact attachment attachments in different positions. [In the example of the collar 3 〇 2, close to the guide screw 3 〇 4 = side end 'will hold the specific pedal 12, In a lower position, an example of the collar 3〇2" is close to the right end of the lead screw 3〇4: holding the specific pedal 12, 'in an upper position. A continuous adjustment structure is provided, which allows for the possibility of an infinite amount of difference a to position the bottom end 108 of the impact #108. When the β-wire 304 rotates, the collar 3〇2 is along the guide screw. When the r-axis reaches the required position of the shaft 02, the yoke of the guide screw 304 is broken, and the collar 3〇2 will remain stationary on the guide screw 3〇4 66 1355952, thereby absorbing the impact member 108. The bottom end 108B is constrained to the desired position. Other types of mechanical devices can be used to adjust the position of the bottom end 108B of the impact member 1B along the frame 14 to adjust the angle of the unloaded pedal For example, the guide screw 304 and the collar 3 2 can be used - one to replace separate restructuring, such as with an elongated rod member 308 and the aperture 31〇 peg burst structure 312, the impact that shown in FIG. 28.

The position of the bottom end 108B of the member 108 can be adjusted by sliding the collar 302 along the rod 3〇8 until the desired position is reached, and then the burst peg 312 is inserted into the desired opening. 31〇. Instead of the burst peg 3 12 , a threaded member may be used. Alternatively, a set screw may be incorporated into the collar 3 〇 2 to hold the collar 302 in place via friction. in. It can also be appreciated that a similar effect can be achieved by allowing the attachment position for the top end of the impact member 1 8 to be changed over the side edge 54 of the pedal 12 via the opening 310. The opening a 3 1 is suitable for accommodating a bursting pin on the top end 1 〇 8A of the impact member 108, as can be seen from the figure μ.圊37至圆39 : Changing the mounting position of the impact member can be performed along the frame column except for the impact member 丨〇8, 丨丨〇f U〇 (ie, 缓, easing or resistance element 76) 1 2 盥舾 plus from Gan A... to Figure 29f B-based M 卩 4 4 (as shown in Figure ～ to Figure 29 and above), impact parts 1〇8, 110 can

It is mounted on the pedal; i 2 is added from the upper t A , and the column part of the frame is 4〇, 42, as shown in Figure 37 67 1355952. Figure 3 7 翱 山 + 山 ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , The position of the impact member 108, 11 之间 between the frames 14 40, 42 is adjusted to adjust the position of the panel 12 on the dual floor exercise device 10. The lower end portion 1 8B of the impact member 08 is attached to the side member 54 of the pedal 12, and the sensitivity is attached to the frame 14 from the upper end portion 108A of the impact member 108. Only on component 40. The column member of the frame

It is provided at a range of 3M from the attachment point of the height of the column member .4Q ±. This range of attachment location points 314 provides for the angular orientation for creating the desired workout impact on the user. Each pedal can be provided with its own impact members 108, 11 〇 such that the pedals 12 V are adjusted to have different nominal slopes. In this way, the user can customize the material to be more laborious on the one leg than the other. The plurality of impact member attachment location points 314 can be separate. For example, as shown in Figures 37 and 38, a stud 316 is used to place the top end of the impact member 1 08A,!丨〇A is attached to the column 4〇, 42. The top end portion 1 〇 8A, 110A of the impact member 108 1 1 提供 is provided with a passage 3 1 8 for engaging the 忒 stud 3 16 . The posts 40, 42 are provided with a series of openings 316' that can be engaged by pegs 316 at the desired height. In order to adjust the attachment position of the impact members 1 〇 8, 110, the passages 318 at the top ends 108 A, II 〇 A of the impact members are associated with the desired openings 314 in the sides of the columns 40, 42. And the stud 316 is inserted into the 68 1355952 ^ hole 314 t. The peg 316 can be a threaded device ^, or can be held by the spring load in the opening 314.: in the middle: in order to re-adjust the impact member (10), ". Position, the / needle 316 is withdrawn from the opening 314, leaving the impact member (10) " ο quasi end 1 8A, U 〇 A and freely a different opening 314 pair, alternatively The attached position can be continuous as if the structure shown in Fig. 39 is used. The top end of the impact member 1〇8, 11〇, the ship can be made to move within a groove according to, for example, the rotation of the (four) lead screw 3〇4, and the groove is provided In the column & Impact member (10), the top end of 11G! The G8A, 110A can actually be infinite between the ends of the guide material 3G4. The guide screw 3G4 is rotated to adjust the impact member 1G8, and the top end portion iq8w of the UG can be either automatic by an electric motor or manually by a crank arm. The pedals 12 can be adjusted to different heights or adjusted to the same height according to the needs of the user. The figure shows an embodiment of a guide screw 304 for the impact member (10), "顶部 top end 1〇8a,"〇M adjustment. The top end portion 108A of the impact member 1〇, "Ο, U0A is attached to a collar 3〇2, which is threadedly engaged with the old (4) 3G4. #The guide screw 3 (when the M is rotated, the collar 302 will move up or down according to the thread to be engaged and the direction of rotation of the guide screw 304. The impact member (10), the top end of the ιι〇 1〇8Α This adjustment of the attachment position of '110Α can be vertical, inclined, or curved' or in any other direction that is used by the specific structure to use 69 1355952. Figure 30. Motorized double pedal exercise device • Prior to this configuration has been discussed, wherein a separate drive roller and motor train are used to drive the two stepping belts 18 on one and more floor exercise devices 10. Figure 3 shows an embodiment in which each tread belt 18 is provided with its own drive roller 30 and motor 88. The 3G system shows a dual bottom plate with two adjacent pedals 12 The base portion 3 of the device 10. Each pedal η has a pair of end rollers at opposite ends of the pedal 12. A continuous tread belt 18 is provided around the end rollers 28, Μ Used for One of the two end rollers 28, 3 of each pedal 12 is the drive roller, although it should be appreciated that the drive roller can also be seated on the pedal 12 in the middle. In the illustrated embodiment, the drive rollers 3G are rear rollers 3(). The additional rollers (i.e., the intermediate rollers 9丨6 as depicted in Fig. 84) or the support structure 324 can be Provided between the end rollers 28, 3〇 (Example: Figure to Figure 34 and accompanying discussion). It should be noted that each pedal 12 can be operatively associated with an impact member ι 8 , ΐι〇 easing device, a spring device for returning the pedal 12 to its upper position: 2 and an interconnecting device (for example, as depicted in the figure) " curved shake dry cooking component 1 12 ) 'To create an attachment relationship between the pedals (when one pedal is pushed down, the other step is pushed up by the attachment device 112). Figure 30 is used to emphasize that the drive roller 3〇 does not have to be between two 70 1355952 adjacent steps A common device between 12. In other words, ^ from using more than one drive roller 30' like each pedal 12 is connected to each drive roller by its own motor 88 roller. ''·i Tian-a pulley % '98 and belt 96 system are driven. A common controller is shown in the figure) can be provided to ensure that the motor 88: unknown 'synchronous operation' is used to protect the pedal belt 18 The same speed is driven, and it is conceivable that each w can be individually controlled if the user wishes, in order to make it

The stepping belt 18 on w is driven at a different speed. Although the 4 drive roller 30 is shown as having an axially aligned centerline in FIG. 3 <>, this is not essential to the present invention, and each drive roller 3 〇 may have misalignment Rotating spindle. It should also be noted that although a belt 96 and pulley 86, 98 system is shown, any functional 2 configuration (such as a blunt tooth and gear, chain drive, direct drive or friction drive) can also operate. Very good. Information on alternative driving gases can be seen in Figures 44A and 44B, and the accompanying discussion. Figures 31 through 34: Suspension System for the Base Plate Figures 31 through 34 highlight various types of floor 26 suspension devices for use on the pedal 12 of the instant dual floor exercise device 10. Figure 31 shows a pedal 12 assembly including a pair of rollers 28' 3' at the opposite ends of a frame 52. A continuous tread belt 18 is provided around the rollers 28, 30 such that the belt surrounds the S-frame 52 and the rollers 28' 30' to form an upper span of the tread belt 18 18A And a lower span 7] 18B of the pedal belt 18. The top surface of the tread belt 18 ^ 7 . ^ ^ square span 18A provides a surface on which the user can step on when using the exercise device 10 incorporating the treadle 12 assembly. Further, with θ being preferred, the continuous tread belt 18 疋 is under tension so that the apron belt will frictionally engage the side rollers 28, 30. The rollers ^^^ wheels 28, 3〇 can be provided with ω portions for engaging the recesses 0 in the tread belt 18 from the north for a drive that relies more closely on friction. The rotation of the rollers 28, 30 will cause the tread belt 18 to move around the rollers 28, 30 in a return path. Continuing to refer to FIG. 31, if the brother/heart wheel 2 8 ' 30 is rotated in a clockwise direction, the number 卜古卜卜°福1 8Α will move integrally to the right side while the lower cross-frame 18Β will pan to the left. An upper bottom plate 26 and a lower bottom plate are positioned to be positioned between the spans 18 and _ of the tread belt 18... a suspension system is provided between the upper bottom plate 26 and the lower bottom plate to facilitate Appropriate level and buffer the upper bottom plate 26. The embodiment shown in Fig. 31 uses the lower base 326 as the primary frame structure 52 for the roller sills of the slabs. Alternatively, the lower floor may be attached to a frame 52 that independently cuts the rollers 28' 3Q. The upper bottom plate 26 should have a generally flat and smooth top surface. The top surface of the upper bottom plate 26 t should be sized to roughly correspond to the length and width of the upper web 18A of the belt 18 . The upper floor panel can be a generally rectangular wood sheet, such as a glulam board or platen, or other similar material positioned below the web 18 of the tread belt 18. A friction reducing coating can be provided on the top surface of the upper bottom panel % 72 1355952 such that the upper span 18A of the tread belt 18 will be able to slide over the top surface of the upper bottom panel 26 very easily. The suspension system 324 can be any configuration that suitably holds the upper floor 26 in position directly below the web 18A above the tread belt 18. The upper bottom plate 26 can be positioned to span the top of the tread belt 18! Among the support contacts of the 8A, it is possible to separate slightly below the tread belt 丨8 without load. The suspension system 324 also provides a damping effect to the user who is applied to the upper floor 26 via the tread belt 8 when the user steps on the web 18 8 above the tread belt 18 The momentum of the weight will be slightly smoother, rather than shaking sharply. The suspension system 324 of Figure 31 includes an array of resilient rubber bumpers 324 that are provided between the upper bottom plate 26 and the lower bottom plate 326. In the absence of a load as shown in Fig. 31, the upper base plate % will rest on the buffers 324 and be held in a position below the web 18A above the stepped belt Η. The upper base plate 26 is held in place, and the upper base plate 26 can be adhered or otherwise attached to the buffer 324. When the user hits the upper portion of the tread belt 18 At 18 ,, the tread belt 18 will deflect slightly downward against the top surface of the upper bottom panel 26. In the case of a load, the upper bottom & 26 will be deflected toward the lower base plate 326. When the upper bottom plate % is pressed by the user's weight and momentum toward the lower bottom plate 326, the rubber cushion 324 is contracted and deformed to smoothly transfer the weight to the lower bottom plate 326' and finally to The frame 52. It is possible to form the buffers 324 with other elastic materials suitable for absorbing shocks instead of using rubber. (4). Two alternative configurations are shown in Figure 32. - A rigid second connection: Female 28 (like hard plastic, wood or metal) is positioned close to the drive wheel (the wheels are the rear wheel 3〇 in Figure 32) and are used The deflection of the upper bottom plate 26 toward the lower bottom plate 326 is restricted in the region of the rigid bumper 328. The stepping belt 18

The contact of the outer surface area with the drive roller 3 may result in an unevenly driving of the tread belt 8 around the rollers 28 28 . This rigid bumper 328 is fixedly attached to the upper bottom panel 26 and the lower bottom panel 326. The opposite end portion of the upper bottom plate (the left end portion seen from Fig. 32) is not limited, and is woven by a softer elastic cushion 324 (like a rubber piece of a beaded plastic) It is separated from the lower floor 326. Therefore, the upper bottom plate 26 is mounted above the lower bottom plate 326 in a generally cantilever manner. The natural resilience of the upper bottom plate 26 acts like a flat magazine to provide some cushioning effect in addition to the cushioning provided by the elastic bumper 324. The elastic bumper 324 can be positioned at any point between the 1 rigid buffer 3 328 and the free end of the upper backplane 26, and more than one buffer 324 can be used. The flexible bumper 324 can be shorter than the distance between the two bottom plates 26, or can be snugly fitted between the two bottom plates 26 and 326' and any offset in the upper bottom plate 26 Contact the upper and lower bottom plates 26 and 326 before they occur. _ 74 3559^2 Figure 33 shows another embodiment of the suspension structure and includes a plurality of phase-field soft buffers 324 (such as those in rubber) between the upper bottom plate 26 and the lower bottom plate 326. Or a buffer for other similar materials.) The plurality of buffers 324 may be arbitrarily broken in an array or 'one buffer 324' positioned adjacent the centerline of the upper end plate 26 toward the front end. Another embodiment of the suspension system is shown in Fig. 34, which incorporates a relatively high and soft buffer 324, and a relatively short and rigid buffer. A buffer or the like is coupled between the upper bottom plate 26 and the lower bottom plate 326. This configuration allows the upper bottom j 26 to be substantially offset from the beginning when a load is applied to the upper base panel % via the upper span 18A of the tread belt 18; however, the configuration prevents weight once Excessive offset occurs when applied to the shorter, harder buffer 324": the initial downward offset of the upper backplane 26 occurs by the backplane 26 that only contacts the high, soft buffer 324. Once the offset is sufficient for the upper bottom plate 26 to be brought into the short and hard bumper, the end of the hard bumper 324 prevents the upper bottom plate % from further producing significant Therefore, the initial impact of the weight of the book and the momentum are buffered by the high and soft elastic buffer 324; the offset of the Dong is by the short and hard buffer 324, and It can be avoided. Other types of elasticity, which are positioned between the bottom plate 26 and any of the bottom plates, can be used to push the β-slab suspension structure. Non-separable structures (like a single soft material - Λ .. y:fc m 攸忒疋Other such bombs The structure is used to break between the upper bottom plate and the lower bottom plate 326, and the impact on the 75 1355952 26 is used to cushion the user's foot force on the bottom plate during use. Round 35: Front pivoting pedal assembly Up to now, most of the discussion in this paper has described the pedal 12 pivoting about the axis, which is located at the rear of the board 12 (see, for example, π, solid view 30 and figure). . Figure 35 shows a similar description to the rest of this article.

The dual floor pedal unit 1G is disposed, but wherein the pedal 12 pivots about two frame pivoting main shafts 330 located at or near the front portion 22 of the pedals 12. As can be seen from Figure 35, the frame provided includes a stud that is located in front of the frame 14. Each of the four pedals 12 is attached to the upright portion 4G of the frame 14 at its front end portion u in a pivotal relationship, and the rear end portion of the pedal 12 is freely suspended. Therefore, the front portion 22 of the pedal 12 is frame-bound, and the rear portion 24 of the pedal 12 will be moved in a substantially vertical arc shape to which the motor 88 is attached. In order to drive a stepped movement of the motor 88 provided to the pedals 14, the connection of the motor 88 to the stepping base 18 can be by any of the mechanisms for describing the instructions in this specification in more detail. For purposes of illustration, one pulley 86 and drive belt % are shown in FIG. The drive belt 96 is attached to a drive roller 28 located at a forward portion 22 of each of the pedals 12. It may be a motor 88-common common front drive roller 3528, or it may be two drive rollers 28 (each pedal 12 has one) and each roller 76 1355952 white has its own drive motor 88. . A housing or shroud may be provided in front of the frame to cover the motor 88 and the pivoting spindle 330. In Figure 35, the overlay on the left has been removed so that the motor and pivot spindle 330 can be seen.

With continued reference to Figure 35, an impact member 1〇8, } 1〇 or other relief or resistance means is provided between each of the pedals 12 and the frame 。. In the example shown, the pedals are restrained and restrained by the movement of the pedals 12 in the vertical plane by the impact members just connected to the columns 40, 42 and 11G. The position of the pedals without load can be adjusted by changing the impact members 1G8, UG to the uprights, 42 or the attachment points 34 of the step |12. Although not shown in the drawings, it should be understood that the impact member (10), ιι, or other mitigation device may be attached to the lower portion & 34 of the frame 14, but not to the column 4, 42. It is also possible to provide an interconnecting device (when the material is stepped 12 to make it possible to complement each other when the user 332 faces forward and runs forward or walks, each of the two systems pivots around its front pivot point 33〇 Reversing while using a forward-backward action that contacts the foot with the pedal = touch. The foot is then lifted and brought back to the rigid end 22 of the pedal 12, while During this period, the position of the pedal 2 series moves to an upwardly inclined position is ° "the staff is inclined and 4 疋 at least one position with an angle smaller than a backward tilt, for η田你", 卞野野 let the user The 332 can be re-engaged with the user's foot. The impact members 108, 110 can be spring loaded for 77 1355952 for automatic retraction to a higher position, or the impact members h > 8, 11g can only By means of a spring that is coupled to the pedals 2, the springs are restrained to deflect the pedals 12 in an up position. A separate spring or a double spring can be used or not used. Spring. The use of this device can be borrowed The user 332 is facing away from the upright 4' 42 and runs forward or backward, or by the user facing the posts 4, 42 and the user is moving forward or backward. 囷36: Moderating device coupled to the attachment structure Figure 36 shows an interconnecting device 332 for use in coordinating the movement of the pedals 12. This coordination is what we are hoping for, such that one step can be By the pedals, the phases of the movements of the two pedals 12 are always 8 degrees apart. For example, when the pedal 12 on the left is at the top of its motion, the pedal U on the right will Will be at the bottom. Any downward movement in the left pedal 12 will produce a corresponding upward movement by the right pedal 12, and a basic arc shake for connecting the pedals 12 in this manner. Each of the pedal arms 112β is attached to the side of the curved rocker arm assembly 112 by a dry 134, 136. Any movement of the pedals 12 results in the opposite universal a reaction force 浐 wall μ force &; because the 6-Hai motion is transmitted to the other pedal 12 via the arc-shaped shake = L: 12. This effect is described in more detail below by referring specifically to Figure 36. The phase connecting device 334 includes an arc rocker arm (1) coupled to a pivot pin 120. The frame pick pin 120 is supported by a -78 1355952 frame 336. The bracket 336 Preferably, it is steadily mounted to the base frame 114 located below the pedals 12, a mounting peg 122 for supporting a = 134' 136, 124 is provided in the arc and also each of the cup arms 112 The ends are preferably equally spaced from the frame turn studs 13〇, but are not necessary. A tie bar (1), 136 is pivotally attached to each of the mounting pegs 122, 124 and (4) extends upwardly to a corresponding portion of the pedal (four) (not shown in the middle). The curved rocker arm 112 of Fig. 36 is formed to have two facing plates ι 2 Α, η α connected by the lower web 112C; other structures may be used to form the curved rocker arm 丨丨2, and the structure shown in Figure 3... should only be considered for display purposes. A stud Ur is provided for supporting the tie bars 134, 136. Positioned between the facing plates ii2A Π2Β of the curved rocker arm 112. 〃 J-Shake 112 connects the movements of the steps 12 to each other in the manner described in the article @. When a pedal is pushed down and a corresponding one of the tie bars 134 is pushed downward, the first ends of the curved rocker arms 112 are pushed down. The arc-shaped rocker arm is moved upward by the pivotal rocker f 112 about the pivotal rotation of the pivoting pin. This upward movement of the other end of the arcuate rocker #112 causes another tie bar #] 36 to be pushed up, pushing up another step 12. If the lengths of the tie bars i34, i36 are 4 and equally spaced from the turn point 12 of the curved rocker t " 2, the corresponding movements of the pedals 12 will be equal to each other. 79 1355952 r It should also be possible to detect that any resistance that is applied to the movement of the pedals 12 will be transmitted to the opposite movement of the other pedals 12 via the interconnection means 334 #. If desired, resistance can be applied to the pedals 12 via interconnecting means 334 instead of being directed to the pedals 12. w, the use of a rotary brake 338 is used to provide resistance to the movement of the pedals by applying resistance to the interconnecting device 334. According to this embodiment, a pulley, ", is attached to the pivot stud 12〇. Optionally, the pulley 340 is affixed to a slewing brake mechanism by a belt 342. The slewing brake mechanism provides resistance to the rotation of the pulley 340 by engaging with the belt 342 of the pulley. Z 2 is the resistance of the curved rocker f 112 and thereby k is used for the opposing movement, and the curved rocker arm 112 is the resistance to the action of each of the pedals 12. If desired, the St brake mechanical assembly 338 can be adjusted to a high load by the user via a normal m <low load action. Figure 36 = The dynamic mechanical device 338 can be a brake motor, a rotary brake or an electromagnetic brake. A brake device of the type of operation can be applied to the curved rocker arm or to a rotating pulley system as shown in Fig. 36. For example, a pivoting of a 112 is applied to the curved rocker arm. For example, 12G°, and other types of resistance can be applied. The illustrated rocker arm pressure cushioning device 344 can be coupled to the arc to resist movement of the pedals 1 2 in the discussion of "A. 8". 80 1355952 Figure 40A Figure 4〇b: Scissor-type frame for supporting the pedal Figure 4A shows a base portion 3〇〇 of the pedaling exercise device 1〇 as described elsewhere herein, using a scissor type The frame 346 is configured to allow the pedals 12 to move downwardly and to assist the pedals to move upward by a retracting spring 3W. At the lower end of the scissor frame 346, the scissor frame One end 350 is attached to the frame 14, and the other end 352 is slidably supported by the frame 14. Preferably, the slidable end 352 of the frame 346 is provided with a Wheel 354, which is run in a track 356 provided on the frame 14. At the upper end of the special scissor frame, both ends 3 58 are attached to the pedal 12 ^ In other words, each pedal 12 has two scissor-shaped frames 346. And a scissor frame is attached to each side frame 52 of the pedal. This approach provides design stability and robustness, however, it is not necessary because if the frame is properly positioned directly Below the pedal, only one scissor frame 346 can be used. The Tudor shows the right pedal 12 in the lower position and the left pedal 12 in a higher position. The scissors on the right hand side The spring 348, which is shown by the frame 346, pulls the bottom ends 350, 352 of the scissor frame and faces the "12". Instead, and offsetting the pedals toward the upper position

The front end urges these ends. Stacked, 81 1355952 interconnecting devices 334 are pushed down like a t, and "to force - one pedal rises and the other pedals are vice versa." as shown in Figure 41. The mitigation device 76 can be included in the structure for reacting with the scissor frame 340 or with the movement of the pedal to fly a large energy to actuate the buffer environment. Floor: The action of the pedal 12 shown in Fig. 2 is such that the pedals remain parallel to or against any of the surface on which the pedals rest. Therefore, the hunter can tilt the frame 14 to support the scissor-type frame 3M. Add a slope to the part to get the wheel to h. This structure can be made by, for example,

Moving and providing a riser to the M liter mechanism to lift one end of the 356 is achieved. Alternatively, an initial slope or slope can be added to the pedals 12 by the length of the wrong link member 360 or by moving the scissors position of the scissor frame. The closing motion of the pedal ## pedal on the scissor-type structure can be created by making additional structural joints and springs and/or bumpers, and the field + ^ is extremely strong to allow The pedal I2 can be moved to a horizontal position having an angle or a large angle depending on the complexity of the design. Figure 41A to Figure 41D. Hydraulic buffering device of the two chambers Figure 41D shows a double steam red impact member (4) for operative attachment to a double bottom plate as described herein. The pedal 12' of the exercise device is adapted to provide resistance to the movement of the pedals 12. The double cylinder impact member 344 includes two cylinders 3M. Each cylinder 364 has a reservoir portion (10) for receiving a hydraulic fluid that is imaged as 82 1355952. The reservoir locations 366 of the two cylinders 364 are connected via a connecting line 368, and a valve 37 is positioned in the connecting line. A plunger 372 is positioned within each of the steam cylinders 364. Each pedal 12 is coupled to a plunger 372 to alternately push in and pull out the corresponding plunger 372. When the plungers 372 are pushed in and pulled out of the respective cylinders 364, they draw hydraulic fluid back and forth between the reservoir locations 366 via connection lines 368 and valves 370. Resistance 41 to the flow of hydraulic fluid provided by the connecting line 368 and valve 370 is transmitted to the pedals to buffer their movement. Figure 41D provides an exploded view of the embodiment of Figures 41A through 4iD. It can be seen that two cylinders 364 are formed side by side in a unit body 374. A pedal end cap 376 and a reservoir end cap 378 are provided at opposite ends of the unit body 374 for enclosing the cylinders 364. The end caps can be attached to the unit body by fasteners such as threaded bolts. The connecting rod 38 is provided with Y for connecting the plunger 3 72 it to the pedal or the attachment structure. The plungers P2 are formed by a piston 382 and a piston rod member 384. The piston rod member 3 84 is fixed to the piston at one end, and the other end portion is threaded by the connecting rod members. The threaded connection between each piston rod 384 and the connecting rod member 38 is formed by a male portion on the state of the piston rod and a parent portion of the connecting rod member 380. The pistons 382 slide within their vapor red 346 and are sealed by the seal ring 390 to the interior of the vapor red. A push plate state can also be provided within each cylinder 364 at the junction between the connecting rod #彻与活83 1355952 v plug #384. The pusher plate 392 should be slidable within its vapor & and fixed relative to its corresponding piston 382#. The flap member 392 may also be sealed from the vapor red 364 by the seal ring 39, although this is not essential. A compartment member 394 can be provided between each of the connecting bars (10) and its corresponding pusher plate member 392. A cylindrical structure 396 surrounds each of the piston rod members 384 and assists in maintaining the piston and, for example, pushing the plate member 392 perpendicular to the face of the side wall of the cylinder 364. As can be seen from Figure 41B, the reservoir end cap 378 is in sealing engagement with the vapor red 364. The space between the piston 382 and the end cap 378 forms a reservoir portion m for each cylinder. A passage 368 in the reservoir end cap 378 is formed between the two reservoir locations 366. Between the connecting tubes, the lines 36 can be extended into an opening 398 in the reservoir end cover 378 to facilitate filling of the reservoir portion 366. A removable plug 4 〇〇 (preferably with a thread) is provided in the opening gw and sealed with a holding channel. An adjustable needle-like system extends into the connecting tube, line 368. The needle shape % 37〇 ϋ π # ^ u耠 is rotated to be adjusted to change the size of the opening that allows fluid to flow between the reservoir locations OB , , & The smaller the opening, the greater the flow restriction and the greater the resistance. When the pedal 12 is pushed down by the user Μ ^ ^ ^ ^ π ,, the pedal will be directly or via an attachment structure. And the corresponding connecting rod member 380 for pushing the connecting rod member into the unit main body 374 is pushed inward by the pedal into the unit main field: J7: J7 At the time of 4, on 84 1355952

The plug 374 will move toward the end cap 378, in other words M2 will move toward the reservoir end cap 378. V Fig. 41B and Fig. 41C are diagrams for explaining the use of the cutter 344 described above. Fig. 41R β 里八红冲塞 372 疋 个 个 个 ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” Figure 41C shows the operation in the same dual cylinder impactor Si, after the connected pedal has been moved, Li is pushed into the upper plunger 372 and has been opened toward the reservoir end cover 378; The lower plunger 372 has been withdrawn to the position = 366. In order to move from the position of FIG. 41Β to FIG. 41C, the adjustable fluid can be adjusted from the upper reservoir end cover 378 via the 378 θ... valve 37G and the connecting line to the lower end of the reservoir cover: . The force required to draw fluid from one reservoir location 366 to the other -4 position provides resistance to the movement of the pedals 12. In the spot: each of the connecting rod members 380 has a stud receiving hole 381 which is connected by use, connected by a plate or connected to a portion of the attached structure. If the non-condensable fluid is used as the hydraulic fluid, the mitigation device can be used as a structure. Round 42 · Spiraf丨ex® mitigation device This broadcast: Γ shows the use of the Spiraf] ex@ resistance mechanism 41 ,, the device < is used as a block for the downward movement of the pedals 12 ^ 言海咖aflex16机械装置410 is described in the 2nd 请 , 2, 835 (4) application filed in March of the same year, the 85 1355952 application is incorporated herein by reference, and the application The case is also owned by the assignee of the case. "A dependency structure between the pedals 12 interconnects the movements of the pedals such that the upward movement of one pedal causes the downward movement of the other pedal, and vice versa. Also. The pedals 12 are fastened to the Spiraflex® mechanism 々a by cables 412 and pulleys 414. As described in the patent application described above, the Spirafle-mechanical device 410 is a resistance mechanism that provides an almost constant resistance. The upward movement of any of the pedals 12 is resisted by the Spiraex <e mechanical device 41. This resistance to upward movement is transmitted to the other pedal 12 via the attachment means such that the Spiranex® mechanism 41A can effectively provide resistance to press any of the pedals 12. One of the pedals 12 is coupled to a rotating mechanism within the Spiraflex® mechanism by a cable 412 that bypasses a pulley 414, while the other pedal 12 is configured via another cable 412 and pulley 414. It is connected to another rotating mechanism within the mechanism 41. As shown, the Spiraflex® mechanism 4 〇 is mounted on the base frame 14, however, the mechanism can be positioned in any functional position on the frame structure. Round 43: Combination of Moderation and Deflection Figure 43 is a tread crawler ίο showing a double bottom plate as described elsewhere herein with mitigation devices 108, 110 for use with resilient spring return means 4-6. The mitigation devices 1 〇 8, 11 〇 provide the primary resistance to the movement of the pedals 12, and the resilient spring 86 1355952 replies the device 4 16 to act to restore the pedals to a lifted position . The impact member-like damper device 〇8, lanthanum is mounted to extend from a pedal to the frame uprights 4, 42 to facilitate the downward movement of the pedal 12 to provide the user resistance. The mitigation devices 108, 11 亦 also resist upward movement of the pedal and can substantially alleviate the upward movement or move it relatively freely upward depending on the design of the mitigation device. This upward motion cushioning may be desirable for us because it prevents the pedals 12 from bouncing too quickly upwards when the user's weight is removed from the pedal during exercise. The resilient spring return means 416 shown in Figure 43 is attached between the pedal 12 and the frame posts 4, 42 for providing a restoring force for returning the pedal to its upper or upper position. If an interconnecting means such as a curved rocker arm 12 is used between the pedals 2, then the resilient springs 416 will cause the pedals to rise to a position where they are substantially flush with each other, But not at the upper position. It should be noted that if an interconnecting device is used, the resilient spring return device 416 can be attached to the interconnecting device instead of being directly attached to the pedal 12. As shown, the pedal pedal on the left is pushed down to extend the spring 416. The resilient spring 416 in this example is a Soloflex® weight transfer belt, but it can also be of a certain type (four) or other similar material having sufficient elastic, elastomeric properties for the intended use. The position of the resilient spring 4 16 can be modified as long as the downward movement of the pedal 12 loads the resilient spring so that an offset force relative to the motion can be generated. For example, 87 1355952, if the spring 416 is in the form of a material that, when compressed, has sufficient elastic properties to push the pedal 12 upwardly, the resilient spring can be positioned such that the downward movement of the corresponding pedal compresses, Instead of elongating the spring. Figure 44A and circle 44B: drive roller outside the pedal assembly

Figures 44A and 44B show an alternate embodiment for driving a continuous tread belt 18 (whether alone or in combination) on each tread 12. This embodiment uses a drive roller 418 external to the pedal structure to drive the tread belt 18 instead of directly driving one of the rollers 28, 3〇 in the pedal structure (as shown elsewhere herein). The tread belt 18 is driven. In the embodiment shown in Figure and Figure (10), the outer drive roller 418 is impacted on the pedal belt and clamps the pedal belt against one of the passive rollers 28 in the pedal 12, The tread belt 18 is driven in a frictional manner. The drive roller 418 is driven by a motor 88 and a belt. When the drive roller 418 is rotated by the horse, it produces a frictional force against the pedaling belt 18, causing the pedaling belt to move between the rollers 30, 418. ^八町成船勒 is very famous 4 1 8 from the ancient Haihai stepping on the belt 18 off the mechanism. Such a mechanism may be some kind of mechanism that directly moves i/under the moving roller and enters and leaves the contact with the tread belt. The drive roller 35518 can be in any of two directions: the tread 18 is driven, and the drive roller is rotated in accordance with the division. The speed of the tread belt 〗 8 can be adjusted by adjusting the speed of the motor 88 (4) 88 1355952 pedal '衮 wheel 3Q. Preferably, the drive roller 418 and the tread belt 18 are in a non-sliding relationship in order to reduce wear on the tread belt 18. If the pole-rotating spindle of the pedal 12 is the same as the pivoting spindle 82 for the pedal roller 3〇, when the angle of the pedal is adjusted, the driving roller 418# will remain in contact with the pedaling belt in the tangential direction, and No additional structure is required to maintain contact. The structure is conceived to maintain contact between the tilting roller 4] 8 and the tread belt 1 8 wherein the pivoting spindle of the pedal is located in front of, behind, and above the pivoting spindle 82 of the pedal roller 20 Or below. Alternatively, the drive roller 418 can be in direct frictional contact with a roller 30 on the pedal 12 for driving the roller 30 in a tangential direction and causing the tread belt 18 to move rather than directly contacting the tread belt In this configuration, the drive roller 418 is placed in pressure contact with the rear or rear rollers 28, 30 to create a frictional interface with the front or rear rollers 28,30. When the drive roller 418 is rotated by the motor 88, the drive roller rotates the pedal rollers 28, 3 in contact with it in response to the second rotation. The rollers 28, 30 are driven to rotate and thus drive the pedal belt 8 . The drive roller 418 can drive the tread belt 8 in either of the two directions. The structure can include a mechanism for engaging and disengaging the drive roller 418 from the tread belt 18. The drive roller 4 = can be controlled by the user from the control panel to adjust the speed to the desired level. The drive roller 4 18 can be positioned such that the roller simultaneously contacts the tread belt 18 or the roller 3 89 of the two pedals 12 of the 89 1355952, so that the two tread belts 18 can be driven by a separate motor 88. The tread belts 18 will move in the same configuration as the walk, which is advantageous overall. Alternatively, each pedal 12 can have its own motor. Again, 'if the pedal's holding spindle is the same as the pedal roller %'s pole-rotating spindle 82, when the pedal's angle is adjusted, the drive roller 418 will remain in tangent contact with the pedaling belt without any amount The structure of the eve to keep in touch. The structure is conceived to maintain contact between the drive roller 418 and the tread belt 18, wherein the pivoting spindle of the pedal is located forward, rearward, above or below the pivoting spindle 82 of the pedal roller. The drive roller 418 can be in a tight engagement with the pedal roller 30 via a purely toothed belt that is surfaced to the pedal roller 3's or the teeth are not shown in the drawings, rather than relying on friction. In this case, the drive roller #41" is provided with a tooth portion that is shouted with a positive tooth and the gear train is coupled to the pedal roller 30. When the drive roller 418 is rotated, its teeth will engage and drive the gear. The rotating gear will rotate the pedal roller 30 to move the tread belt 18. Controls similar to those discussed above can be provided to move the teeth of the drive roller 418 into and out of contact with the gear and to control the speed of the motor 88 to adjust the speed of the tread belt 18 & Figure 45 (A, B) to Figure 47 (A, B): The exercise device δ that can be folded over the double bottom plate in the storage position δ is not in use, it would be desirable to be able to fold the fitness device 90 1355952 ι〇 described herein Into a more delicate location. Figures 45A and 45b depict a dual bottom panel exercise frame 10 in the deployed position of Figure 45A and in the folded position of Figure 45B. The basic elements of the dual floor exercise device, as described in the Potted Section herein, include a base frame 14 to which a pair of pedals are pivotally attached to the base frame.

a frame plus if attached or by a structural mechanism, a post 40' extending from the base = 14 and laterally extending from the post and substantially along the length of the pedals The side is 44. As shown in Fig. 45B and (4) the characteristics of the body i, among them, 哕笙饨. 1U ^ ^ (4) • And: a winding: ==. When the Shiyan cylinder is not in use, the device is allowed to occupy less floor space. The exercise device shown in Fig. 45A has a sturdy position in an operating position and is like a round 45 Β & 〇 带有 带有 带有 带有 带有 带有 ; ; ; ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ The released latching mechanism can be made to attach to the handrail or the post at the === pedal. Preferably, the pedal 2 can be pivoted to "over the center: firmly erect. In the circle 45A and Fig. 45β〇, the odor/convenience is further provided in front of the fitness device 1, and is accompanied by;] 4 series Expanded use position... Support the fitness device in the second: storage position... Free standing in the middle

It is possible for various mechanisms to hold the pedals 12 in the upright storage position of Figure 45B 91 1355952. For example, a cable can be tensioned between the side rails to hold the pedal 12 in an upright position. A hook may be provided on the outer side of each of the pedals 2, the hooks selectively or automatically engaging a corresponding latch provided on each of the handles. Alternatively, a releasable latch mechanism can be incorporated into the pivotal connection 42 , while the pedals 12 are held in position 10 until the user releases the buckle.

Figures 46A-46C illustrate an alternative embodiment of a dual floor exercise device that is in an operational position in Figure 46A, in a folded position in Figure 46B, and in Figure 46 (within In the storage position, among the devices of Figs. 46A to 46C, the base frame 14 is substantially provided under the entire exercise device ίο in the operation position among the drawings. As shown in Fig. 45A and In contrast to the embodiment illustrated in Figure 45B, the present embodiment can be folded to create a smaller device footprint. The basic components of this embodiment include a left pedal and a right pedal assembly 12, one The base frame ", a housing 20, a column 4〇, and a left side and a right side track... generally 'the pedal group # 12 series, directly or through a structural mechanism And being rotatably attached to the base frame 14 or adjacent to the casing 2, the column 4G is attached to the casing by a column tow (4) 2G. The left and right side of the road 44 are _ side The obembard pivot 422 is pivotally attached to the post. As shown in Figure 46A, when the embodiment is in an operational position, the bottom portion of the post 40 extends beyond the post pivot 42〇. And 92 1355952 and integrally contacting the base frame 14. In an alternative embodiment, the post 40 can terminate at less than the base frame 4. Further, when the embodiment is in the operational position, As the hand rail 44 @left and right track 44, it is known that it is integrally perpendicular to the column 4〇 and extends parallel to the base frame 40. The embodiment shown in Fig. 46B is located in the folded position. Among this position, The post 40 has been inserted around the post pin 42 , so that the post 40 is generally slanted and parallel to the base frame 14 and the pedal 12. The post hung should be seated so that when the post is rotated to the figure (10) When the (four) stack position is shown, the post 4 (the base will not extend beyond the front side edge of the base frame 14. In the best case, the post pivot 420 is seated such that when the post is Rotate to Tucher When folded "in the middle", the base of the upright 40 will be aligned with the front side edge of the base frame I 14. The left and right rails 44 can be rotated about the side track pivot 422 'to make the tracks overall It is also inclined and parallel to the base frame Μ and the pedal 12. Although the side rails 44 shown in Fig. 46(顺) 46Β rotate clockwise in the operating position in Fig. 46Α, in an alternative embodiment The side rails 44 can be rotated counterclockwise. In the embodiment of the invention, the side rails 44 pivot about the side rails. If the side track exceeds the position i 8 图 of the position shown in Fig. 46, the 侧γ 俨 俨 忒 忒 忒 忒 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 大体上 忒 忒 忒 忒 忒4 0 and the side rails 4 4 〇 93 of the 聂 位 〇 and the side rails 44 have been pivoted to the position indicated by the section 46B "to reduce the overall footprint:: Figure = to stand in its The 'front edge' is gripped and shown by P private 6C. The device 10 can be angled at a 9 degree angle directly to the front edge for standing upright on its front edge: the stand is erected unrestrictedly on the bottom portion of the frame - a frame. Alternatively, - a storm. The PC wooden frame axis (not 14 ^ itR ^ in the figure) can be fixed to the base frame ::: Τ 并且 and the fitness = turn. In addition, 'one or more lateral stabilizing elements (not...Fig.) can be from the final storage position of the base frame (in the case of PD ^ / /, fruit set ', 46 (: position shown) is 90 degrees apart = The outer protrusion 'is provided to resist the tilting of the device. When lifting into the final storage as shown in Fig. 46c, the base of the column 40 and the front side of the base frame U function as lateral The exercise device 1 shown in Figs. 47A and 47B differs from the device shown in Figs. 45 and 46 in that the exercise device of Fig. 47 and the circle (4) is mounted on the base frame 14 The pedal 12 is then, rather than in front, the exercise device 1 of Figure 47A is shown at a folded operational position t, while Figure 47B shows the same exercise device 10 folded into a storage position. The base frame 14 includes a rear base portion 14A and a front base portion 14B, wherein the steps are disposed on the rear base portion, and the column 4 is attached to the front base portion. An edge rail 44 is provided at the top of the column 4〇 ^ 94 135 5952 Optionally, the four side rails 44 are selectively pivoted relative to the uprights 4〇 such that they may be substantially parallel to the uprights when the spirits are 喝ρς-ρ The front and rear base portions (10) of the base frame 14 are hinged to a ¥ for twirling movement relative to each other. Preferably, the hinge mechanism 424 is provided with a stop. 'To prevent the two portions 14A & 14B from rotating through the operating position of Fig. 47A. Moreover, preferably, the hinge mechanism 424 is provided with a locking mechanism for the front and rear bases. The portions 14A and 14B are locked in the operating position shown in Fig. 47A. In order to adjust the exercise device 1 to the storage position shown in the figure, the locking mechanism will be released, and the rear base portion will be 4A. It is pivoted upwardly about the hinge mechanism 424 I and is close to the stand. Preferably, the second: county 14A can be pivoted into an over-centered orientation such that 1 holds the body in the In the storage location. Any The latching mechanism is used to hold the rear base portion 14A in the folded-up storage position shown in Fig. 47. When adjusted to the storage position of Fig. 47B, the front base portion i4B will Will support the entire exercise device 1 . As can be noted herein, the side tracks 44 can be selectively indexed so that they are generally parallel to the column to even further reduce the The space occupied by the exercise device 1 in the storage position. If the sidewalks 44 are folded, the exercise device can also be lying flat for storage at the rear base portion "A. A roller (not shown) may be provided on the edge of the front side of the front base portion (10) 95 1355952 to assist in moving the exercise device 10 when in the storage position. Figure 48A and Figure 48B: Protective shield Figure 48 A and Figure 48B show an exercise device! In an embodiment of the device, the exercise device incorporates a protective housing 2 〇. Generally, the protective housing 20 is of a single piece construction and extends around the front, left side, and right side of the main frame 14 of the exercise device. Figure 48 shows an isometric view of the housing 2〇 generally from the rear to the right of the housing, and Figure 48B shows an isometric view substantially from the front of the housing. The housing 20 protects the internal operation of the exercise device 1 to make it less likely that the device will be caught by the pedal 12 that is reciprocated back and forth, or stuck in the bottom. Move the tread belt in the middle of 18. The housing 20 also assists in the inaccessibility of dust and other debris that may contaminate the operating elements of the exercise device 10. Generally, the housing 20 extends vertically and sufficiently to surround the pedals 12' at any time including when the pedals 12 are moving. Accordingly, the upper side wall 20 of the β-shaped body 20 is tilted from the rear to the front with an angle of + close to the pedal pitch. In general, the height of the housing 2 is equal to the height of the floor of the pedal 12 when the pedal is extended to the maximum. The s-housing housing 20 can incorporate a spring, impact member or other resistance element to act against the vertical movement of the front portion of the pedal 12. In this case, the resistance element is usually fixed at one end of the 5th step 12 and is fixed to the casing 20 at the other end. Alternatively, the housing 20 can include an interconnecting device (as described elsewhere herein) for transmitting a pushing force between 96 1355952 of the pedal 12. Preferably, the housing 2 is a hard and durable material like a molded plastic. The housing 20 can be attached to the frame 14 by means of a bolt or similar removable fastener to permit removal of the housing 20 for servicing the device. Figure 9. Moderation and deflection of the front drive exercise device, and combination of the stepper and the treadmill. In the exercise device 10 driven in front of Fig. 49, a column frame water member 40 extends upward from the base frame 14. The base frame μ is any desired shape capable of retaining sufficient rigidity and strength so that it does not deform or be damaged during use. The frame member 4G is bonded by any suitable technique such as welding or bolting. If desired, the post 40 is removably attached to the base frame for convenient transport and storage. A console and handlebar assembly (also referred to herein as a side track) is removably attached to the post 40' for convenient transport and storage. The components that are used in the same configuration in the embodiment after being described in this document are generally:: there are some exceptions that apply to the implementation of Figure 49 (four) side driver: 另外 otherwise related to the front drive implementation See Figure 35 and related discussion for a description of the example. Two pedal assemblies 12 (one right side component and one left side component) are attached. . If the column is 4 〇 = the same spindle on each side (although the common spindle is unnecessary), two columns can be used (not shown in the two columns, and The right and left pedal components can be hung to the ground (4) 97 1355952 connected between two columns (not shown around the main #330, medium), the pedal assembly u spindle 33 、, for a drive ^ turn. Illustratively, the pivot pivots the main shaft of the left pedal assembly 12, which is driven by the drive shaft

Front roller 28. It is possible to use the individual drive wheel 28 and the right pedal assembly U to use the individual drive roller 28 ": the drive roller 28' of the single two can be supported from the main shaft of the drive shaft 82. Move, and you can use other structure parent = turn. This pivoting spindle 33 can be as shown: & '玖疋 can be 辔 u can be changed amp & can use different mechanical devices to establish J The changed pivot position, the 乜.θ includes the right and left pedal assemblies 12 and 82 mounted in the sub-frames, and provides a frame between the frame and the column 40 or the column 4' 42, li ^ W·· ^ 礓 can change position

Machinery. (See, for example, Figures 26 through 29 and Figure 37 - Figure I = ^目关(四)论. An exemplary locking mechanism that can change position is a hole in the column (as shown in Figure 37) 314 arrays and a mechanical load-clamp mechanism in the sub-frame. Other examples include collars and guide screws, notches, clamps, and ledges. Each pedal assembly 12 has its own belt 18 'backplane % and an independent treadmill for the front and rear rollers 28, 30. Although each pedal assembly can be driven by its own motor 88 if desired, it is advantageous that the two pedal assemblies 12 are A common drive shaft 82 and the same motor 88 are driven in such a manner as to ensure that each belt 18 is advanced at the same speed. The pedal assemblies 12 are also interconnected for providing during an exercise session. Between the right side and the left side 98. The balance relationship and the buffering effect for providing a certain balance relationship can be used to include + and Bu. The flat piece (1) or one = 'include' includes a curved rocker Arm set side pedal assembly can / If there is a negative demand, the right and left traditional treadmills are locked in a bevel, and are used to become a smashing movement using the holding shaft 82. Bias: Control::::, Pace, etc.) and - The mitigation system is moderated and biased 1n. The bias is discussed in the place ==, 76 (like "Others in this specification" in at least one direction: :) to know the supply. The mitigation force is - in general, the required bias; the force of the motion of set = 2. The downward action device 76 of the member 12 is resistant to its associated pedal set to a neutral position. If the force system tends to push the pedal assembly 12 to the displacement, the deflection bias is ... 6 is placed from the empty slot position # θ Μ λ ^ 6 will face the pedal assembly toward the neutral position

Si position one:: said 'in the pedal group ... after being pressed - one above = back to the deflection device 76 will be the pedal group ... to the 1997 year with 4 and the appropriate mitigation device 76 is revealed The patent system (4) is incorporated into the patent number VI 527, and a separate device can be used for reference. If desired, the end face of the device 76 is located at the 缓 ^ and the biased and deflected position 3 14 ; the rotation of the beta and the pedal assembly 12 is not ..., which is in the column and pedal assembly 99 1355952 - or a changeable position on both and as shown in Figure 37 to circle 39. Change the position of the thumb ^ as the circle ^ to the figure Μ The biasing force can be adjusted, and this force is allowed to the plate inclination) can be relative to the surface = the deflection of the plate U... the bottom force... adjustment. Relieve resistance and bias The enthalpy can be adjusted as desired or can be adjusted. In the combination of the mitigation and mitigation resistance and the biasing force shown in Fig. 49, the sensibility of a single m test can be located by

An upper cylinder 428A and/or a controller 426A, 426B can be adjusted to adjust any suitable resistance device on the π 28B (such as a liquid cylinder). The mitigation effect can be achieved. The deflection effect can be made. Second, flywheels, brakes, etc.) The group is good. "Use any suitable device (such as coils*, torsion springs, long elastic members, etc.) to be achieved. ^ To be in a normal mode The operation device of FIG. 49 is operated, and the Λ 32 system adjusts the mitigating effect as desired and the deflection effect is stepped on the right and left foot support platforms (not shown), as needed on the control port. Adjust the outline of the forged chain (the right and left pedal groups < U each stepping belt 18 will start to move), and respectively from the 'and left foot. (3 support platform stepped on the right and left tread belt 18 The fitness device can also be operated in a treadmill mode by locking the left and right pedal assemblies 12 together, or by holding the tread band 18 stationary (turning off the motor). Machine mode In the moving belt of the normal operating mode plate assembly 12, the user 332 is stepping on the right tread 18 and has already transferred his weight from the left foot (the 100 1355952 has been moved to the tread belt 18 to the transfer) To the right foot. By the right side of the pedal assembly 12 & assembly 12, the force system tends to rotate the downward pedal 7 kg downward. (4) The core member 12 is inserted into the spindle 330 force and a buffer The use of bamboo - & action mechanism is a rotation of the component 12 of the rotation of the sound of the A &A; A 0 force can be changed according to the gray edge of the pedal blade. The pedal group eases the red turn speed of the wheat bran' (4) The resistance provided by device 76

The component 12 has been associated with the distance of the pedal from its neutral position. The left has no weight applied to the right foot and because of the downward movement on the right pedal assembly 12.

DgO \ (due to the weight applied to the right foot) is lifted by the curved rocker arm as a , ^ ^ ^ component 1.... Next: force transmission 'to the left pedal into the next, the left foot becomes binary when it rises: no load weight' and the rear side of the bottom plate 26 of the left pedal assembly 12 faces the bottom plate 26 of the left pedal assembly 12 The front side moves. At the same time, the right foot, which is completely loaded with the weight, is carried by the pedal belt 18 toward the rear side of the bottom plate 26 of the right pedal assembly 12, and the inclination of the right pedal assembly 12 is increased by weight, while the left pedal The inclination of the component η is reduced by the biasing force and the force transmitted. At low speed belt speeds (slow pace), these pedal assemblies will advance through a larger arc range than at a faster belt speed (fast pace), in all other cases. Equal. If desired, the tread belt 18 of the pedal assembly 可以2 can be operated in the reverse direction, allowing the user to step away from the post 4 or the post by stepping backwards or by stepping forward and stepping forward. 4〇, 42. 101 1^55952 When the user of the 蹯^田T slows down its pace at the end of the forging chain, the left and right sides can be lowered to the bottom by impacting against the base frame 14 "::: the bottom may also be If the biasing force is not properly filled: the fitness equipment i 10 should include a mechanical device such as a 2-pole structure or lowered to the bottommost assembly 154 (not shown, in Figure 49 'but can see Figure 6G And accompanying discussion), use r to absorb the impact of some impacts in order to ease the impact of the user and avoid injury to the fitness device. Round 50 to Figure 51: with universal joint and / or bias effect rocker The arm assembly is shown as circle 50. For a front-drive exercise device, two: pedal group #12 (a right pedal assembly and a left pedal group: are pivotally connected to two columns 4〇) Between 42. Alternative: 疋 A separate column 4 can be used and the pedal assemblies Η can be pivotally connected to the individual columns 4 on their respective sides and along a common main axis 〇β and, as elsewhere in this article The pedal assemblies 12 discussed may be frame-rotatably coupled to the frame at a rear side portion of the frame 14. Each of the pedal sets 12 is a stepping belt 18 having its own, a bottom plate 26, and The independent treadmills of the front and rear side rollers 28, 30 (4) pedal assembly pivots about a pivot point 330, exemplified by 2, which is a drive to the front of the left pedal assembly 12 The drive shaft #82 of the roller 28 and the front pedal assembly 12 of the right side pedal assembly 12. The pivot point may be fixed as shown, or may be variable. Although each pedal assembly 12 may When necessary, 102 1355952 = its own motor 88 is driven, advantageously, the two pedal assemblies 12 are broken - a common drive shaft 82 and the same shouting that each pedal belt 18 is at the same speed This step is moved forward: the pedal assemblies 12 are interconnected' such that when the pedal group is pushed down, the other pedal assembly 12 is correspondingly pushed upwards.... The connection is provided during a chain. a kind between the right side and the left side The balance relationship is used together. The name map π ash is supplied - some additional buffers are shown in the circle 50. The interconnecting mechanism 334 is a rocker assembly. A curved rocker arm U2 1 solid Shiyang part system Braced by a pivoting member 12〇 coupled to the base, the side of the wooden 14. The end of the curved rocker ## 112 uses their respective tie bars 134, ... left And being connected to a pivot 128 on one of the left side pedal assemblies, the dry 36 series is coupled to the side frame 54 of the medium 4, and the right side fastening member 134 ^ y , U - a frame axis on the side frame. = side pedal assembly. The curved rocker f 112 @❸m head m should be used at (3) (d) and at this point the tie rods are in their respective pedal assemblies & this is Because =::Λ... The end of the arm is a plane that moves in an arched path, while the end of the curved rocker arm is moved along the slanting rod 134 along a sloping path. 'And move. And & °卩 provides a complex relative transport n2t borrowing embodiment, as shown in Figure 51, the curved rocker arm assembly two opposite sheet metal arm mold table mA, 112B and 103 丄 $ 5952 Gas-made, the mold bases are interconnected by an integral metal section 丨 12C, and the metal sections are bent at right angles from each of the arm dies. The ball joint 138 is seated between the arm stages 112A, 11 2B at each end of the curved rocker arm 112. The lacing member 134, 136" includes a fixed length member and a member such as a sleeve nut that can be varied in length. A tightly readable cup member 134 '136 can be used to adjust its associated pedal assembly. The angle of 12. When the length of the tie rods 134, 136 can be made longer, it will increase the slope of the pedal assembly 12. The curved rocker arm will be shown in Figure 50. The 丨2 function acts as follows. The swaying motion of the pedal assembly 12 against the swaying point 12 is by the user's stepping action (step, step, weight, etc.) and a slow 2 effect. And a deflection effect provided on each of the pedal assemblies 12 is controlled. When the user steps down on the tread belt 18, such as the left pedal assembly 12, the left pedal assembly η pivots in a downward direction about the left drive roller 28 and drives the left side down. Tight rod # 134. This causes the left end of the curved rocker arm ΐ2 to be pushed down, causing the right end of the curved rocker arm "2 to rise.

The upward movement of the distal arcuate rocker arm 112 is transmitted via the right side of the tie rod member US, which is used to urge the right side pedal assembly 12 to be towed about the right side of the drive roller 28 in an upward direction. The curved rocker arm 112 can be provided with a biasing device if desired...! It appears as a right side and a left side of the deflecting device. The springs 428 are (4) connected between the respective ends of the arc-shaped rocker arms m 104 1355952 " and respectively mounted on the base frame 14. When the pedal assemblies are at the same inclination ("neutral tilt"), the springs are in the same degree of compression or extension. When the user steps down on the tread belt 18, e.g., the left pedal assembly 12, the left tread assembly 12 pivots about the left drive roller 28 in a downward direction. The left end of the curved rocker arm 112 is pushed down, causing the right end of the fox rocker arm 112 to push up and push the right pedal assembly 12 around the right drive roller 28 in an upward direction. Twirling. At the same time, the spring 428 on the left side will be placed in a larger compression (or placed in the extension according to the arrangement of the spring relative to the curved rocker), and the spring 428 on the right side will be placed in tension In the situation (or at least less compression in the left side of the spring), creating a net biasing force, the foot that is applied to the user with the weight on the left pedal, and the pedaling of the piece 12 The downward force exerted on the belt 18 is reversed. When the user transfers his or her left foot to the right foot, the deflector 428 acts in concert with the right foot that causes the user to fine-tune $ to cause the right pedal assembly Ί _ _ - plant. To twirling in a downward direction. However, when the neutral tilt position f passes, the deflecting means 428 will begin to counteract the downward force acting on the right foot exerted by the user' as described above for the left foot of the weight applied. The deflecting device 428 shown in Figure 51 can be used with an arcuate rocker arm 112 that does not use a ball joint 138. Moreover, the precise location on the curved rocker arm 112 that is attached by the deflecting means 428 and the manner in which it is attached is not critical. Furthermore, the other ends of the deflecting means 428 may be coupled to the δ 基 部 frame 帛 14 or to other structures unrelated to the motion of the curved ridges # 112. These other structures are preferably located in a general plane of motion of the arcuate rocker arm 112, but otherwise may be present below the arc rocker arm 112 (eg, as shown) Position) or above the curved rocker f 112 (for example, 18 degrees from the position shown in Figure 51). Figures 52A-52B: The deflecting means below the pedal, as noted above, in a dual movable belt pedal's and the fitness device 1 of the member, the pedal assemblies pivoting about them 3 The pivoting movement is a mitigating effect by the user's pedaling action (stepping, stepping, weighting, etc.) and/or a biasing effect applied to the pedal components 12± (4). The mitigation and biasing effects can be applied to each of the pedal assemblies 12 by a device or an individual device. Figure 52 is an example showing the use of a deflecting device located below each of the pedal assemblies 12. These biasing devices push the pedal assemblies up to an unloaded or neutral position. The flat-loading i 428 shown in Fig. 52 is exemplarily shown as being spring-joined between the bottom 430 of each of the pedal assemblies η and the base frame 14. Preferably, the eaves and tensioning properties of the magazines 428 are substantially equal, and the (four) position 430 on the pedal assemblies 12 is reflected such that the same inclination of the pedals is biased, and A substantially equal force is applied to the left and right feet of the user for the same load. When the pedal assemblies 12 have no load or neutral tilt, 106 1355952 the springs 428 are at the same degree of compression due to the weight of the pedal assembly 12. When the user steps down on the tread belt 18, such as the left pedal assembly, such that the foot engages the tread belt 18 in a frictional manner, the left

The side pedal assembly 丨 2 pivots about its pivoting spindle 33 〇 in a downward direction and compresses the left spring 428 (see Fig. 52). The compression system of the left side spring 428 produces a push-up biasing force against the downward force exerted by the user's weight-applying foot on the stepping belt 18 of the left pedal assembly 丨2. When the user's foot is not subjected to weight (which occurs when the user steps on the tread belt 18 of the right pedal assembly 12), the biasing force tends to restore the left pedal assembly 12 to its neutral tilt. s position. The mitigation device (not shown) is preferably, but not necessarily, used with the springs 428. The mitigations (4) are capable of resisting the downward movement of the (four) plate assembly. The mitigation means can also resist the force on the door of the shovel 428 which is generated by the pedal assembly to prevent the pedal assembly 12 from rebounding too quickly. The top end of the spring 428 is coupled to the pedal set #12 to facilitate the application of a push-up biasing force on the pedal set #12. The mechanism shown in Fig. 52A includes a flange 430 that extends from a lower position of the frame jaws of the pedal assemblies 12 in a side-to-side direction. Continued D edge 43〇 should be more than the tread belt 18 connected by the user's foot P. * * Hanfu U surface is less noble, the spring 428 is connected by the user's foot. He appropriately attached the mechanical radish including the right and left foot branches #I, and the thousands of the self (not shown in the circle) and the area covered by the package 107 1355952 (not shown), they are provided And hold enough of the original "strength and strength" without deforming or malfunctioning during use.

When a housing extending along the bottom of a pedal assembly 12 is used, the attachment point 43 of the spring 428 may be along the pedal assembly 12 " centering, rather than offset from there. If there is If desired, a convex portion of the frame 52 of the pedal assembly 12 can be bent under the step = 1 member, and it can also allow the attachment position to be completed. The pedal assembly 12 The longitudinal centerline is not offset therefrom. The bottom end of the frame 428 can be attached directly to the base frame or to any other movement relative to the pedal assembly 12 for stability. The structure is reversed. For the sake of reversal, it is necessary to adjust the pedals to change the ancient 庳 from the secret ', and ~ deduction' " ν s ancient, a mechanical device (not shown) ▼ And with these bullets? (Illustratively at the attachment location point 430). & The mechanical device that can change the height is well known to us, and the type of silk type is included. The snail device and the mechanical device of the stud and the hole mechanical degree are transmitted. Who want to use the same or different. Between + 12 can be adjusted as high as the bottom of the bottom of the 4 M pm can be adjusted to the base frame] 4 thousand σ 5 Hai platform from Jiashisheng, and can be positioned in a Shengmu Separated by one - ^ (four) distance. The springs 428 are attached to the platform, and the user changes the distance between the square ends 14 and the slope of the base plate assembly 12 from the base frame. The south degree of the flat 108 1355952 can be adjusted manually or from the user console by a motor under user control. If the ability of the user to detect the biasing force is what we need (4), the distance between the spring and the pivot point of the pedal can be made adjustable, as disclosed elsewhere in this specification.

The tilt angles of the pedal assemblies 12 can also be varied by changing the attachment position of the deflecting devices 428 relative to the pivot position points 330. The closer the j-direction deflecting device 428 is moved to the closer the pivoting inclination, the steeper it is. In order to achieve this, at the base portion 14 and at the pedal assembly 12, more (four) attachment positions to the deflecting device will be required. . It should be noted that the change in position relative to the pivot position point 330 will also be placed closer to the (four) turn position point 330 due to a change in leverage, for the pedal assembly. The lower the resistance of the pivoting of 12 is. Figure 54 to circle 59························································································· The tether system does not show a type of biasing mechanism. Therefore, the cow can be loaded with a reciprocating link to Fig. 54 to Fig. 59*, two a A 罝I are not shown and one each two (two metal is the metal) is a spring branch楼·43〇U is the right side of the δ 玄 base frame; on the left and in the direction of the exercise device, on the right and left side of the pedal assembly, the extension is 109 1355952. The right pedal assembly i2 is stretched down to the dog's description. It is said that you are poor on the Taiji. They can protrude from the longitudinal direction of the heartline. However, the 匕:^ is seated at any of the flat springs 42 provided: Suddenly... 2 places. If not used - mutual:: connect: the side of the line and the right side of the pedal (four) 12 of all or substantially

Part 2: The middle flat bomb "28's arm is in the connection with the protrusion 2. If an interconnecting device (4) is used, the special protrusion 432 will generally be in operation, the 428 (four) The inclination and the lower articulated flat position Λ:/ are detached when the pedal assembly 12 moves up above the emptiness. Is there a strong and rigid body on the left and right pedal assemblies? ^ Can In the lower casing 11, the projections 432 protrude from the panel (hidden in the drawing). The casing 20 is not strong enough and has insufficient rigidity, or is not used for housing. The protrusion 432 of each of the pedal assemblies 12 may be one (not shown in the drawings, but may be used as a - (10) port, 疋 "see the bracket 156 in FIG. 60 for an example) a part and protruding from the floor, the floor has a width of the stepping belt 18 applied to the pedal assembly 12. There is an upwardly extending plaque, I 丘吴^ Λ 缘 or 疋 is coupled An upwardly extending flange that is received inside (4) (not shown) of the pedal assembly 12: The protrusion (four) 432 may be composed of any material, and when the flat spring 428 is right-shaped, the protrusion 432 may be connected to the protrusion spring 432. Suitable materials include hard plastics and composite materials. Includes metal. And 110 1355952 coated with a low friction material, the biasing mechanism of Fig. 54 acts as follows. The function of the heart on the left pedal assembly 12 to the mechanical device 428 is the same for the right pedal assembly 12 as the user of the same beam 12 ^ m stepping on the private tread belt 18 of the left pedal and When a " is applied to the foot, the pedal assembly 12 pivots around the main 428

The flat spring 428 is elastically deformed, thereby exerting a force: and biasing toward the force to counter the left (four) plate θ 4 4 gradually increasing the user to complete the step and start to remove the weight from the foot At the time, the plunging force will cause the left pedal to be better, the flat bomb I; = neutral _ thicker] 2 dip a 泮 yellow 428 is located close to the pedal lever efficiency! The maximum force applied to the pedal assembly 12 to be used in the poem, the 'recovery force' of the flat magazine 428 can be: to a minimum extent for a desired biasing force. "Two = the effect and the inclination of the pedal assemblies 12 can be = Γ:: the spring 428 is provided on a movable branch _ is modified" wherein the support # truss can be at the base _ Η It is not necessary to adjust backwards. When the support rack is moved backwards, it is moved by the point closer to the pivot position: π:: pedal group...——:: Tian Ping Qian 428 is moved to more The tilt of the pedal assembly 12 will be increased as it approaches the hung position. Figure 55 shows a deflecting mechanism 428' for use with the left and right pedal assemblies 该2, respectively. Respectively = 1355952 Right and left tempered assembly i % (illustratively for hydraulic cylinder type). = two: to: mechanical device 428 is the same as the deflection mechanism shown in Figure 54 to the right _ plate mitigation device % has - An end portion of the outer side of the member 12 that is towed and attached, and the other end portion of the right vertical frame member (not shown) is attached. The left side damper has a pivoting The ground is mounted to the outer side of the end - and is mounted to a left side straight Frame 2 (shown in the figure) is the other end of the "etc. easing...= For their respective secrets, $H^ is the resistance to the downward movement of Dreams%. Provided by these, ·" The resistance may be related to the speed of the pedal assemblies 12. The mitigations can provide -: the resistance of the pedal assembly 12 a a L , the upward movement, so as to show that the sister has I us The pedal assembly is pushed upward by the flat springs 428. Position:: = shows that a biasing mechanical spring 428 using a reed spring 428 is supported by a short spring support bracket 430 in a relative In the concave orientation of the pedal assemblies 12, the arms of the cage = spring 428 are attached to the right and left sides of the exercise device and into the left and right pedal assemblies 12 < If a reciprocating linkage is not used, the arm of the spring engages the pedal assembly 12 during all or all of its strokes. If the - (4) reciprocating link is used, the (d) pedal assembly 12 can be disengaged from the slab bomb 428 during the upper portion of their range of motion. The orientation of the ridges of the ridges: b 112 1355952 The ends will illustratively engage the panels near the longitudinal centerline of the bottom panel of the housing 2 of the pedal assemblies 12, however, if desired, the ends may It is made shorter or longer to engage the bottom panel of the housing 2 except in the vicinity of the longitudinal centerline of the panel. When the pedal assembly 12 is provided with a strong and rigid housing 2, the end of the reed spring 428 can directly engage the panel of the housing 2. In addition, when the housings 20 do not have substantial rigidity and rigidity, the impact plate members can be used in the areas where the ends of the reed springs are engaged. When the casing is not used or if the casing is not vulnerable, a bracket (not shown) may be used to provide a striking plate member, wherein the frame is extended to

The stepped seat belt 1 of the pedal assembly 12 is outside the width of the smash-and-reverse belt 18 and has an upwardly extending flange or an upwardly extending flange 'and the inner frame of the orbital noon 12 (not Shown in the figure). The 哕 impact plate can be made of any material "# ^ ® H ^ 钭 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Immediately when deformed, it will slip hard and plastic and composite (4) Suitable materials include metal. Using the 5"... reed spring 428 of Figure 56 and coated with a low friction material (as with the flat magazine 428 as with respect to Figure 54 can be more than a "good" because it allows the spring 12. The longer range of motion of the field contacts the pedal assembly. The biasing mechanism of Fig. 56 is as follows: ▲ The function of the pedal assembly on the operating side of the left pedal assembly 12 is the function of the mechanism 428 for the right. The same is true. When the user steps on the pedal belt 18 of the left pedal set Π 3 1355952 12 and on its foot the pedal assembly 12 will circumnavigate the left side of the 七 && For example, the arm of ^ is connected by a bottom of a casing 20, a slap plate member, or an abutment portion 仏. The striker 邛 432 is engaged, and the reed spring 428 is elastically deformed.竑 ^ ^ ^ 428 ^ wrong to apply - a gradually increasing biasing force to the needle against the left pedal assembly 12 F with the knife not facing the arch downward movement. When the user completes its step and starts to weight; + ▲ When I removes from his foot, The directional force causes the left pedal assembly 12 to return to its empty (four) tilt. Figure 57 shows a deflecting mechanism 428 using a relatively short reed spring 428 'the reed spring 428 is quilted The long spring support brackets 430 are supported in a convex orientation relative to the pedal assemblies 12. The clavicles 428 are in the direction toward the right and left sides of the exercise device in the pedal assemblies 12 The lower portion extends a relatively short distance. If no reciprocating connecting rod device is used, the arm of the crest leaf spring 428 is engaged in all or substantially all of its strokes. (4) The pedal assemblies 12 are engaged. The bottom of the pedal assembly 12 is large. The P 432 will engage the reed spring eg at its inner edge, near the side edges, and the reed b 428 is supported by the spring. The support member. When the pedal assembly 12 is provided with a strong and rigid housing 2, the end of the reed spring 428 can directly engage the panel of the housing 2. However, when the housing 20 does not have Quite enough to be strong and rigid The impact plate is used in the area that is joined by the end of the reed spring. When the housing 20 is not used or the housing is very fragile, one floor can be used not shown in the figure) ^ Use the roller to provide an impact 114 λ^952 plate member 'where the bracket is coupled (not shown in the figure) # ι and the internal frame diagram of the piece u) and just at the bottom of the casing 2, the impact plate can be β π The outer downward extension is made up of the elastic sheet L. However, the material should be joined to the metal springs and the composite material, as well as the metal included in the material of the material. _ and coating with a low-friction material? One is shown using a multi-segment torsion: to the mechanical device 428, which is read in the base frame. The pedal group #12 of π is located in an excessively raised position so that the := heavy section torsion spring 428 can be seen more clearly. The base section 434 of the twisted I 428 is attached to some of the mounting clamps 436. The free end of the torsion spring 428 extends inwardly from the coil/twist. The free ends (4) engage the bottom panel of the pedal group #12 along the bottom (4) of the pedal assembly, and the torsion springs 2 428 are resiliently deformed to provide a biasing effect. #果# Without using a reciprocating linkage device, the free ends 438 are engaged with the pedal groups #12 during all or substantially all of their strokes. As in other embodiments of the biasing mechanism 428, if the torsion spring 428 is sufficiently strong and rigid, the inwardly extending free end 438 can directly engage the housing 20 or can engage any suitable Impact the board. In a variation of the embodiment of Fig. 58, the eye of the torsion spring 428 can be seated near the centerline of the base frame and the free end #438 of the twist 115 1355952 428 can extend outwardly. In order to fully support the torsion spring 428 of the building, it is possible to: extend the center frame member f 4 a , can provide a ten I not shown in the figure), and the spring can be clamped 436 to the heavy section The torsion / mouth έ 中心 center frame member is fixed. It is shown that a transverse member of a flat metal spring using a biasing machine 428 is used: the elastic crystal is used in the direction of the base frame - and wherein the The 442 series, in the "forward" "曲' is used to move along the pedal assembly 12 of the pedal assembly 12. Ρ 5 5 5 、, wind body bottom. Ρ panel. The pedal shown - an excessive lift The position of the riser plate: and the 12 pieces of the song are located in the song and the 442 can be more... Thousands of bombs f 428 and its bends to be seen more clearly. They are each stepping on the sun, and the heart is 442 and it is ^ κ is elastically deformed when it is connected, to provide a plucking eight, and to use a reciprocating connecting rod device, the 1-2 pedal system is in all or substantially all of its strokes. Coupling β Λ π β is the same as in other embodiments of the biasing mechanism 428. If the phlegm is wet! β Τ纟 Τ纟 奸 奸 够 够 够 够 够 够 够 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 442 ^ ^ Body, or can be connected to any suitable impact plate. < When using the word "Gold" The magazine "(4)" will be aware that other materials having properties similar to metal springs can be used. The position of the biasing mechanism 428 can be made to be 'variable' to adjust the pedal assemblies The inclination of 12. Illustratively, the support frame 43A shown in Figures 54 to 57 can be made and have a mechanical mechanism using any suitable mechanical device (a straight I like a nail in a hole) The device 116 1355952 and the sleeve nut mechanism are adjustable for the user to be adjustable. The torque of Figure 58 and the protrusion of Figure 59 (4) 'flat spring 428 can be installed - times The position of the sub-frame relative to the base frame 14 can be adjusted by the user. ρ should note that this positional adjustment of the sub-frame will also change the force of the biasing force. The closer the 428 is moved to the pivot point of the pedal: 2, the biasing force will be smaller due to the reduced leverage benefit. Figure 53: The mitigation component of the brake base Figure 53 shows the use - one An example of a mitigation assembly 444 for mitigating effect brake number 446. The brake 446 provides resistance to rotation of an attached brake pulley 448. The mitigation assembly 444 includes an elongated mitigation belt 45. 〇's extending from the pedal rentals through the pulley system 452 to the brake pulley state to facilitate the downward movement of the brake pulley 448 to the pedal assembly 12. Jia County, executive > u 杈 good 疋, the pedal's reciprocating back and forth is coordinated by an interconnecting component. & An illustrative pulley system 452 is shown in Figure 53 to ease the belt 4 5 0 A first surname ^ 帛% core is attached to a pedal assembly 12 at a position point, and the position point 筏a private point is extended from the towing spindle 3 3 0 of the pedal assembly 12. The greater the distance between the attachment position and the spindle, the greater the leverage benefit achieved. A first portion of the 4 easing belt 450 is attached to the pedal member 12 on the right side. The easing belt 450 then extends through the pulley 452 Α to change the direction of the stalk to about 9 ' degrees from the vertical 117 1355952 vertically to a substantially horizontal and integral plane of the base frame Μ Inside. The easing belt 450 then extends through the pulley 452B' which is rotatably supported by a one-way bearing and the bearing is mounted on a first one connected to the differential flywheel 448 The side of the shaft 454 is on the side. Pulley 452b changes the direction of the tempered belt 450 by about 18 degrees such that the tarp belt 45 〇 remains within the overall plane of the base frame 14. The easing belt 450 is twisted about 450 degrees and extends through the pulley 452C, which re-orients the direction of the skin 450 by about 9G, such that the belt traverses the base 4 frame 14 and runs through Pulley on the side. The pulley 452D changes the direction of the easing belt 45 大约 by about 9 ,, and the belt 450 is then twisted by about 9 并且 and extends through the pulley "π, which is also rotatably supported by a one-way bearing. Supported. The pulley 452E is mounted on a shaft 454 coupled to a second side of the differential flywheel 448. The pulley 452E changes the direction of the easing belt 450 by approximately 18 degrees such that the easing belt 45 The crucible remains within the overall plane of the crucible base frame 14 and is directed to the pulley 452F. The articulation and belt 450 then extends through the pulley 452F to change the direction by approximately 90 degrees from substantially horizontal and at the base frame The entire end of the mitigation belt 45 is changed to be substantially vertical. The second end of the easing belt 45 系 is attached to the pedal assembly 12 on the left side at a position point away from the pedal assembly 12 The pivoting spindle 33. When the pulley 452E is rotated counterclockwise by an upward movement of the left pedal assembly 12 (when viewed from the left side of the base frame 14), the fly

1] The S-work 952 wheel 448 is engaged such that the brake 446 is rotated via the brake belt 6 and the pulley 458 mounted on the brake 446 to resist the upward movement of the left pedal assembly of the child. A mitigating force. The upward movement of the left side pedal group #12 is to rotate the pulley 452B clockwise (when viewed from the same position point, that is, the left side of the base frame 14) by pulling the relaxation belt 450. The clockwise rotation of the pulley 452B does not engage the flywheel 448 because the one-way bearing of the differential flywheel 448 is only engaged by counterclockwise rotation when viewed from the left side of the base frame 14 . It will be appreciated that the various positions of the pulleys in the pulley system of Figure 53 are not critical. The purpose of the pulley system is to transfer the substantially vertical motion of the pedal assemblies 12 to a brake 446 via a differential flywheel 448. Thus, any pulley system capable of transmitting the substantially vertical motion of the pedal assemblies 12 to a differential flywheel 448 can be used. It is also advantageous, but not necessary, to be within the overall plane of the base frame 14, the length of the easing belt should be as long as possible so that the belt does not interfere with the appearance and operation of the exercise device 1 . In order to accommodate various biasing positions (inclination), the length of the easing belt 450 can be made to be changeable. This system can be achieved in a variety of different ways. In one technique, a winding mechanism is placed at one of the attachment points of one or two of the pedal assemblies 丨2, and the deflection and winding settings are adjusted until the desired inclination is adjusted. When it is reached, there is no slack in the e-half and the belt 450. The adjustment of the winding is performed manually or under the control of the user's console. In the technique of the horse 119 1355952 = ^ other, the pulleys 452C and 4 are attached to the secondary frame. . The setting of the deflection and sub-frame positions is set until the desired inclination is reached and the easing belt 45 。 is reached. The adjustment of the position of the sub-frame is a manual mode or a motor driven from the control of the user console. One C: used to tension the sub-frame to facilitate removal of the easing belt 45. The force may lose some of the cushioning effect when the spring is tensioned. The mitigation assembly 444 of the motion base is moved as described below. When the stepping belt 18, which is, for example, the left pedal assembly, is engaged on the tread belt 18 in a frictional manner, the assembly 12 is pivoted by the i±β left pedal. 0 is performed in a downward direction and does not have a significant tie on the uncompressed mitigation belt 450. Weight = too when the user steps down on the left pedal assembly 12 due to the user; 踏板 pedal assembly 12 Removed from the 'right side pedal assembly, the interconnection device (not shown in the figure, but the through-return linkage device) is like in this manual: two solid: the main return arm, the T__ The arc-shaped rocker performs a hug in a downward direction ^ around its pivoting spindle. The coffee weighting system applies the user's upward movement on the left pedal assembly 12. The force is converted into one. The right pedal assembly pulls (10) the belt force 4. When the right pedal assembly 12 is raised, it is 452 Β, so that the 彳ο differential Wei, the belt system rotates the pulley counterclockwise in turn to pay the differential flywheel 448. The moving flywheel 448 is attached to the brake pulley 458 by the 120 1355952 brake belt 4 5 8 _ 毋 I 4|1 & 证 &; c α , so that the right: the pedal assembly 12 is applied with a mitigation Force. = Π::: resistance to the upward force on the right pedal assembly 12 The downward movement of the member 12 of the downward movement of the member 12 inhibits the second pedal on the left pedal from stepping on the pedal belt 18 of the right pedal assembly 12 to make the foot. The ρ can frictionally engage the belt.忒The right pedal group ^ is ignited around its pivoting spindle 330 in the downward direction. ° When the user steps down on the right pedal group, the weight is removed from the left pedal assembly 1. In addition, while the left pedal assembly has its pivoting spindle =::: in the upward direction, the force is applied around the right pedal assembly 12, and the user is squatting on the left pedal: ;= One of the upward bamboos on the rafter is raised with the seven-a left pedal assembly 12: the belt is rotated counterclockwise in turn, the belt pulley will be == easing the belt, the material 8, so that the brake 446 is brought together to connect the difference The moving flywheel applies a mitigating force ～ the left and right urging forces on the assembly 12 against the left pedal assembly to inhibit the right pedal assembly 12: = via the interconnection, in this embodiment, The downward movement of the system. It will be It is necessary to rotate in the direction of the direction. The movable 446 must be used only in the variant of the embodiment of Fig. 3, which uses two without a continuous belt 45. Referring to Fig. 53, the belt two: 12 】 The section between the pulleys 452C, A, and 452D is deleted, and the pulley 〉, 〉月轮 452 〇 以 is used to pull the reel, spring, or other such device. In this variation, when the left pedal assembly 12 is moved in an upward direction, the attached mitigation belt 450 will roll from the roll. Or, when the spring is extended, it is pulled back, so that the pulley 452E Will rotate in the counterclockwise direction, causing the difference to the brake to cry / ^ Λ ° will exert a easing on the movement of the left pedal assembly 12 + ^

. § ^ When the situation occurs, the pedal assembly 12 on the right side moves toward the center, which tends to cause slack in the buffer belt 45〇 attached to the right: plate assembly 12. This slack is rolled up or the meat is tight. When (4) (4) 452E is rotated clockwise, the money wheel 448 does not cause a connection due to the rotation of the pulley*.

The differential flywheel 448 is omitted from the variants (not shown) of Figure DC5. This variant uses a two-way brake (10) and a separate continuous mitigation belt 45A. One of the shafts 454 from the pulley WE or the shaft from the pulley 452B of the circle 53 is restrained 'but not both. Assuming that the shaft 454 from the pulley WE is restrained, a brake pulley state is mounted on the shaft 454 from the pulley 452E, and the brake belt 4% of Fig. 53 extends through the brake pulley 448. If desired, the brake 446 can be designed to be mounted directly on the shaft 454 from the pulley 452E. Otherwise, this variant is identical to the embodiment of Figure 53. In operation, due to the rotation of pulley 452E, the upward movement of either pedal assembly is received by 122 1355952 #. . In another variation of the embodiment of Fig. 53, 'the differential flywheel 448 may be omitted' and use two brakes $ 446 'one of the brake trains and the pulleys 452E and the other brake trains, and the pulleys 452B . A single connection, a mitigation belt 450 can be used in this variant, or a separate easing belt 450 can be used in this variant. The term "continuous belt" refers to the structural continuity of the belt 45〇,

And it does not mean whether the material in the belt 450 is homogenous. An example of a continuous skin t 450 is a belt with three sections, the end sections being flat material and the middle section being a tensioning device like a material, "Yes - Image It is a rod that can change the length of the sleeve nut. The swell tensioning device or the lever member of which the length can be changed can be combined with a biasing device to set the inclination of the pedal assembly η while avoiding the slack in the easing belt 45 〇. Although a flat belt is advantageous 'the belt is not limited to a flat form, and can be any desired surface finish, texture, or feature (like a wave or the like). ) the shape 0. . Referring to the brake embodiment of Fig. 53, a flywheel can be substituted for the brake 446 and the actuating pulley 458. Except for the brake and the actuating pulley 458 will be replaced by the flywheel, the other components remain unchanged. = When the user increases the speed, the mitigation effect provided by the flywheel will be reduced: the reverse momentum is reduced. If a flywheel is used, it can be mounted: 454 μ ^ of the separate shaft connecting the pulleys 452B and 452E, and the brake 123 1355952 belt 450 and the differential flywheel 448 can also be omitted. Figure 60: Damping mechanism for an exercise device. Figure 60 illustrates an embodiment of a damping mechanism that is used to cushion if the bottom of the pedal assembly 12 is lowered to a minimum. The impact that will occur. The material can occur when the user's workout ends to relax his gait, and the left and right pedal assemblies 12 are pushed down by the user's weight toward the base frame or floor. Lowering to the bottom may also occur during a workout if the biasing force is not properly set. The exercise device 10 preferably includes a mechanism for absorbing the force of the pedal assembly 12 <some of the impacts to cushion the user and avoid being placed on the fitness device or underneath The damage of the floor. The damper mechanism 154 of Figure 60 uses a rigid plastic projection 16 from a mounting bracket that extends beyond the width of the pedal assembly tread belt 18 and has two couplings to the pedal assembly. η

An upwardly extending flange 156 of the inner side frame member. A soft rubber cushion II i64 is coupled to the base frame 14 either directly or through a bracket and is seated such that it is tied when the pedal assembly 12 approaches a lower to bottom condition. The plastic protrusion 1 is connected. The soft rubber bumper 164 is elastically deformed when contacted by the rigid plastic projections 16' to provide a cushioning effect. The hard and elastic projection of the damping mechanism 1 54! 6〇, the 丨 64 may be reversed such that a resilient projection 164 is provided on the mounting bracket 155 and a relatively stiff bumper 16 is provided at the base 124 1355952. Frame 14 on. Round 61A and Figure 61b: Bottom-Driven Exercise Device The bottom-drive exercise device 1A of Figures 61A and 61B has two pieces 1 2 - a right side assembly 12 and a left side assembly 12. Each pedal member 12 is basically a self-contained treadmill having its own tread belt 18, bottom plate 26, and front, rear, and deflecting rollers 28, 30, 31. While each pedal assembly 12 can be driven by its own motor 88 when desired, it is advantageous that both pedal assemblies 12 are driven by the same/the same drive shaft and the same motor. This ensures that the belts will advance at the same speed. Instead of having a separate drive roller for each pedal assembly, if desired, a separate drive roller for the two pedal assemblies 12 can be used. The pedal assemblies are also interconnected to provide a balance between the right and left sides during an exercise and to provide some additional cushioning. This equilibrium relationship can be achieved in a variety of ways, including having a reciprocating spring-and-back linkage device such as any of the curved rocker arm assemblies described in this specification. The exercise 10 can be operated in a treadmill by locking the left and right pedal assemblies 12 together at a desired inclination (like 10%) to obtain a conventional treadmill 2 The chain can be operated in a stepper mode by holding the tread belt 18 stationary (motor off). With some exceptions, the configuration of the same parts as used in the rear-drive embodiment of the embodiment described in other parts of this specification is also generally applicable to the bottom-drive embodiment of Figure 61A. 】 25 j355952 4 and other pedal components 12 are coupled to the provincial fitness device along a common spindle! The base frame of the skeleton is awkward, however, a painful spindle is not necessary. The pedal sets #12 are pivoted against their main shafts 33〇. The pivoting spindles 33 of the pedal assemblies i2 are the drive shafts that drive the respective drive rollers of the pedal assemblies 12. The ends of the 〇 〇 驱动 drive shaft 停 82 are parked in bearings in each of the pivoting brackets 4 (10) from which the bearings project. In one embodiment, the drive roller is an offset roller 3. In other instances, the drive roller is the front roller or the rear roller: 30. In each of the pedal assemblies 12, the deflecting roller η and the special and rear rollers 28, 30 form an inverted triangle, and the front and rear rollers are the base of the triangle and the deflecting roller is the apex . The height of the apex measured perpendicularly from the base to the apex may be relatively large as shown in Figure 61B; or may be brought to the same line as the front and rear rollers 28, 30 by the deflecting roller 31. Quite small. The pivoting spindle 330 of the pedal assembly 12 can be offset from the drive shaft 82 if desired and has other structures that support the pivoting action. The pivoting spindle 330 can be fixed as shown or can be varied. Different mechanical means can be used to establish different pivoting points, including mounting the left and right pedal assemblies 12 and the slam-driver 82 into the sub-frames' and at the sub-frame = the base (d) A locking mechanism that provides a changeable position between M. An illustrative position-changing mechanism is a hole in an array of the perch 126 1355952, and an elastic load in the sub-frame Nail mechanism. Other mechanical devices include notches, dislocations, and ledges. ^

In order to operate the exercise device of Fig. 61A in a normal mode, the user adjusts the mitigation effect and the biasing effect as desired, stepping on the right and left foot support platforms (not shown in Fig. 6A).

In other parts of the specification, the curve of the Su 1 chain in the second = is adjusted as desired (the treads of the right and left pedal assemblies 12 will start to move), and the feet from the right and left sides. The support platform is stepped on the pedal belt 8 on the right side and the left side, respectively. In the embodiment of Fig. 6 ', the slanting region of the vehicle is a bottom plate region between the straight lines of the front roller 在 in the bottom plate % a, wherein the straight line is with a 氐 氐 26 The imaginary vertical plane phase extending through the pivoting spindle 33〇, > see Fig. 61A, the weight of the user will tend to pivot the bottom plate μ about the pivoting spindle 330. ^ '', Fig. 61B, assume that the user is walking in the direction of the wheel 28 or: running (the arrow shows the movement of the treading f 18 , which is in the opposite direction to the direction used by the user) . In the "4" positive "production mode", the user has transferred his weight from the right = component 12A (which is stepped on the belt 18 along the right pedal assembly 12A ') to the left pedal group #] 2B. In the left pedal assembly (four) $ 缓 easing resistance (which may be related to speed by ^ speed) and biasing force (which is related to the attachment point or biasing force of the deflecting device). 127 1355952 will be removed because the foot on it has been removed, and because the downward ^ au on the left pedal assembly 12B is the lower left force is being passed back and forth through the linkage device (not shown) Silk 4&

Break into one to the right pedal assembly 丨 2A

The upward force began to rise. Next, the right foot on the right pedal assembly 12A is completely removed when it is lifted and moved from the rear of the pedaling region of the pedal assembly i2A toward the pedaling region of the pedal assembly T. At the same time 'being finished on the left pedal assembly 12B

The king's foot with the weight of the foot is carried by the treadle I 18 toward the rear of the base plate of the pedal assembly 12: and the inclination of the left pedal assembly 12B is reduced due to the weight, and the inclination of the right pedal assembly 12 is eight. It will increase due to the biasing force and the force being transferred. At low speed belt speeds (slow steps), these pedal groups #12 will advance through a larger arc range than the same speed belt speed (fast pace), otherwise equal. The tread belt 18 of the pedal assembly 12 can be operated in reverse if desired. Any one of the front and rear rollers 28, 30 can be made into a drive roller if needed. Figure 62A-62C: Fitness device without a bottom plate The pedal assembly 12 of the type illustrated in Figure 62A differs from the pure assembly illustrated and described elsewhere herein in that there is no floor or floor suspension. The bottom plate 26 is common among standard treadmills, and their armrests provide stability and a degree of shock absorption to provide leg and foot comfort and a long service life. In order to provide additional cushioning for the legs, 128 1355952 feet and back, treadmills. Use a suspension device. In one mode, it can be directly below the bottom plate under a flexible bottom plate 26. The rubber bushing is used with a walking/running surface with a treadmill belt 18 from 17 inches to 22 inches wide and two. Figure 27 to Figure 3: The bottom row suspension for the pedal assembly 12 to _61 inches long ^ - not according to the present invention - the 〇rbiterTM treadmill

You can take a treadmill from the Qrbiter in the Texas Highlands _ -- the treadmill of the board, early and late. As stated in the print of the product, "mainly sold to the doctor

The emirate has a health center, 〇rbiterTM - a rubber, suspended running surface that stretches when your foot tribe is on the surface. (It feels like running on a spring pad.) Although the 〇rbiter treadmill is efficient in absorbing shock and provides an effective workout, this elongation may cause some users to feel an unstable feeling. The surface length of the belt is % inch and the width is 20 inches. The pedal assembly 12 shown in Figures 62A, 62B, and 62C does not have a pedal and does not have a lower impact to provide impact absorption properties for the tread region 462. Suspension system. Good stability is achieved in the pedal assemblies' because of the relatively small size of the tread area 462, which is in the rear drive exercise device of Figures 62A, 62B and 62C. Illustratively 40 inches long and 8 inches wide "The overall stability can be improved by the use of reinforced belt materials. The lateral stability can be improved in various ways, such as by using a fiber Beads or steel cables are used to reinforce the edges of the belt 18. In addition, the rollers 28, 30 that are passed over the belt 18 by the pedal 129 1355952 can be provided with a recess. a groove for receiving the reinforcing edge and holding the belt loop 8 in a region of the roller with a degree of lateral tension, and additional wheels or passages having grooves may be along the two of the stepping regions 462 Edges are provided for engaging the reinforcing edges of the belt loop 8 and holding the belt loop 8 in all of the tread regions 462 with a lateral tension of one degree of redness.

The pedal assembly 12, such as shai, can be provided with a bottom plate 26 that can be locked in position in the proper position directly under the belt 18 in the tread area to provide a stable and moderately good shock absorption for a normal workout. The walking/running surface, or can be parked in a position away from the tread area, to provide a low impact running/walking surface for a user who cannot tolerate an impact associated with a normal exercise. The movable belt pedal, 'an embodiment of a roller of a piece (described in detail elsewhere in this specification) is particularly suitable for such a displaceable bottom plate 26, as there may be a need in the pedal assembly for the need The bulk of the mechanical device. The front portion 22 of the right pedal assembly 12A and the other position 22 of the left pedal assembly 12 are relatively pivoted about a spindle 330 positioned at their respective rear 5 = portion 24 Moving up and down each other< When a side panel of the panel frame that is seated on the inside of the adjacent right and left side pedal assemblies 12 moves through each other, a gap or side space alternately opens And closed. In order to help prevent this empty _ we want to access the internal components of the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame m (like debris and sweat), a shield or similar 130, '·° configuration is Used to eliminate the gap attached to the structure of the exercise device. Figure 63Α to Figure 63Χ The fitness device of the car As shown in Figure 63, the fitness device is equipped with a cover

2 frame base protection | 464. The base shield Yang includes a front/part 466, a right side portion 468, a left side portion 47〇, and a rear portion. Clamp 472 and a top portion 474. The top portion 474 of the base shield 464 is through a front top surface 476, a left top top surface 478, a right top surface 48〇, and a rear top surface 482. The pedal unit 484, which is seated in the top portion 474, is separated by a top surface center strip 486 that is coupled to the front top surface 476 and the rear top surface 482. As shown in Fig. 63A, the right side column 42 and the right side column 4 are attached to the base shield.

. The shroud described below can also be coupled so as not to interfere with the movement of the pedals. The right side portion 468 and the left side portion 470 of the double pedal/tread with various shroud configurations are coupled to the base frame. The base shield 464 can be fabricated from molded plastic, fiberglass, aluminum, or any other suitable material, and can be rigid, flexible, or any combination. The base shield can also be fabricated as a separate piece to be assembled using screws, snaps, fasteners, and the like. Considerations as to how the exercise device is assembled or disassembled and shipped can be taken into account in determining the manner in which the base shield can be manufactured. In some embodiments, the base shield can be made to be an integral component. 131 1355952 As described in FIG. 63A, the right pedal assembly 1 2 A displayed in the up position and the left pedal assembly 12B displayed in the down position are each equipped with a pedal guard assembly 488, the pedal shroud assembly 488 is used with the pedal assemblies 12 when the exercise device is used. The pedal shroud assemblies 488 can be fabricated from plastic, fiberglass, Ming or any other suitable material and can be secured thereto using various techniques such as screws, snaps, fasteners, and the like. Pedal assembly. The pedal shroud assemblies can also be secured to the pedal assemblies using adhesives or hooks and snap fasteners. The pedal shroud assembly 486 includes an outer side baffle 49A, an inner side baffle 492, and a front side baffle 494. The outer side baffle 49 and the inner side baffle 492 It is coupled to the pedal assemblies 而 2 to abut the pedal side g members and span the length of the pedal assemblies. The front side flap 494 is coupled to the outer side flap 490 and the inner side flap 492 and spans the length of the side roller before the pedal assembly. An inner baffle edge 496 is defined by the intersection of the inner side baffle 492 and the front side baffle 494, and one outer baffle edge 498 is bounded by the outer side baffle 490 and the lateral side The intersection of the baffle 494 is again defined. The inner side flap 492 can be generally triangular in shape and defined by a top flap edge 500, a bottom flap edge (hidden), and the inner flap edge 496. The outer baffle edge 498 can also be generally triangular in shape and defined by the top baffle edge 500, the edge of the panel (hidden), and the outer panel edge 498. 132 1355952 As shown in FIG. 63A, the pedal shroud assembly 488 is sized such that when the right pedal assembly 12A is seated in the up position, between the right pedal assembly 12A and the base shroud 464 The area between the top portions 4 74 is covered by the front side side fence 494 and the outer side side fences in this position, between the right side pedal assembly 12A and the left side pedal assembly 12B. It is covered by the inner side baffle 492 of the right pedal assembly 丨2. Contrary to that shown in Fig. 63A, when the left pedal assembly 12B is seated in the up position, the area between the left pedal assembly 12B and the top portion 474 of the base shield 464 is blocked by the front side. The plate 494 and the outer side baffle 49 are covered. In this position, the area between the left pedal assembly 12B and the right pedal assembly 12A is covered by the inner side fence 492 of the left pedal assembly 〖2B. When the right pedal assembly 12A or the side pedal assembly 丨2B is pivoted toward the downward position, the pedal shroud assembly 488 will be through the pedal opening 4 that is seated in the top portion 4 of the base shield 464. In order to refer to the gap between the base shield 464 and the pedal assemblies 12, the inner side flaps 492 are positioned proximate to and abut the center strip 486 in the top portion 474 of the base shroud 4 As shown in Fig. 63A. Similarly, the outboard side dam 490 is positioned proximate to and adjacent to the left top, and the surface 478 and the right top surface 48 are also positioned to abut and abut the front top surface 476. Because the pedal assemblies 2 are pivoted up and down in an arched path, the inner dam edge, the outer dam edge instance, and the front side 133 1355952 side visor 494 can be played Formally shaped to hold the front side flap 494 near the front top surface 476 of the base shield 464 when the pedals are pivoted downwardly. The present invention, which uses a pedal shroud assembly 488 similar to that depicted in Figure 63A, can also be used with various *(4) supplemental base shields. By way of example, Figure 63B depicts an exercise device using the design of an alternative base shield 464 having only one pedal opening. The pedals, and the members 12 are displayed in a pivotal position at a point between the up position and the down position for more clearly displaying the pedal guard assembly. Various components. As shown in & (d), the pedal assemblies 12 are not separated by a central strip in the top portion, such that the pedal assemblies are seated on the exercise device such that the medial sides The side shields 492 are adjacent to each other. In another aspect of the invention, the pedal assemblies 12 are constructed on the exercise device such that the front side flaps can be removed, as shown in Figures 63C and 63D. Both the right and left pedal assemblies 12 are depicted in a flush, midpoint position, and the front portion 466 of the base shield 464 is constructed such that no voids are present in either of the pedal assemblies and the base Between the front top surface 476 of the shield 464. As previously described with reference to Figure 63A, when one pedal assembly is in the up position and the other pedal assembly is in the down position, between the bottom of the pedal assembly and the top of the other pedal assembly The area is covered by the inside side flap 496 of the pedal located at the upper position. The outer side dam 490 shown in Figure 63C and circle 63D is also provided with a plurality of baffle holders 134 1355952 502 that slidably engage the left side portion 470 and the right side of the base shield 464. A baffle track on the inside of the portion 468 (hidden in the figure). Because the pedal assemblies 12 are pivoted up and down in an arcuate path, the baffle tracks 5〇2 can also be arched. When the user applies a force while running or walking on the pedal assemblies, the baffle rails 5〇2 can also be added to the fitness of the exercise device. Figures 63E-63X show the pedal shroud assembly as being in various other views' and incorporated in an alternative embodiment of the present invention/, Figures 64A-64B: with a flexible baffle Pedal diagrams 64A and 64B depict an alternative embodiment of the pedal shroud assembly 488. Unlike the base shield 4M shown in Fig. 63A, the base shield shown in Figs. 64A and 64B is not biased to the right side and the left side of the front pillar 42 and the left pillar 40. The base shield shown in Fig. 64 and Fig. MB includes a bottom intermediate portion 5〇4 connected to the right side column 42 and the left side column 40, without the front portion. Because the base shield 464 does not have a front portion and does not have a front top surface, when the pedal assemblies are pivoted up and down, between the pedal assemblies and the front top surface of the base 4 cover 464, There will be areas that are exposed. Therefore, it is not loved that there is no need to have a front side baffle that is included as part of the pedal shroud assembly. As shown in Figures 64A and 64B, the pedal shroud assemblies 48 are generally rectangular in shape of the side (four) ring (four). The outer side panel 490 is sufficiently high that when the tread strip Z is in the upward position 135 1355952, the bottom flap edge 5〇6 and the base are on the outer side flap 49〇 There is no gap between the left top surface 478' of the shield 464'. One

A flexible baffle 510 is coupled to the bottom baffle edge 508 on each of the inner side baffles 492. The right pedal assembly 12a is located in the upward position as shown in Fig. 64A, and the left pedal assembly 丨2B is located in the downward position. The area between the right side pedal assembly 12A and the left side pedal unit 12B is covered by the inner side side fence 492 and the flexible shutter. Figure 64B shows the relative clamping of the pedal assembly in Figure 64A. In Fig. 64B, the left pedal assembly 12B is seated in the upper position and the right pedal assembly 12a is seated in the down position. Again, the area between the left side pedal assembly 12B and the right side pedal assembly 12A is covered by the inner side dam 492 and the flexible damper 510. As shown in Fig. 64A, the plates or shields do not have to cover the entire open space or space. It should be understood that the pedal shroud assembly 488 illustrated in Figures 64A and 64B can operate in conjunction with other base shroud configurations. In an example =, if the base shield includes a forward clamp and a front top surface as described with reference to Figure 63A, the pedal shroud and members shown in Figures 64A and 64B can include a front baffle. In the case where the base shield is in the other part of the foregoing, and the Fig. 63 A includes a center strip and two pedal openings, the flexible baffle can be The center strip and the step are connected. The flexible striker can also be connected to the pedal assembly and the right and left top surfaces of the base P hood. 囫 65 136 1355952 An alternative to the present invention The embodiment is depicted in Fig. 66. The left side portion 47〇 of the soil cover 464 and the right portion do not extend to the front of the right column 42 and the left column 4 (). The pedal assembly depicted in the eighth is different in that the pedal group #12 is not enclosed in the front portion of the base cover. As indicated by 胄65, the pedal assembly 12 is seated in The exercise device is such that the inner side baffles 492" are adjacent to each other. The inner side dams 492 are also sized such that when the one pedal assembly is in the up position and the other pedal assembly is in the down position, the bottom panel edge of one of the pedal assemblies There is no gap between the 506" and the pedal bottom plate % of the other pedal assembly. When the stepping belt 18 on the pedal assembly 12 passes under the floor 26 of the pedal, the outer side fence 49"" (having a substantially rectangular shape) The front side baffle 494", and a bottom side baffle 5 12 partially enclose the belt. The front side baffle 494, may also be removable, to allow For use of the tread belt 18, the inner side flap 492" may also have a generally triangular shape. Figures 66A-66C: An alternative shroud is disposed in Figure 66A. An alternative embodiment of the base shroud 464 is shown with a front portion 466" divided into two sections, a right side The front part is 5丨4, and the left front part is 5〗 6. As shown in Figure A, when the left pedal unit 丨2B is in the down position, the left front part 516 and the left part 470” part The ground is surrounded by the pedal shroud assembly. Similarly, when the right pedal assembly 1 2 A is in the down position, the right front portion 514 and the right portion 468 are partially enclosed by the right 137 χ 355952 side of the pedal assembly. 488" surrounded. For example, if the right side of the pedal 12 is seated in the upward position, most of the right front part - position 514 and the right part 468, are exposed 'however, in this position. There is no gap between the pedal shroud assembly 488" and the base shroud 464". Similarly, when the left pedal assembly 12 is seated in the up position, most of the left front portion 5丨6 and the left portion 47〇 are exposed. % As shown in Fig. 66A, the right front portion 514 And the left front portion 516 can also be constructed to have a baffle track 5〇2”. These baffles are 5〇2, which are connected to the inside of the right front part 5丨4 (the figure is not in the picture), which helps to use the fitness. The device reduces the movement of any of the sides of the pedal assembly 12 to the side. The construction of the pedal shroud assembly shown in Fig. 66A can also be used with the base shields 464 of the historical construction. For example, Figure 66B depicts an embodiment in which the embodiment is similar to that shown in Figure 66A, except that the base shield 464" in Figure 66B includes a rear top surface 482. Among the schemes in Fig. 66C, an alternative embodiment similar to that shown in Fig. 66B does not include a baffle track 502". Figures 67A-67C: Alternative shroud arrangements. A further representative of the present invention is depicted in Figures 67A and 67b. The base shroud 464" shown in Figures 67A and 67B further includes a right central portion 51. 8 and a left central portion 52〇, which are connected to the right side portion 5 14 and the left front portion 5 16 . The right central portion 518 and the left central portion 52 can also be 138 1355952 With the right side of the 4 6 S,, S Ά, 丨 a»» > · 468 and the left part of the 47 〇, mirror image. As shown in Figure 67 and 67B, the accordion pleated baffle 526 and pedal The shroud assembly is connected to the earth cover 464. More specifically, a first accordion chopping block 526A is offset from the base shroud at a base shroud top edge 524, a right front portion 514, and a right central portion 518, where the base At the top edge of the shroud, the rim 524 is seated on top of the right side portion 468. The first accordion pleat baffle 526a is also coupled to the pedal shroud assembly 488 at a top side baffle 522 T, and the top sill side baffle 522 is coupled to the right side pedal assembly 丨 2A. Similarly, a second accordion pleat baffle 526B is coupled to the base shroud 4 at the base shroud top edge 524, the left front portion 516, and the left central portion 520, where the base protector The top edge 524 of the cover is seated on top of the left side portion 470". The second accordion pleat baffle 526B is also coupled to the pedal shroud assembly 488" below the top side baffle 522, and the top side The baffle 522 is connected to the left pedal assembly 12B.

In Fig. 67A, the left pedal assembly 12B is depicted in a downward position and the right pedal assembly 12A is depicted in an up position. The pedal shroud assembly 488 coupled to the left pedal assembly 12B at least partially encloses the left side portion 470", the left front portion 5"6, and the left central portion 520 of the base shield 464". Similarly, the pedal shroud assembly 488" coupled to the right side pedal assembly 12A" at least partially encloses the right side portion 46 8", the right front portion 514, and the base shield 464, the right central portion 5 1 8. As shown in Fig. 67A, when the right pedal assembly 丨 2a is in position 139 向上 in the upward position, the slab shield assembly 526 of its slab panel 456 is encircled. a space between the 卩 卩 464 ′′. When the right step m is moved to the down position, the accordion pleat baffle 526 is f-folded and collapsed on the shed to become a pedal protector The cover assembly is broken. When the left pedal set #12B is moved to the up position* / the accordion pleated baffle 526 is folded over the pleats and is 'to the violent path. Figure 67b As shown, the right pedal assembly is in the downward position and the left pedal assembly (four) is depicted in the upper position. As shown in Figures 67A and 67B, when the pedal assembly S is in the up position In the middle, the inner and outer side baffles 492" and 49" will maintain a portion of the base shield 464. Thus, in some embodiments the 'accordion pleats 526 need not be used over the entire length of the pedal shroud. The 67C shows a base shroud 464 with an alternative embodiment, and a tread shroud assembly 48 8 with an accordion baffle 526 for use. Circles 68A to 69B: Accordion or Folding Shield Configuration Eight Figures 68A and 68B show another aspect of the present invention in which between the pedal assemblies 12 and the base guards 464, The area is covered by an accordion pleat baffle 526. To be more specific, a first accordion ridged louver 526A is attached to the base shield 464 with a left top surface 4 wide and a front top surface 476. The first accordion _ 523A is also coupled below the left pedal assembly 12B. Similarly, a second accordion pleat baffle 526B is coupled to the right side top surface 480" and the front top surface 476 of the base shield ΜΑ". The second hand 140 1355952

The organ pleat baffle 526B is also connected to the lower side of the right pedal assembly 2A. The left and right pedal assemblies 12 are separated by a center baffle 528. The center baffle 528 can be coupled to the base shroud 464 near the rear side surface 480. As shown in FIG. 68A, the right pedal assembly 丨 2 a is located in the up position and is The left side pedal assembly 1 2B is located in a downward position. The middle shutter 528 covers the area between the bottom of the right pedal assembly 12 and the top of the left pedal assembly 12A. When the right pedal assembly 12 is When moving to the down position of D, the second accordion pleat baffle 52 is folded under the right pedal assembly 12Α and collapsed on the pleats. When the left pedal assembly 12Β is moved to the upward position, The first hand wind pleated baffle 526 will open on the class until it is unfolded. As shown in (10), the right pedal assembly is greened in the down position and the left pedal The assembly 12 is depicted in the up position. Figure 68C shows the base shield 464 with an alternative embodiment, the use of the accordion (four) plate 526 ^ the use of such accordion pleats is not Limited to the description in this article For example, other embodiments of the present invention may use an accordion weighting material 'on both the front side and the outer side of the pedal assembly' while using a rigid inner side baffle or using a hard hitch plate accordion pleat material. Any other combination. 〃 ', the accordion pleat coffin on the embodiment depicted in Figure 68, ', can use other types of materials. For example, such as ^ 69 eight and Figure ^ " The folded material is used on the pedal shroud. The multi-finger material is constructed with various types of materials in the material. 14 ^ Similar to the accordion pleat material, apricot & Located in the lower position ^ "Tianda any pedal assembly 12 collapsed ^ Multi-stacked pedal shroud 530 will fall in the type or meeting in the remote section. The cylinder, /, 1 core fold or pleat palm field - a pedal assembly 12 is located in the upward position. Step: shield 53. Will collapse until the type of fold or sweat expires. It should be understood that the invention as described above is not limited to the use of accordion folds and multiple folds.

For example, embodiments of the present invention may use stretchable fabrics such as rubber, elastomers, and Lycra (8, etc. Figure 70A to Round 70C: baffle configuration

Figures 70A through 70C show an embodiment of the present invention using a center baffle 528 which is sufficient to secure the baffle to the frame 14. As shown in Fig. 7A, Fig. 70B, the center plate 528 is supported by the center drive bracket 532 and a spring 534 on the frame 14. As shown in the eagle, a rear portion 536 of the center baffle 528 is pivotally supported by a pivoting axle 538 located on the middle drive bracket 532. A front portion 54 of the center baffle 528 is supported by the spring 534. Thus, when a force is applied on top of the center baffle 528 (i.e., when stepped on during use), the baffle will pivot downward toward the frame 14 as the spring 534 is compressed. The spring 534 restores it to the upright position. This configuration allows the center stop 528 to move away when it is stepped on at the time to avoid interference with the user's stride. In this embodiment, when in the upper position, the top of the center flap 528 can be flush with any of the pedal assemblies 12 located in the upper position, or 142 1355952 can be slightly flush below Or it can be above the flush as shown. Alternative embodiments of the present invention may use a central shroud assembly rather than a center baffle between the pedal assemblies. The center shroud assembly can include a left central wall portion, a right central wall portion, and a top portion. P center surface, and a front center surface. The front center surface extends upward from the top portion of the base shield. The left central wall portion and the right central wall portion are generally triangular in shape and are separated by the width of the top central surface. The top center surface extends from the front center surface toward the rear portion of the base shield until it intersects the top portion. “When the fitness device is broken for too long, the belt may need to be replaced after the tread belt 18 has been worn out. In other occasions, the user may wish to use the fitness device according to the user~ (That is, 'for walking or running' to change the length of the pedal components. ~ A pedal assembly 12 that can be adjusted in length is drawn in the figure?!, the second system makes: the user is easy to replace A worn tread belt and adjust the length of the pedal assembly to really pull the illusion of illusion #者's straw to reduce the length of the pedal group, the entire length of the device can be reduced to be used for Shipping. 薜荖 - Solid-reduced length device, a smaller box can be used, and the 3 series is less cumbersome and easier to handle. s As shown in Figure 71, the pedal group 542, which is tied to the right ... includes a pedal frame 544 · Γ , 'and a left side of the left side of the frame 544, a left side of the rear side of the pipe piece 546 right side of the front side of the camp member 143 1355952 a right side backward Side The left side forward side pipe 544 and the right front side pipe # 财 are connected to the front roller 2 " the left side rear side pipe 546 and the right rear side pipe fitting and the rear side The left side of the front side tube 544 is slidably engaged with the left side rear side tube 546, and the right side is forward side, such as by a telescopic engagement or other such knot. The side pipe member (4) is slidably engaged with the right side rear side pipe #55. The side pipe members are also coupled to each other via a matching rail, a groove, and the like. The engagement system allows a user to move the front T-wheel 28 toward the rear roller 30 in a rearward direction, or to move the front roller #28 away from the rear roller 30 in a forward direction. 71, the belt bottom plate 26 on the adjustable length pedal assembly 12 can include a forward belt bottom plate 552, a center skin, a bottom plate 554, and a rearward belt bottom plate 556. It should be understood that 'it can be used In the middle of the intermediate belt bottom plate, and the present invention should not be construed as being limited to what is described herein. When in use, the tread belt 18 is attached to the upper floor surface 558 of the front belt bottom plate 552, the middle belt. The bottom plate 554 and the rearward belt bottom plate 556 are advanced. The left side front side pipe #544 ^ The right side front side pipe is connected to the lower floor surface 56〇 of the front belt bottom plate 552, and the left side is rearward The side tube member 546 is coupled to the right side rear side tube member 55 and to the lower floor surface table s 562 of the m bottom plate 556. The pedal side tube members can be screwed, snap fasteners, fasteners, glue, and the like. Connect to the front and rear belt bottom plates of 144 1355952. In Fig. 71, the intermediate belt bottom plate 554 is shown to be removed from between the front belt bottom plate 552 and the rear belt bottom plate 556. When the exercise device is used, the intermediate belt bottom plate 554 is seated between the front belt bottom plate 552 and the rear belt bottom plate 556 such that the engaging side 564 of the intermediate belt bottom plate 5 54 is in contact with The engagement side edge 566 of the front belt bottom plate 552 and the engagement side edge 568 of the rear belt bottom plate 556 are in contact. The engagement sides of the belt bottom plates can include slings, elongated holes, and/or locking mechanisms to help hold the intermediate belt bottom plate in place during use. If the user wishes to replace the tread belt 18 on the pedal assembly or change the length of the pedal assembly, the user can slide the intermediate belt bottom plate 5 54 from the underside of the tread belt 18 to the right or left and leave the front belt. The intermediate belt bottom plate is removed between the bottom plate 552 and the rearward belt bottom plate 556. The user can then move the front roller 28 rearward toward the rear roller 30 until the tread belt loop 8 is sufficiently slack to be easily removed. Then the user can remove the tread belt from the rollers and install a replacement tread belt. If the user changes the length of the pedal assembly, the alternate tread belt will be longer or shorter than the removed tread belt. In some embodiments of the invention, the length of the belt can be adjusted without the need to replace the tread belt. Once the replaced tread belt is mounted on the rollers, the user can then move the front roller 28 forward, removing the loose condition from the alternate tread belt. The user thus slides the appropriately sized intermediate belt bottom plate 554 back into position between the front belt bottom 145 1355952 plate 552 and the rearward belt bottom plate 556. For example, if the user wants to change the length of the pedal assemblies, the user can replace the removed intermediate belt bottom plate 554 with a smaller or shorter one. As described above, various embodiments of the present invention may use a different number of pedal floors that can be secured to the pedal frame in a variety of ways. For example, one embodiment of the present invention uses only the forward pedal floor and the rear pedal floor without the need for an intermediate pedal floor. in

In this configuration, the rear pedal floor can be connected to the pedal frame water as discussed above. However, the forward pedal floor can be removably secured between the rearward floor and a bracket assembly that is attached to the left front side tube and the right side side tube. Removal In this configuration: the forward pedal floor can be achieved in a manner similar to that discussed in (1) with reference to the removal of the intermediate pedal floor. In other embodiments, the forward floor can be coupled to the left front side tube ^ right side forward side tube and the rear pedal floor is U remover. Alternative embodiments not invented may use a central shroud assembly, 2 not using a center baffle between the pedal assemblies. The center guard can include a left central wall portion, a right central wall - a top center surface, and a front center surface. The top portion of the front center base shield extends upward. The width of the left center surface is separated. The top center surface extends from the center toward the rear portion of the base shield until it intersects the top portion of the 146 1355952. Fig. 72 to Fig. 74: Locking mechanism of the pedal Fig. 72 to Fig. 74 show various examples of a locking mechanical device. 1 body, the locking mechanism. Or the height of the two pedal components, to prevent the insertion of a certain fixed - a fixed mechanical device 7 〇 2 in a fixed position when the angle = two when the locked part With the pedal assembly a μ '疋 mechanical loading-step pedal movement. Each intersection is indeed prevented from being discussed. Alternatively, the steps are referenced to the body parts of the mechanical device. Such a support can be parked on the board assembly to continue to prevent the or the steps from continuing to advance their upward and downward movements. Figure 72A shows a first yoke example of a sturdy, 丨^ lock mechanism 7〇2, which is placed in a fitness fit shown in Figure 7^. In the above, as shown in more detail in Fig. 72, an exploded view of the first embodiment of the locking mechanism 702 can be made. In this embodiment, it is depressed on a pedal 704, which is used to close the pedal assembly 12 to the outside. The pedal 704 is attached to a 1 , _ release 706, and the stick is attached to the pair of locking projections 7 依 8 in sequence. The sub-system extends through the stick. A pivot 712 is in a rod slot 710, and the extension shaft 712 extends through the rod slot and is attached to the rod slot 7. Any of the _ sides up to a pivotal support 7 14 0 _ or 钢琴 multiple piano hinges 716 tied the 5 hai 4 lock 疋 708 to the base frame 鲇 71 9, S〆n 丨? On the wooden 14th. Similarly, the pivoting d is fixed to the base. In this embodiment, 147 1355952, the locking projections 7G8 are connected to the piano money button 716 by a locking post 718. Generally, the locking post and the locking projection An angle of % is formed, however, other embodiments may change the 'locking tabs'. The locking post 718 is collectively referred to as a "locking stud structure 722" in a chain 716. A pivotal slot 720 is depicted in Figure 72B and is typically used, particularly in the rod slot 710, rather than the rod slot. Accordingly, most of the embodiments of the locking mechanism 7〇2 are packaged or otherwise, and not the other one. However, some embodiments may use the rod elongated slot 71 and the pivot slot. 72〇. θ Figure 72B shows the locking mechanism 7〇2 in an engaged or locked position. When the locking mechanism is in an unlocked state, the front edge of the locking projection (ie, the opposite edge of the disk) will generally contact the base frame. 14. Recently, the lock ΐ = member 714 is thus seated at the end of the structure of the rod elongated hole closest to the '-lock bulge 708. When the step 704 is invited to the next day, the 滑动·0 is slidably moved around the pivot m2 as a whole and the pivot is slid along the rod slot 710. The manner is fixed to proceeding. The upright post 718 can be aligned around the piano hinge: φ 'the locking projection 4 7〇8 is brought into the family with the pedal assembly 12. In addition, when the foot is depressed 704, the pivot 712 is longitudinally oriented. The inner spindle slides toward the pedal. This system allows the locking post 718 to rotate as described. 148 In the k embodiment, the locking stand 718 is rotated clockwise about the piano hinge 716. When the locking projections 708 are moved into an upright position, they can 'connect a groove or channel (not shown) that is along the bottom of the pedal assembly 12 It is seated in the base of the pedal itself, and is otherwise fixed to the stop brackets 126, 132 in the stop block 16〇. The channels may include a snap or spring brace located at a point close to the end of the channel, or other audible and bump receiving means. When the locking projection 7〇8 engages or pushes the device that produces the sound, it produces an audible, audible or other sound. This sound is known to the user that the locking projection 708 is properly seated inside the passage to prevent movement of the pedal. An alternative embodiment may be to seat the locking tab 708 in a channel or container and to create a sound when the locking tab 708 is received, but still securely lock the pedal out. The passage (not shown in Figure 72B) may also include an upstanding flange or projection that is oriented perpendicular to the direction of advancement of the locking projection 708 and that projects far enough apart The channel is used to strike the locking projection as it travels along the ankle channel. Generally, such a protruding portion is sufficiently flexible or deformable to allow the locking projection 708 to continue to move beyond the projection and is again seated in the access portion. At the end of the channel. The locking projection 7〇8 may include a mating recess having a distance from the front edge of the locking projection that is about the same as the distance between the projection and the end of the passage. When the locking 1355952 lug 708 hits the protrusion 6A 或 or the canine extension seat located inside the mating groove, the feedback generated by the sneak can also be notified, the field seat Luo Within the channel. The feedback mechanical device, which is described as a month b, is used with an acoustic generating device. In the previously described channel, the county can be &, and the thousands of lines in the base frame 14 (here

In this case, the locking projection 7 〇 8 touches the edge of the A 708 first into the passage), or 疋 perpendicular to the base frame 牟 f 尤士土 I (in the case of the case, the lock The top surface of the bump 7〇8 will first enter 兮·; g, 、, Μ channel). Any of a variety of feedback mechanisms (tactile or acoustically mechanically mounted) can be used with any of the channel configurations. Although the locking tab 708 as shown is a flat planar element in Figure 72B, alternative embodiments may bend the tab (slightly or more significantly). In this case, the 0 channel on the pedal assembly 2 can also be curved. A curved locking projection 7 〇 8 guides the force downwardly against the passages, thereby providing additional resistance to an ascending pedal. In order to cooperate with a curved locking projection 7?8, the passage is generally wider at the entrance of the projection and has a width which gradually tapers toward the end along the passage pocket. In the embodiment illustrated in Figure 72B, the locking post 718 is rotated clockwise about the cymbal than the chain 716. In an alternate embodiment, the pivot 712 and the rod slot 71 can be configured to allow the locking post 7 18 to rotate counterclockwise about the piano hinge 7丨6. In this embodiment the 'pivot position is along the rod slot 7 and is reverse 150 1355952. That is, when the pedal 704 is in a raised position, the planting shaft is seated at the end of the rod elongated hole 71 which is closest to the pedal. Conversely, when the pedal 7〇4 is depressed, the pivot 712 will slide to the end of the rod slot 7 that is closest to the locking projection structure 722. Moreover, the locking tabs 708 can be oriented in reverse to point toward the tread lamp 704 to facilitate engagement of the passage of the pedal assembly 12. The reversal of pivot 712 and rod slot 710 and locking projection 7 8 can also be used simultaneously in some embodiments and can be used individually in other embodiments. In yet another embodiment, the passage of the pedal assembly 12 can be abbreviated. In such an embodiment, the pedal assemblies 12 are directly docked on the "Xuanzhuo locking tabs 708" to prevent more gradual movement of the cows from the cymbals. When the embodiment of the docking is used, the locking projections 708 can be T-shaped. It is convenient to provide an additional support surface for the pedal assemblies. When the other two are in the joint position, regardless of the locking projection The block structure 722 is rotated, and the locking projections are (4) removed from the tread lamp 7〇4 to the pedal 704. In an alternative embodiment, the bar slot 710 can be if the bar The 7U can be omitted, the side pivot support, the pivotal seat located in the base frame 14 < I, and the other support structure L-axis narrow hole 72 〇 滑 。 - 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 The mechanism 702 can be provided with a wheel mechanism by 151 , such that the off-program described above can occur at the height of the modified pedal assembly 12. Although the above-described locking mechanism 7() 2 Embodiments have been described as simultaneously combining two pedal sets孜, and the member 12 is closed outside, and an alternative embodiment can provide a configuration for each of the pedals, and the independent pedal 704 and locking projection 708. In a variety of examples, pressing and lowering a pedal 7蹬4 can swing a single 猸~ early single lock 疋 convex & 7〇8 into a locked position' and thus with a single tread. The board assemblies intersect. The two locking mechanisms 702 can be synchronized, thereby locking the two pedal assemblies 12 at the same angle 'or the two locking mechanisms 702 T are independent, allowing each The pedal can be locked at a special angle. Figure 73 shows an alternative locking mechanism μ where the 忒 stick slit 726 is seated on the rod _ _ . #坪卞/28 relative to the pedal 730 Where the j is 'not along the length of the stick. The pivot 732 is not 2 sticks long and narrow 1 726, but the pivot (four) is fixed at - a pivot and thus take up - along the a fixed position of the length of the rod 728. Conversely, a ± wheel rod The 736 extends from the surface of a two-wheel 738 to the length of the rod 26. In the narrative, when the pedal 73 is upward (corresponding to an unlocked position), the piece is located at the length of the rod. In the part of the hole coffee, the *", 5 metaphysical part is seated at the opposite edge 4 .. (4) The end of the rod 728 is closer to the step a. The pivotal branch member 734 is fixed to The base frame $. 732 = When the lang 730 is pushed down, the rod claw will rotate around the yaw axis. Therefore, the sample system will force the rod narrow hole 7 to "upward, and in turn 152 丄 == long, the wheel rod The piece 736 is rotated toward the end of the rod 728. The lateral movement of the + cup member 736 along the rod slot 726 rotationally drives the stop wheel (3) in a clockwise direction. Wheel 74^: Wheel 738 is connected to a stoppage by an axle 742. The stop cam 74 is attached to the _ cam support member, and the "Hai cam support member is sequentially steadily supported. Passing the base frame 14, otherwise the add-on cam 740 is constructed to walk around a == 74. The stop wheel... is placed by the second base: 48' and the wheel support is also As a whole, it is attached to the two 4::: as further described below, the wheel support: the cam support 746 does not prevent the rotation of the wheel 738 or: = 74 〇 to When it is sufficient to stop the pedal assembly in motion and rotate the stop wheel 738, it will rotate the axle 742, which in turn rotates the stop cam 740 clockwise. The axle 742 extends through the stoppage. To form the cam pivot (four), the opposite side of the stop cam at the point of the cam pivoting position or can be attached to the stop cam at another position along its surface: in the case of two The cam support member 744 is constructed to stop 1: 742 to freely rotate the cam 740 to a degree sufficient for 14 and the movement of the member 12 without hitting the structure of the branch. :, when the & wheel 740 rotates, the edge of the wheel can be contacted - and the When the cam is fully deployed, the surface of the cam 153 1355952 can support the pedal assembly to prevent further angular movement or rotation of the pedal assembly. Alternatively, the cam edge can be associated with one on the pedal assembly 12 Stopping the block 160 or engaging a channel that is secured to the stop brackets 126, 132. Further, in some embodiments, the edge of the cam 740 can include a flange or projection ("cam a flange) extending outwardly from the edge in the direction of rotation. The

The cam flange can also mate with a channel by the manner described above with respect to Figure 72B. In an alternate embodiment, the shutdown wheel 738, the wheel support 748, and the axle 742 can be abbreviated. In such an embodiment, the wheel lever member 736 directly attaches (4) the stop cam and drives the stop cam' with similar shutdown results. Fig. 74 shows an embodiment in which another locking mechanism is mounted. In the actual example, 'the user can move in a forward and backward manner--a rolling handle 752. The rolling handle 752 is It is fixed to a rolling stick 7 5 4, and the rolling stick is passed through, and the complaint is passed through a rolling support 756 and in a rolling key portion 758, the rolling handle 752 is pushed when it is pushed. The rolling bar 7 5 4 will move the blessing 兮, and the swallowing _ 丄窜 通过 通过 通过 通过 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Each time the scroll key portion 758 is unfolded, a channel or groove that is formed in the bottom of the pedal assembly (not shown in the circle), θ less _ Τ '〒 Cooperating, the through < or the groove is located in the pedal assembly

On the Ah pole, and on the piece 12, in the stop block 160 JL, 4 smashed and fixed to the stop struts 126 ... U6, this cooperation will stop - adjust or slap two pedal components 〗 2 to prevent - Step pedal movement. In some of the 154^55952 lean embodiments, each of the pedal assemblies 12 is used to allow the pedals to be individually stopped. The pieces can be locked by one or two of the pedal assemblies that can be locked by the mechanical devices 724 and 750 in the manner described in Figures 73 and 74. The locking mechanisms 724 and 750 can be combined. Referring to the features discussed in Figure 72, it is the production of the mechanical device. The squeaking mechanism and/or the tactile locks of the various embodiments of the lock mechanism 7, 2, 724, and 75 for the various embodiments discussed in FIG. 74 have been s-^, > The operation is (by a manipulation of a tread lamp 7〇4, 73〇 or a rolling member 75). The alternative embodiment can be by electromagnetic or other automatic mechanism = via a feeding motor) Actuating any or all of the locking mechanisms disclosed herein. Figure 75-78.·Double reciprocating treadmill with arm forged chains. The exercise device of the present invention may also include a handle to which the handles are attached Attachment structure of the pedal and/or the column. For example, the Μ system shows the upper limb structure 76 — of the double bottom plate treadmill and a pair of pedal assemblies 782. Generally, in Fig. 75 In the illustrated embodiment of the exercise device 78A, the upper limb structure 76 of the exercise device includes a left side post 784 and a right side post, a left side handle bar 788 and a right side handle bar 79 〇, and a left side interconnected Device 79 2 and a right side interconnecting device 794. Each of the handle bars 788 and 790 is attached to a post 784, 786 which in turn is attached to a pedal assembly 82, a base frame 14 (not shown) In the alternative embodiment, the post and the handle bar may be of a single piece construction. The m-phase connection devices 792, 794 are integrally operated. The handle bars 788 and 79 are attached to the pedal assembly 12 or the post 784, and the demonstrations used with the embodiment shown in Fig. 75 include an impact member, a torsion elastic, an elastic member, a right side bar, etc. = plate , and "Treadmill components... can be exchanged with each other == It should be noted that the exercise device 78 of the embodiment shown in Fig. 75 has developed a handlebar 784, which is connected by an interconnect. Two different ways of attaching 2 794 (one for the handle bar and one for the floor assembly) to the bottom plate 12 are. The overall fitness device 10 will have a connection structure for the two handle bars. According to this, the difference between the interconnected structures is only used to show two alternative implementations. The solution is that it will require different inter-connected mechanical devices within a single fitness device.仏±J interacts with each other. The 'moon shape' may occur in the T of some embodiments. In general, most embodiments use a separate interconnecting mechanism. The flat piece 75' and the interconnecting device 794 for the rightmost upper limb structure 76() and the pedal = member 782' will directly be the =:::-part of the assembly 12. The two are connected to the outer pedal frame. In this embodiment, the solid tweezers (in the case of the ® i can be in the form of a piston steam or a continuous rod (shown in the figure - a solid rod). When the mutual 156 1355952 phase connection device 794 is a In the case of a piston, the bottom portion of the interconnecting device is integrally and fixedly attached to the pedal assembly. As the handle bar 790 moves up and down, the rod member of the piston extends from the piston body and Retracting into the body of the piston to facilitate retention of a linkage between the handlebar and the pedal assembly 12. This also provides additional resistance against the handlebar 790 and/or pedal assembly 782' Thereby providing a more intense exercise for the user of the exercise device. Alternatively, the interconnection device 794 can be a fixed length member as shown. In this case, the interconnection device 794 The end portion is integrally joined to the elongated hole or recess 796 in the pedal assembly 12 or the handle bar to facilitate the locking of the pedal in the proper position. In the case of the handle, the handle bar can be moved. The slot 796 is carried along the handle bar or the pedal assembly M2, and the interconnecting device 794 is fixed to the interconnecting device. A lateral member of 794 is fitted in the elongated hole 6 in such a manner that when the handle bar 79 and any one of the pedal assemblies 782 are fixed in position, the interconnection is The device can angularly allow another element to experience its full range of motion without limitation. In yet another embodiment, the handle bar 79 and the pedal 12 can be joined by the interconnecting device 794. In an embodiment, the narrow slot 796 can be omitted, and the interconnecting device 794 can still have a solid member for the package 3. Here, the interconnecting device 7 is 157 1355952 to 4 handle bar 79G and the pedal assembly Such as: the connection is hinged, the interconnection device 7-:= 疋 疋, and the interconnection device 蕤 兮 4 body does not coordinately move, the master handle 79〇 and any up and down movements of the pedal assembly 782 will drive the other one in the same manner as /, but the handle stick 790 is moved up by g # , ^ , L seconds, the pedal assembly 782 moves upwards. Similarly, when the handle stick is moved downward,

The board is erroneously acted upon through the interconnecting device and acts on the step. The lower force is pushed down. In this manner, the action of the handle bar can be used to drive the vertical motion of a pedal assembly 782 or vice versa. In a further embodiment, the handle bar 79〇 can be moved laterally instead of moving vertically. In such an embodiment, the inter-connecting device 794 can drive the lateral movement of the tread belt away from the movement of the handle bar or vice versa. This embodiment is described in more detail below. In any of the embodiments mentioned herein, the handle bar 79 can be secured to the pedal assembly 12 or the exercise device 10 at the attachment point 798 of the interconnecting device and the post 786. A point at a position between the parts of the part is joined. The joint 8 〇 can be, for example, in the form of a spring hinge (shown in Figure 75). Turning now to the left upper limb and pedal floor assembly shown in Figure 75, it will be seen that the interconnecting device 792 extends integrally between the left handle bar 780 and the left post 784 and is attached to the left side. 158 1355952

Hand bar 788 and left column 784. If the interconnecting device 792 B - a piston (as shown), then the attachment point between the column 2 and the handle bar + 788 as a whole is hinged to allow the piston to be extended and shrink. The hinge 8〇 is positioned to be positioned anywhere along the length of the left handle bar 788 or the left post 784 as long as the hinge is seated between the ends of the two pistons. Alternatively: also, when the interconnecting device 792 is in the form of a length fixing member, the connection between the post 784 and the handle bar is substantially fixed. In any of the embodiments illustrated in Figure 75, the actions of the handlebars 788, 790 can be used to drive the treadle $18. The interconnecting devices 792, 794 or posts 784, 786 can be attached to a roller 8〇4 located below the tread belt 18. When the handle bar and the post are of a single construction, the handle bar can be directly attached to the roller. In general, the connection between the roller and the handle bar can be regarded as another interconnecting device i (in the final stage of the connection, the bottom plate and the handle bar are attached to each other) . As the handle bar 788 '79G is moved, it will sequentially move the posts 784, 786 or interconnecting devices 792, 794 (depending on which one is connected to the roller 804) back and forth through an angle. The interconnecting devices 792, 794 or Tachikawa can be attached to the roller _ by a one-way bearing or a wheel and a lever assembly. Further case t 'when the drive element is moved back (i.e., towards the rear of the pedal 12)' the member rotates the roller 8〇4 and thus rotates the tread belt 15^ located above 159 When the piece moves forward by the movement of the handle bar 788, 790, L ^ ^ ^ eight bearing wheel or the tumbler system will connect several pieces of the interconnecting device The roller is detached). This is to find this - _ ^ ^ ) & the system detaches the drive element from the roller 804 to ensure that the pedal 戍 ^ ^ % treads 18 does not resist the natural direction of the user's foot movements mobile. Figure 7 6 shows another embodiment of the exercise device 800, which incorporates a step of a double bottom plate; a plate, and a piece 808 ^ in this embodiment, The vertical movement of the step 2 component can be driven by the pivoting movement of the handle bar and the shuttle back and forth. The handle material 81q is pivotally attached at one end to the 5H frame 14 at the middle of the length of the frame. A projection 812 extends inwardly from each of the handle bars 81. This tab 812 is shown in Figure 76 at the joint 814 in the middle of the handle bar, however, the f-out may not be visible from the outside in some embodiments. The projection 8U is seated inside an elongated hole 8 16 along the side of the pedal assembly_. When the handle bar 8 is pushed forward, the protrusion 812 will slide along the pedal slot 816, which in turn forces the pedal assembly 808 forward and upward. Similarly, when the handle bar + 81 〇 is moved toward the rear of the pedal unit 8 〇 8, the protrusion 8 } 2 and the slit 8 ′′ and the σ system will drive the pedal to pivot downward downward. In general, each pedal assembly 808 is secured to an axle 818 that extends past the pedal and rotates about the wheel 818, whereby the "upward" downward motion described herein is also essentially The rear of the pedal assembly 800 is rotated or angled. In addition, when the pedal assembly 8〇8 is located in a completely downward position of 160, _ ^ ^ , a handle bar 8 10 will be fixed in red to one at the 3, L ^ The position point 820 on the body device 806 (or a parallel line of the mouth and the seater ^ ή set point, wherein the parallel line is the vertical axis of the vertical hole si & device) And the pedal is narrow: the = square end - farther or slightly further (as shown in Figure 76). a Xuan handle stick 81 〇 will usually

Vi ii , adjusts the position point 820 to rotate, and accordingly, any institution of the hunter is attached to ^ ^ j. Thousands of thousands of such rotations. Although the month. The pedal slot 816 is shown in Fig., <the trunk is not extending substantially along the first half of the pedestal assembly 808... ^ ^ .〃, can be positioned at any point along the pedal. The longer the pedal narrow 808 ^ ^ long hole 816, the more the lag is, the closer the narrow hole is seated to the rear side of the plate: the angle at which the pedal is reached about the axle. Among some examples, the fate of z, the beginning of the fish. The pedal assembly 808 can be attached to each other by a 22 (shown in phantom in figure %, the connector 822 θ #). ^ A mechanical linkage that can transfer the propulsion power from one pedal assembly 808 to another 踢 Λ丄 1 kick w M , a pedal . The arc rocker interconnecting components can be used in the arc, and the connection is used / two 钿

According to the 主轴 疋 的 的 的 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同 共同When a pedal assembly 808 is moved in an i-day, the connector 822f is in an opposite direction s... moving the second pedal assembly. For example, the remote connector 822 can employ a w & The wood uses a pivotable Z-shaped or c-shaped configuration (the y-shaped connector 822 is shown in the Yin system of Figure 76), and | left and right members 824, 826 and the mother you are attached to One opposite

I6I 1355952 • The board assembly is a narrow hole, a chamber recess, or a hinged component. The body members and the right side members 824 are attached to the inner side wall of the plate assembly or the bottom frame to avoid interference with the movement of the pedals. Continuing with the example, when a pedal, the piece _ is pushed down, the 'left side' can slide along the recess defined in the side pedal assembly 808, or can rotate around the money element of the connector, with The pedal moves in a generally downward direction. This action causes the connector 822 to rock about its pivot point, and the connector 822 sequentially pushes the right side member along the recess of the right pedal in a generally upward direction, thereby An upward force is applied to the pedals and causes the pedal to rise. In the case where the handle bar 810 and/or the post (if the post is used and separated from the upper bar) is attached to the pedal assembly 808 with a projection 812 and a slot 816 mechanism ( As shown in Fig. 76, the transport member 822 can also drive the handle bar 81〇 back and forth. Even without the connector 822, the handles can be driven by the action of the pedal assembly 808, wherein, for example, the rise and fall of each pedal is controlled by a feeding motor or a resistive element (such as a torsion bomb)箦 or piston (not shown in the figure) is controlled. The exercise device can use this 6 & Α α to use the resistance of 7L pieces to enhance the exercise. By way of example, Fig. 77 shows an embodiment of an exercise device m incorporating a resistance element 830 in the structure of a handle bar 832. Overall, the body i 828 includes two steps 834 and two handle bars. As with the previously described embodiments, the fronts of the pedals are capable of moving up and down 162 1355952, and the back of each pedal is generally unable to rise or fall. The back of the axe pedal is fixed to a base frame or other portion of the exercise device 828 to allow the pedals (3) to be placed around the pedals as they rise and fall in front of the pedals. The rear end is rotated. Each handle bar 832 is typically tied to a front body block 836, or alternatively can be attached directly to the front body structure. The handle 832 is pivotally or slidably coupled to the post 838. In the present embodiment, the 'connecting means is in the form of a hinge or pivot 840. ^ Each handle stick is also fixed to a piston or other resistance element 83〇, which is in turn attached to the Front body structure 836. Although a piston 830 is shown in Fig. 77, it may be replaced with a spring member. The portion of the handle bar 832 after the pivot point can be referred to as the "handle side" 842, and the portion in front of the pivot position is the "handle side" 844. In general, the piston 830 resists the action of the handle bar 832, exerting a force on the front side 844 of the handle in the same direction as placed on the back side 842 of the handle. Since the front and rear sides of the handle will pivot about the hinge "o", the piston 830 will increase the difficulty of moving the handle 832. This will in turn provide the user of the exercise device 83 with a reluctant upper limb exercise experience. In an alternative embodiment, the front body structure 836 can be omitted and the piston 83 can be attached to other parts of the exercise device. In addition to this, and with reference to Figures 77 and 78, the piston rod member 848 can be 163 1355952 β = extends through the piston body 85G and into the front body structure or one, and is finally fixed to a portion of the pedal assembly 834, such as a square roller 852. In such an embodiment, the piston 83 The pedal assembly 834 can be pulled or pushed in the same direction as the motion of the side handle 844 (or the handle 832 in Figure 78). The pedal 834 (with any user standing on the pedal) The weight can provide additional resistance to the action of the handle bar 832, further increasing the force required to move the handle bar. In this embodiment, the front The main structure 836 & is the base (four) 14 (four) side walls each including an elongated hole (not shown). The elongated hole may be curved or straight. The piston rod member 843 is connected through the elongated hole Attachment to the seesaw 834' the elongated aperture further allows the pedal to be moved in an upward and downward manner while remaining attached to the lever. In some embodiments 846, the piston 83 can It is placed between the handle bar 832 and the front body structure 836' and the aforementioned column is omitted. In this embodiment, the hinge 84 is interposed between the I rod 832 and the main body structure 14. The connection points between the two are shown more clearly in Figure 78. This embodiment 846 secures each handle bar 832 to the pedal structure 834 by a hinged joint 84 (or Base frame 14). A resistance element (such as a piston restrainer) is typically attached at one end to a point located along the length of the handle bar above the hinged joint 84〇 Handle bar 832, And attached to a portion of the base frame 14 at the other end. The overall 164 1355952 says that the 'Huihai articulated joint 840 acts like a fulcrum, and a handle bar 832 can surround the fulcrum. The piston 83 is attached to the handle bar at a point between the nipple 840 and the end of the handle bar. The base frame 14 or the pedal assembly 834 acts as a The anchor structure of the piston secures the piston 83 and distributes the resistance generated by the piston throughout a sufficiently large stationary major portion to prevent the fitness device 846 from producing unwanted motion. As with the embodiment shown in Fig. 77, the piston system integrally resists the handle of the handle. Here, however, the resisted action is primarily lateral and angular, rather than the primary vertical motion produced by the embodiment of Figure 77.圏79Α to 圊81: Height adjustment of the rear pivot Fig. 79Α to 79C+ shows various views of one of the adjustment mechanisms 854 2 = an example, the adjustment mechanism can be constructed to be used for the pedal assembly 12 _ One rear pivot height. Overall, the adjustment mechanical mount f 8 can be used with any of the steps described herein. The discussion of adjusting the mechanical mount i 854 is referred to and: another early adjustment mechanism is used to adjust each of the pedal assemblies. It is noted that in an alternative embodiment, the height of one. 854 can be constructed to adjust multiple pedal components 12 Now return to Figure 7 9, can county w β adjust 棬β # to see that it is operatively connected to a door-entry mechanism 854 u view mu example - the position of the side M side adjustment mechanism of the pure component 12 is fixed to a pedal base 165 1355952 • the base, the base frame Μ, or other stable parts of the exercise device (_ support members) In this context, "stable" refers to a portion or component of the exercise device 10 that does not move with one or two pedal assemblies. In general, the adjustment mechanism 854 includes opposing Side brackets 856, each of which is secured to the support member. An elongated aperture 825 is formed in each of the side sills and extends generally perpendicularly from the support member. In other embodiments, the narrow slot 858 can extend from the support member at an angle, can be arched, and can extend parallel to the support member (to change the placement of the lateral pedal assembly 12) and many more. The adjuster studs 862 are at least partially retained within the slot 858, operatively coupled to the at least one height adjustment member 86, extending through the rear roller 864, opening, or located in the pedal assembly The space within (shown in Figure 79.t) and terminated in a second narrow hole. In an alternative embodiment, the adjuster stud 862 can be set in the queue The recess for receiving the end of the stud may be, or may be, at a first adjustment element 86. In still other embodiments, the height adjustment element 860 may be seated on the pedal. The assembly 12 is on the side of the support bracket 856 and the peg 862 can terminate at the height adjustment element. The height adjustment element 86G can be constructed to permit continuous or separate adjustments. The adjustment mechanism 854 is now described generally with reference to Figure 7b9A. The height adjustment element 860 can be operated to raise or lower the adjuster peg 862. When the outer position 166 1355952 of the adjuster dowel 862 is When repairing 2, the step The rear side of the board assembly 〗 2 is based on the meaning of one... 丨: ' π says that the forging is to be raised or lowered. In the current adjustment mechanism 85 ", such rise and fall will only affect the pedal. The height of the rear side of the member 12. The height of the front side of the pedal assembly and the overall pedal pitch remain unchanged. Generally, the top σρ of the slot 858 and the bottom edge of the slot 疋 are raised to raise the adjuster pin (10). Or the maximum and minimum height that is lowered. (For reference, "throw," is defined as the distance between the lowest point and the highest point of the vertical motion of the board. The vertical distance of the advancement). Figure 79B shows an isometric view of the current adjustment mechanism 854 from the interior of the yoke frame 856 (the side of the pedal assembly 12). Here, the height adjusting member 86G takes the form of _ a threaded guide screw, etc., and the w + /, 敕 „ between the adjuster peg 862 盥 degree adjusting member The connecting device is a threaded tone

The whole state 866 or the check cylinder β # H poem The threaded adjuster 866 is prevented from rotating by the studs 6 2 . According to this, when the guide screw 860 is rotated, according to the screw being rotated and screwed π & ^ crying r... and the direction in which the thread extends, the threaded adjustment is smashed up and down. The main body. When the adjuster sleeve 866 is moved, the peg 862 and the set of pedals (4) also move. The mechanism shows a rear view of the height adjusting machine (four) plate assembly 12 attached to the present embodiment. As can be seen, the adjustment mechanism μ 854 ^ = side extension shown in Fig. 79 可以 can use a ^^^ threaded adjuster 866 and insect ^ ^ screw 860, which is only located in The pedals are on one side instead of the dual configuration shown. Pedal-piece 167 1355952 As also shown in Figure 79C, the motor can be packaged in a motor housing 868. The motor housing 868 can also be secured to one of the pedal assembly 12, the threaded adjuster 860, or the adjuster peg 862 to allow the motor housing to be raised and lowered with the pedal. In this manner, proper tension can be maintained in a drive belt (not shown in Figure 79c) that runs between the motor and a roller 864 to permit operation of the pedal assembly 12. Give

Mechanized... will excessively loosen or tension the drive belt. Lowering the pedal group #12 may excessively relax the belt when the drive belt is moved to the -# component and cannot move up and down, thereby preventing the motor from properly driving the pedal. Similarly, when the pedal assembly Η is raised in this case, the length of the drive belt prevents the pedal assembly from rising through a certain height. The system shows that the buckle is used to thicken a drive belt, wherein the drive belt is attached to a height-adjustable pedal (as shown in Figure 79Α to Figure 79C) and a highly non-adjustable motor both. A tensioner 87〇 can engage the sway: belt 874. In the present example, the tensioner may be comprised of a base 876' mounted on a support member, a spring or resilient body (7), and a roller 872 that engages the belt. The missile is constructed to provide sufficient force to pull down the (4) s72 to maintain the proper tension of the drive belt 874. When the pedal assembly! When raised, the spring (7) is extended, which is applied to the drive belt 874 via the wire 872 with an additional downward force, 168 1355952 when the pedal assembly 12 & lowered The grading, contraction, exerts a small downward force on the drive belt via the roller. The bullet 878 is typically calibrated 1 to ensure that regardless of the height of the pedal (assuming that the height of the pedal stays within the adjustment range of the height adjustment member 86A), proper tension can be maintained in the drive belt 874 . In another embodiment, the tensioning jaw 870 can be replaced by a tension bar that can be attached to the adjuster staple 862 at one end and attached to the other end Motor housing 868. When the stud is raised and lowered, the tension bar can move the motor housing back and forth along an elongated or deflected slot in the four building elements #8 5 6 . S is the length of the tension bar is fixed, and the distance between the motor and the roller of the pedal will only be changed to a minimum. This ensures that the tension of the drive belt 874 is maintained within an appropriate range. In yet another embodiment, the tension bar can be omitted, allowing the user to slide the motor housing 868' along the actuation slot as needed to maintain tension of the drive belt. In such an embodiment, the motor casing 868 can be secured in place by a clamp, screw, or other similar device to ensure that the motor does not slip when activated. Alternative embodiments of the present invention can use different equality adjustment mechanisms 854. For example, the guide screw 86 can be replaced by a series of brackets attached to the branch bracket 856, or by elongated slots or recesses formed in the edifice 856. The adjuster stud 862 can be seated in a bracket, a narrow hole, or a recess, and 169 1355952 is used to change the degree of the delta step. In yet another embodiment, the adjustment component 860 can save the field 2 degrees ... ... knowing, enough to lift the shape of the socket of the stud. In a further embodiment, the adjuster has two skewed "bursts" that are capable of adjusting the component from the height: the face is pulled away, and when the stud is released The table is restored to a cohesive position. As mentioned in the H (Weekly) automatic 12 (four) copies, the pedal components are locked at an angle to simulate - horizontally falling, operating on an uphill slope' Or operate the lock mode on a downhill:): Independent treadmill. These pedals can also be turned on, (). Figure 8.... Dry out at::...back ("Unlock the board and the back of the pedal The side system is located in: one of the lowest positions provided by the two::: 'Is: Rizaki ^ ^ 0 6 My way, adjust the machine # 2: The lowest position of 4 is called "high position" This is because when the step = is at its maximum operating height (ie, the pedal is around the rear side: the maximum range of angular movement of the plate axle), it is provided on the back side of the pedal The maximum tilt angle between the front sides of the pedals. The highlights show the pedals that are locked in the high position.... Because the pedal assemblies 12 can Occupy - a high position, so they can occupy a low position. - In general, the pedal assembly 12 = low position is equivalent to the rear side of the pedal can be adjusted to the maximum height of the mechanical load (5). When the pedal front side At its maximum operating height, the two systems produce a minimum angle of inclination between the rear side of the pedal and the front side of the pedal. Depending on the pitch of the pedal assembly 12, even when the front side of the pedal is at 170 1355952 maximum elongation This system may correspond to a downhill angle for the pedal assemblies. Figure 81 shows a pedal assembly occupying the high and low positions discussed above with reference to Figures 8A and 80B! The pedal assembly 12 is shown in each position. The last pedal is in the high position and the foremost pedal system occupies the low position. As shown in Figure 81, in some embodiments, The height of the pedal assemblies I can be independently adjusted to allow each pedal to occupy a different position.

As mentioned previously, the rear side height of the pedal can be adjusted independently, wherein each pedal assembly 12 is provided with a separate adjustment mechanism 854. In such a situation, the pedal assemblies can be actually set for different uphill or downhill angles, allowing the user to modify the operating angle of the pedal assemblies as desired. The double-thicker picker maple 闽 main circle Fig. 82 shows an embodiment of a pedal pitch adjustment device 880. Embodiments may change the starting point of the pitch of one or two of the pedal assemblies 12 (i.e., the angle at which the base frame or the base of the exercise device defines the lowest point and the highest point of the pedal straight motion) and Stopping the point before the 15λ body refers to the vertical distance of a pedal assembly u. In addition, the yoke can also change the pedal group. The angle of the pedal during the vertical movement. The pedal pitch adjustment device 88 〇 ® ® MR MR MR MR MR The '' mouth structure will now be described with respect to Figures 8 through (4). a plug-in support can be applied to the base frame 14 or another stable portion of the body-mounted device 20 (a J71)

"Sectional building yuan 彳 4,, \ -b This is the body device L i f scene, "stable, refers to a part or component. A pivot point 886 that moves a pedal assembly together is attached to the 804 rotatably facing one piece of the ancient tow support 882. The throwing rod 884 is extended in one direction at the pivot point, such as the longitudinal main red t of the pedal assembly 12, and extends perpendicular to the sigma car. Although the end direction is shown in Fig. 88, the middle portion of Fig. 83Α > + two extending directions 1 pitch = 4 is more clearly displayed and the sub-884 can be swung around the frame turning point 886 through a fixed The range adjustment device 880 is operatively attached to the pedal assembly 12 in accordance with the 'cast' θ degree adjustment structure described herein. Order:: The whole building (the pitch adjuster, 888) surrounds the heart = part. The one that is connected to the pitch adjuster is a distance of ... 9 0 ' It is also called as a cast From the pull handle, the series of pitches U are placed at a fixed pitch along the longitudinal axis of the pitch rod (10). A pitch pin 894 (the end of which is shown in Figure 82) is passed. At least one portion of the pitching recess and at an outlet of the pitch adjuster, and fixedly attached to one end of the pitch handle. Figure 83 shows the pitch adjuster And an isometric view of the throwing handle 890. The throwing handle 890 can be pulled outwardly away from the throwing handle and the pitch adjuster 188' to facilitate the throwing peg_ away from the pitch recess Position 892, seat. When the pitch pin is away from the seat, the pitch adjuster can be moved along the longitudinal axis of the pitch bar. Because the pitch puller 172 1355952 890 is fixed to the pitch adjustment The 888, the pull handle and the peg 894 can be moved together with the pitch adjuster. In an alternative embodiment, the throw handle 890 can be attached to the pitch adjuster 888' in a removable manner, thereby allowing the pull and pitch pegs 894 to fully follow the embodiment. Among them is removed and fully inserted into the embodiment. When the pitch adjuster 888 is positioned in a pitch concave by its way out

When the portion 892 is above, the pitch staple 894 can be inserted into the recess to secure the pitch adjustment structure to the pitch rod 884. In an alternate embodiment, the throw handle 89 〇 and the throw pin 894 can be offset by the spring toward the center of the pitch bar 884. Accordingly, the pitch pin can be automatically forced into a properly aligned pitch recess. This bias also helps to hold the pitch peg 894 in place during operation of the mechanism. Expressed in a colloquial manner, this structure is referred to as a "popped peg," and is now referred to in Figure 83C, which is used to describe the various pitch adjustment mechanism (10). Possible adjustments. In general, the distance adjuster 88 is located farther away from 886, and the vertical distance (converted into an angle) that the pedal (four) is moving during the bamboo operation is greater. The bar is shown in Fig. 83C at an angle occupying position B. The corresponding stroke angle ◎ (representing the angle between the minimum and maximum heights of the pedal assembly) is also shown in the figure. By moving the pitch adjuster 888 closer to the 6th pivot point 886 and the pedestal pitch pin, the sag (pitch) of the step π 也 仔 2 can be minimized. According to this, as shown in Fig. 8 3 [ 173 1355952, the pitch adjustment thin s μ β &, the threshold state 888 and the angle stick are moved from the position “Β,, to the position The “Α” will reduce the angle α from the angle αΒ to the angle “Α. This is the case. The pitch adjuster m and associated angle bar 896 should be moved from position "B" on Figure 83D to position f "a". Regardless of which pitch pitch 892 is located in the pitch pin 892, The pedal assembly 12 reduction will experience some pitch unless an embodiment of the mechanism allows the pitch pin to be accurately seated at the point of rotation c. Because the pedal assembly 12 has a fixed The length, assuming that the distance between the pitch rod 884 and the base of the pedal remains the same, the pitch adjustment 3 888 (four) at the point closer to the pivot position, the angle at which the pedal is tilted at the point of maximum and minimum pitch position The sub-hypothesis is between the pitch rod... and the base of the pedal = hold = change 'the pitch adjustment H 888 is located at the point closer to the pivot position, the operating angle experienced by the pedal 12 (in Figure 83 ( : Upper stroke angle ^ ) The more the operating angle refers to the angle at which the pedal assembly 12 advances as the front of the pedal advances from its minimum operating height to its maximum operating height. Returning to Figure 82, in addition to adjusting the pitch In addition, this embodiment can also adjust the step The angle of the plate assembly 丨 2 at its minimum and maximum vertical extensions ("starting angle and ''stop angle", respectively). An angle bar 896 is attached to the applicator adjuster 888 with a hinge. The manner ensures that the angle rod 896 remains vertical as the pitch rod 884 swings. As with the pitch rod 884, the angle rod 896 includes a series of angular recesses 898 that are linearly along the line The longitudinal spindle is defined by the boundary 174 1355952. An angle peg 899 can be seated in an angular recess. The angle peg 899 is fixedly attached to an angle pull 897 and can be angled by The pull handle is removed from the angle bar 896 to cause the angular recess 898 to exit from its seat. Generally, the angle pull 897 is operatively attached to an angle adjuster 895. The angle adjuster 895 includes an angular exit (not shown) and the angle pin 899 is at least partially studed through the angle. When the angle peg is removed from an angular recess, the angle adjuster can slide along the angle. Placing the angle peg 899 in an angular recess secures the angle adjuster 89 5 in place. The same as the pitch puller 898, the angle pull 897 and the angle peg 899 can be completely disassembled from the angle adjuster 895, or the angle pull can only be from the angle adjuster Moved away from a fixed distance. Again, as described above for the use of the throwing peg 894 in the form of a pop-up stud as mentioned above, the angle pull 897 and the angle peg 899 can be spring-oriented toward the angle bar 896/angle recess Offset. The angle adjuster 895 is attached to the pedal assembly 12 by a pedal attachment 4 (not shown) that is seated at the top end of the angle adjuster. The pedal attachment means can extend with a locating pocket or an elongated aperture extending perpendicular to the longitudinal major axis of the pedal assembly or in the same direction as the pitching rod 884. This structure is referred to herein as "tread e undersI〇t". When the pitch adjuster is moved along the pitch rod m, the: 2 175 1355952 == the pedal is moved under the elongated hole to facilitate the orientation of the angle plate in a relatively vertical orientation. Alternatively, the pedal member L ^ takes the form of a U-shape that cooperates with the fixed rear side of the tread ::: 12 to maintain the upright orientation of the angle 96. Similarly, the attachment means between the pitch adjuster _ 盥 angled rod 896 can also be a U-shaped joint.

Referring again to Figure 83C, the distance between the pitch rod 884 and the base of the pedal assembly 12 will change as the angle adjuster 895 is moved along the angle. When this distance changes, though the line. The angle does not change, and the starting angle and stopping angle also change. Overall, when the angle adjuster 895 approaches the throwing rod 884, the starting angle and the stopping angle become sharper (decreased), and when the angle adjuster 895 moves away from the pitching rod 884, it begins. The angle and stop angle will become purer (decreased). Effectively, each starting angle and stopping angle is offset by an angle of 10,000 from the base plane, as shown in Fig. When the angle adjuster 895 is at the position "c" along the angle of the rod _ (see Fig. 83F), the angle of the offset is equal to the angle 々C. If the 6 Hz angle adjustment $895 is moved to the position "D, the offset angle will increase to the angle stone D. Figure 84A, circle 84B and Fig. 86: modular construction of the exercise device 1 〇 can use various modes A modular construction that facilitates transport, parking, storage, etc. Figures 84A and 84B show an embodiment of a modular pedal and frame construction 12A. Overall, this embodiment Including at least one pedal assembly 〇 2 〇 2, the main frame assembly 176 i is 5952 1204 'connector i2 〇 6, y and an optional cover 1208 (cover: two: good effect broken display in Figure 84B t In summary, the step 12G2 can be mounted within the main frame assembly i2g4 and attached to the main frame assembly by the connector 1206. The connector is designed to be removable, In order to allow disassembly of the main frame assembly 12〇4', in this case, the pedal assembly 12〇2 is removably mounted to the main frame assembly 12〇4, or the connector Permanently securing the pedal assembly to the main frame In either case, the overall configuration of the modular pedal and frame construction 12A is substantially identical. The reference to Figure 84A' includes a continuous pedal belt. 1208, a roller 1210 seated at any one of the pedal belts and inside the belt, and a belt gear 1212 fixed to an axle KM, the wheel axle extending through the rear end of the pedal The wheel axle 1214 can also be an integral unit of the roller 121〇, rather than extending from the roller. In this pedal assembly HO® embodiment, the free end of the axle 1214 is threaded. For receiving an axle connector 1210 in the form of a handle nut or a screw cap. In an alternative embodiment, the axle connection ° can be fitted to the axle 1214 by a snap or pressure. Up, and not on the axle, or can create a kind of & between the two, '^D. The size of the axle 1214 is made to fit together ρ上, The narrow hole 1218 formed on a receptor 1206 having a narrow hole is adjusted.

The diameter of the shaft may be smaller than the width of the slit 1 2 8 , and the length of the + B is 177 1355952. A groove having such a diameter may be formed at a specific position along the length of the axle. In addition to helping to secure the axle to the receptor, the groove (not shown) can help to properly align the axle i2i4 with the elongated receptacle 1206 » when the axle 1214 is properly When the ground is aligned with the slot 1218 and rests within the s-small slot, the belt gear 1212 will rest on a drive gear 1220 of the main frame assembly 1204. The drive gear 122 is operatively coupled to and rotated by a motor 1222. In turn, the motor is fastened to one of the bases of the main frame assembly by 12% (usually one of the rear corners of the frame). In the present embodiment, the motor 1222 is secured to the base 1226 by a plurality of screws, bolts, or other connectors U24. However, other embodiments may attach the motor to the base or use a motor strap. Bundled to the base. The primary frame assembly 1204 can include a rotatable expandable stabilizer element 1 228 'like a cushioning impact member (shown in phantom on Figure 84A) along which the stabilizer element is One side of the frame assembly 1204 is attached by a hinge and can be secured to a portion of the pedal assembly 1202. Alternatively, a slidable, fixed length stabilizer element can extend vertically to the base 1226 and be secured to a first stabilizer slot in the main frame assembly and a side of the pedal assembly The second stabilizer in the side is an elongated hole. These additional stabilizer elements are optional and are not necessary in the current modular pedal and frame construction 12 embodiment. Although shown, a single pedal assembly 12〇2 is mounted to the main frame 12〇4' in Figure 178 1355952 CH15A. The two pedal assemblies can be mounted side by side within a single frame. In general, the pedal assemblies are mounted in (7) by internally facing belt gears 1212. In one embodiment, a receptor 12v6 having an elongated hole is secured to the side wall of the main frame 12G4 at each corner of the rear side of the frame so that each receptor can receive a pedal Group #12Q2 - a wheel 1214. In still another embodiment, a pedal assembly 1202 can lack an axle (2) 4 extending beyond the body of the roller 121Q: and the receiver 12〇6 having the elongated aperture can be omitted. In this later embodiment, the axle 1214 of the pedal assembly 1202 is slightly extended to the belt teeth for mating with each other, with the outer surface of the two wheels/212 being The final two pedal components can be described by a single motor 1222, but one is moving. For example, the axle can be shown by a connector diagram 84B showing the drive gear 1220 of the embodiment shown by the circle λ and the motor 1222, Β _ and a pedal assembly! 2〇2 series components. The drive gear 122 饭 展 在 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 系 20 20 20 。 充分 。 。 。 Field 4 motor 1222 operation, turning the belt money 1212 round 1220' and the driving gear is in turn

& one or more selective drive skins; ^ f I shown in the figure) can be used to carry the belts of the belts (not and - or a belt ^ tension around the drive gear 1220 belt sound 鲶... Around 1212 to help rotate the counter can also help stabilize the 1202 and help to find the pedal assembly, fastening the 5 Xuan 4 pedal assembly to the main frame 179 1355952 * 1204. One is attached to The cover 12〇8 of the frame 1230 of the pedal assemblies can extend over the belt gears 1212 and protect the belt gears. Figure 85 shows one of the drive gears 122 and 2 to 1222 components described with respect to Figure 84B. An alternative embodiment of the frame 123. In this embodiment, the drive motor 1234 is fastened to the frame base 1226 near the midpoint of the side wall of the rear frame, rather than being in the rear corner. The motor 1234 is not fixed to a drive gear, and the crucible is fixed to the two drive wheels 1232. The diameter of each of the drive wheels 232 is slightly larger than the motor 1234, ensuring that the surface of the wheel can be on the top of the motor The upper portion extends. - The modified pedal assembly 1236 does not have the belt gear 1212 discussed with respect to Figures 84 and 85. Instead, the pedal belt 1238 directly rests on the drive wheel 1232 and the drive wheel rotates. The pedal belt 1238 is frictionally rotated. The drive wheel can be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise according to the action required by the pedal, and still drive the pedal belt. Since the pedal assembly i236 does not The belt gear 1212 does not require the cover 12〇8 shown in Figure 84B. With continued reference to Figure 85, the diameter of each drive wheel 1232 will generally be directly aligned with the diameter of the roller 1 240, in this manner, a connection The drive wheel and the line of the center of the roller will extend integrally and vertically from the main frame base U04. This allows the pedal assemblies 1236 to pivot up and down at the opposite end of the pedal without Destroying contact between the pedal belt 1236 and the drive wheel 1232, or 180 1355952 imparting undesirable lateral motion from the rotation of the drive wheel The axle 1242 of the pedal assembly 1236 can still rest in the slot 1218 and can still be coupled to a receptacle 1206 having an elongated aperture. Further, the axle 1242 of each pedal assembly 1236 can be oriented The midpoint of the primary frame assembly 1204 extends inwardly and extends slightly beyond the outer surface of each roller 1240. The axles can be mated together in the manner previously described, or can be extended via a crane neck (not shown in the figure 'but a connector 1244 is depicted in Figure 85) fits, and the gooseneck extension is secured to a portion of the frame assembly 1 204 and up and above the motor bending. The gooseneck extension (or other connector 1244 between the axles 1242) does not only stabilize the pedal assembly 1236 within the main frame i2〇4, but also helps to adjust such The action of the pedals relative to each other. Figure 85: Fitness device with dual bottom plate that handles the action of the pedal action. In some embodiments of the 6H fitness device, the handle may be combined with a drive motor to activate the pedals. Figure 85 shows an exemplary embodiment of a dual floor exercise device 1246 with the handle 1 248 activation device previously mentioned. In the exercise device 1 246 of this embodiment, the action of a pedal belt 1250 can be activated or synchronized with the action of a handle bar. In general, each handle bar 1248 is secured to a portion of an exercise device body 1252 by a swivel joint as if it were a center console or main frame. The rotary joint 1254 18] 1355952 is the handle of the stick 1248 芸 #位& freely moves in a chess-like manner around the 忒 joint and passes a red turn at a solid ri - ^ 疋 angle. An alternative embodiment is to construct the handle angle of the handle ^ _ 卞 1248 by the valley _ user, change the total angle of the gray turn or change the angle of the opening or closing position of the valve. Each handle bar 1248 - 舻 total 4 m 12,, ^ A ^ slaves are broken into a rotating drive element 1 2 5 ό. The slewing drive member can move the H to form a rotary joint 1254, or the drive member can be operatively coupled to the handle = (10). The rotary drive element 1256 can be, for example, in the form of a self-wheel bearing or a wheel and pawl arrangement. When the handle bar 1 248 is turned into a drive element 1256 in one direction, the action of the handle is rotated and the action of the handle is rotated. When the handle is moved in the opposite direction, the rotary drive element will disengage, ending the handle action providing power or any action that is coupled to the handle action. The money-driven component 1256 can still suffer from residual motion from its own inertia' or the inertia of a different component of the device. The rotary drive element 1256 is also operatively (four) to a pedal two wheel 1258. When the rotary drive element 1256 is moved, it rotates the pedal roller 1258 in the same direction of motion. The belt 126 is extended over the surface of the outer roller. When the roller 1258 is rotated, the basin system: drives the belt 1260 to apply a lateral motion to the top belt surface. This 'pushing force' can be transmitted from the handle bar 1248 through the swivel 1254, to a rotary drive element η%, to: a roller (10), and finally to a pedal belt m〇e Fitness device! Of the embodiments, 182 1355952

The direction in which the pedal belt 1 260 is actuated is in the direction corresponding to the action of the handle bar 1248, and the rotary drive member i256 is engaged in the action of the handle bar. That is, if the rotary drive member is constructed to engage when the handle stick is moved back and disengages when the handle stick moves forward, the pedal belt will move rearward as the handle stick moves rearward. Continue with this example. When the handle bar 1248 is moved forward, the rotary drive member 1256 is disengaged and no push power is supplied to the pedal belt 126. As shown in Fig. 85, the exercise device 1 246 of this embodiment includes two pedal belts 1250, U60 and two handle bars 1248, and thus has a rotary drive member. In this embodiment, each of the rotary drive elements 1258 is operatively coupled to a handle bar 1248 and will only drive one pedal belt 126 最后 at the end. An alternative embodiment may use a single drive element for the two belts. Further, the action of the first-handle bar 1248 is substantially opposite to the action of the (four) two-handle bar in the embodiment of Fig. 85+. That is, when the first handle bar + 1248 moves backward, the second handle bar usually moves forward. This simulates the movement of some of the standard stepped arm swings that make up the user. While the handlebars can be moved in the opposite direction at any given moment, the pedal belt will typically move or rotate in the same direction. Therefore, both the first and second rotational driving elements can impart a pushing force from the same handle (ie, forward or backward) to the pedals, and ensure that the J eight has a pedal. The force will be provided by a handle at any given moment. Alternatively, although the 183 1355952 a rotary drive member moves the pedal in the same direction as the pallet and the second slewing drive member can move the pedal. In the opposite direction to the handle stick, FIG. 85 shows the handle stick attached to a front portion of the ^ p - Α ^ body device, and the front of the pedal and the train wheel are fixed in position. And the rear of the mother pedal, s| ^ ^ The willow train will rise and fall. In an alternative embodiment, the handles "T" to HU 2: can be bent or tilted to attach to a rear-seat portion of the device. In the example, the rear roller of the parent pedal moves substantially vertically. The retaining is fixed. The front pedal is attached to another embodiment, and the solid wheel is driven through the two pedal belts. The t-handle is instead of a separate roller dedicated to each pedal belt. In another embodiment, the rotary drive can move the handle of the handle bar to the side of the arch. Converted to use to step back 'arched vertical motion' to drive the up and down movements of the pedals without driving the pedal belt. Figure 87 to Figure 90: The interface between the pedals for discussion A low friction interface between the pedal assemblies 12 is now referred to FIG. 87, which is an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 3A of the exercise device H) in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The one pointed out by Shitu 87 A low friction surface is provided at the top surface 902 of each of the pedal assemblies 12 or at the inner edge or at the interface & the configuration is completed such that during use of the fitness device during any of the modes of use If a portion of the user's foot is stepped down on the low friction interface between the pedal assembly 12 such as 184, the user's I:: moves backwards on the low friction interface 902 To track the movement of the dedicated tread belt 18. As shown in Fig. 87, the inner edge 904 or the split interface of the left pedal assembly 12 is adjacent to the inner edge 900 of the right pedal member 12 or the interface. In one embodiment, the two inner edges 904 and 9 〇6 white have a low friction surface. 'And the result is a low friction interface. In another embodiment, only the inner edges 904 and 906 stand. One of them is a low friction surface 902. a, m^8 In one embodiment, each low friction surface 902 extends integrally over the entire length of the pedal assembly 12. In another embodiment , each low low The wiping surface will only extend over a portion of the entire length of the pedal assembly 12. For the purposes of this discussion, "the use of the exercise device in the low-altitude surface is derogatory to be a part of the user's foot or It is the type of watch that can be easily, 叮α, or rollable along the surface of the shoe with a minimum frictional adhesion between the side surface and the foot or the shoe. As shown in Fig. 8 8 (total γθ surface 9 octagonal is a magnified isometric _ _ _ _ _ _ 月 之 之 所示 所示 所示 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 所 所 87 所 所 87 87 87 所 87 87 Solid low friction surface" package; ^, surface. Right 枘 + 匕 — — 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 — — — — — 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 光滑 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该It can be said that the surface of π仃 with ± ❿ is a material with a low number of turns and the low friction coefficient - thick "Ding" number one axis & 糸 hunters apply a lubricant (for example It is further reduced by planting oil, wax, and resin. 185 In another embodiment, as shown in Fig. 89, r Gan lower seat 怏 八田国89 (the figure is an enlarged isometric view of the thick and thin interface shown in Fig. 87) ftA 丹A map) None of the "lower, 902 series includes a set of rollers 908. & A _ f In this case, the temple 衮 wheel 908 has a cylindrical shape and the main spur has a longitudinal main axis perpendicular to the direction in which the tread belt 18 is advanced. In another _ is a spherical shape. In the embodiment, the rollers: in the embodiment, the "low-friction surface", the 9〇2 system includes a combination of 7 and 2, and a low-friction interface in one embodiment may have Shanghai ^ split double & π gossip wheel, and another low friction | face can have a smooth, slidable surface. By using a "low friction enough 902 at the interface of the pedal assembly 12, use The foot or shoes of the person can be more convenient during the treadmill operation. The skirt is moved by the penalty 1β, / Temple belt 18. This reduces the chances of the user stumbling and/or falling. . In addition to providing the low friction surface 9〇2 at the inner edges 9〇4, 9〇6 or the file interface of the right and left pedal assemblies 12, the low friction surface may be additionally provided in other positions. For example, in a real (four) pedal _ 12 material edge and table (four) is provided ... a low friction surface. Moreover, in one embodiment, as shown in Figure 9 (which is an isometric view of the pedal and base frame of the 4 fitness device), the fitness device can be equipped with a third or The intermediate pedal 91 〇°® 9G indicates that the third or intermediate pedal 91G is seated between the left and right pedal assemblies 12. The left and right pedal assemblies η are equipped with # displacementable belts 8 or the bottom and the 186 1355952 2 or 疋 intermediate pedal 91 is provided with a - U surface as defined above . Thus, in one embodiment, the low friction surface of the intermediate pedal includes a set of rollers. In another embodiment. The low-friction surface of the hypothesis includes a smooth, slidable surface. The surface can be lubricated or not lubricated. Alternatively, in one embodiment, the low friction surface of the intermediate pedal is one. The displaced tread belt, which is similarly constructed to form a stepperable tread belt as described elsewhere in this specification. a As indicated in Figure 90, if a user's foot 912 is accidentally stepping on a stationary intermediate pedal 91 使用 during use, the user's foot 912 can be adjacent to the user. The stepping belt 18 of the pedal assembly 12 moves together. Therefore, the intermediate pedal 910 has a reduced likelihood of sagging or falling with its low friction surface. VIII Φ Figure 90 is not in the embodiment, a biasing mechanism 428 (such as a coil spring 428 or a set of coils) will be biased upwards to each pedal group # 12 'and When the user steps on a particular pedal, the pedal assembly 12 will move downward. In one embodiment, '- a coil 428 series will engage a flange _ protruding outwardly from the frame 52 of the pedal assembly 以便 to facilitate support of the pedal and will: the pedal and the base of the exercise device Frame 14 is pure. In another embodiment, the money board 12 (including the intermediate pedal 9... is biased toward the upward position by other biasing mechanisms or by the mechanism described in this specification. For example, the towel is attached; the biasing mechanical mounting 4 428 to the intermediate pedal 91〇 (for example, an elastic 187 1355952 structure, etc.) causes the intermediate pedal 910 to be in the case of being stepped on by the user. Staying in the upward position. Once released, the biasing mechanism 428 causes the intermediate pedal 9 1 to return to the upward position. In one embodiment, the intermediate pedal 910 can be pivoted into _ The highest position of the upwardly moving pedal assembly 12. is flush. For example, the intermediate pedal 910 will follow the highest pedal assembly 12 downwards (in the

In the example, at this point of the point is the right pedal assembly i2B) and at a midpoint position, the heights of the left and right pedal assemblies 丨2 at the midpoint position are substantially the same. At this point, unless the intermediate pedal 910 is stepped on, the intermediate pedal 91 will follow the height of the left pedal assembly 1 2 A up to its highest point. When the left pedal assembly 12A begins its lowering, the intermediate pedal 91 will follow the left pedal assembly 12 and reach the midpoint position where it is, unless the intermediate pedal 9ig is stepped on, the intermediate step is reversed. The tether will once again follow the right pedal assembly i2B up. Therefore, if the user partially steps on the highest pedal assembly and partially steps on the intermediate 91G, the intermediate pedal 9 is at an appropriate height. Figure 91: Dual pedal with a roller providing a stepped surface. For the implementation of an exercise device having an alternative tread surface, see Figure </ RTI> which is the exercise device. An isometric view of the pedal base frame 3〇0. As shown in Figure 91, each of the tables (i.e., 'a pedal assembly. The upper surface that can be displaced is intended to be surrounded by a plurality of adjacent, coplanar rollers 916 by the user's foot or shoe. Therefore, in this = 188 1355952 ^ 'these plurality of rollers 916 have been replaced by the displaceable tread 18' and the belt is used in some of the other realities described in this specification. The treading surface 914. *2=Γ:Λ, the left and right pedal assemblies i2A&12&quot; are pivotally attached to the base frame 经 and the connecting members can be welded Or integrated into the wood and from the base pivot up '&quot;14 pivoting the furnace + β A. In one embodiment, one of the six-cylinder U-members will extend through the pedal frame 52, The pedal frame 52 can be pivoted by the pivoting wheel lever 330. In the middle, the pedal assembly 丨2 transmits the 帛 shaft 330. In another life, the m+ system is the same. Pivot j.,. In only one example, each pedal assembly 12 is wound around its own pivot axis 33〇 is carried out in the axial direction along the phase π ^ and, in the pivoting shaft 33 ,, "曰 No; ^ is aligned. Therefore, in one embodiment the parent material 12 ^ itself The second is whether or not the pedal components of the Shenxuan plate component are 2, and the pivoting shaft 330 is pivoted. The pedals can be pivoted one by one. The roller 916 indicated in Fig. 91 is a kind of distribution, such as a plurality of convex or concave planes. Positioned in a conventional embodiment of the pedal frame 52 in a real ^^) configuration, the wander, cup &amp; support is supported in the pedal frame 52 &quot;: the wheel 916 is wound by a plurality of bars The rods rotate. In a .V:, the wheel can be operated by inertia. In another implementation, = (4) J r The roller 91 6 series 189 1355952 via the use of a drive belt, a key strip, Or the gears are mechanically connected to each other so that the rotation of the rollers can be controlled to provide an alternative The magnitude of the resistance to rotation. For example, a drive = mechanism or motor 88 can be provided adjacent the rear portion of the pedal assembly 12. The drive mechanism can have a center console that is seated on the exercise device Or the control device on the handlebar (such as an electric control device), so that the user can easily adjust the magnitude of the resistance or the speed of the roller (m). If necessary, the pedal assembly ^ Or use a buffer together to adjust the action of the pedals 1 2 τ = 2 to S 1G5: a (four) position pedal frame between the steps (four) for the purpose of discussing the light assembly of the pedal assembly 12 to the base The way the frame is smashed, now it is the turn to refer to Figure 92. Fig. 2 is a 笙, 曰 isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 300 of the 健身海健身装置10. As shown in Fig. 92, in the embodiment, the base frame is the position between the wooden frame 14 and the pedal frame 52 between the longitudinal ends of the red pedals of the parent pedal assembly 12. Point or location is consumed. Specifically, a frame plus a surname extends from the base frame μ, and the pedal frame 52 is tied between a longitudinal end of the pedal assembly 12. . The pain is pivotally attached to the frame member 918. As shown in Fig. 92, the pedal assembly 12 can be twisted at a position other than the rear end of one of the pedals or at a position other than the one behind the pedal 30. As illustrated in FIG. 92, + in one embodiment, an elongated 190 1355952 pivoting member 330 extends from the first frame member 9i8 through the left and right pedal frames 52 to a second The frame member (4) is adapted to pivotally support the left and right pedal assemblies 'D and 1 2B' at a pivoting point located between the ends of the pedal assembly. In other words, the left and right pedal assemblies 12A, 12B share the same towing axis 330' and can be rotationally displaced about the same rotating wire. In another embodiment, each of the pedal assemblies 12 has its own pivot axis #330' and the pedals are rotationally movable about the pivoting shaft. The parent pivoting shaft 330 is supported by the frame member 918. The pivoting shafts 330 are fixedly aligned and, as a result, the left and right pedal assemblies 12A &amp; 12B are framed about the same rotating spindle. The frame members 918 are sized to provide a vertical offset between the pedal assemblies 12 and the base frame 14. This allows the pedal assemblies 12 to be pivoted during use to various positions or orientations that are desired by us. 93 to 94 - in order to discuss another way of coupling the pedal frame 52 to the base frame 14 - Referring now to Figures 93 and 94, respectively, one of the pedals and the base frame portion of the exercise device An isometric view and a right side view as shown in FIG. 93 and FIG. 94, in one embodiment, a triangular frame member 52 is provided to twitch the pedal assembly 12# of the exercise device. Base frame _ 14. In one embodiment, each step 12 is coupled to the base frame 14 by a single triangular frame member 52. In another embodiment, each of the pedal assemblies 12 is secured to the base frame 14 by a 191 丄 set or a pair of triangular frame members 52. As shown in Fig. 93 and Fig. 94, there is a 'intermediate frame' 4 discs: _ (four) position point of the angular frame member 52 (four) treading; : between the ends of the top surface of the piece 12, but from Wait for the pedal I: = material: surface deviation. Therefore, the end point pP of the top surface of the pedal unit 12 when viewed from the side as shown, and the pivot point point form three points of a double angle. As shown in Figure 93 and Figure 94, in one embodiment, a single

The pivoting sleeve 3 3 0 extends the 兮 _ A cargo is extended through the two-dimensional frame member 52 or the 7 member of the right pedal assembly 12B. The components of the left pedal assembly 12A, and the base frame Μ 'to facilitate pivotally cut the left and right pedal assemblies and n say that the left and right pedal assemblies and (10) share the same slewing shaft 330 and will rotate about the same The spindle is rotatably displaced. In another embodiment, the members of each of the pedals and the members of the members 12 have their own pivoting shafts, and the pedals are attached to the pivoting shafts. Rotatingly, movably coupled to the base light, however, the pivoting shafts 33 are axially aligned, and as a result, the left and right pedal assemblies 12A and 12B are wound about the same rotating spindle. Pivot. As shown in Fig. 93, for each of the pedal assemblies 12, the triangular frame member 52 is lightly coupled to the rear axle % axle and the front roller 28 axle. Alternatively, the triangular frame member η can be coupled to a portion of the pedal frame 192 1355952 ' to provide a pivotal connection of the pedal assembly 12 to the base frame 14. As indicated in Figures 93 and 94, each of the pedal assemblies 12 will be deflected away from the pivoting point 330, and the pivoting position is offset below the horizontal plane of the front and rear rollers 28, 30. The horizontal plane is located at a position between the rollers 28, 30. As indicated in Fig. 93, the displaceable tread surface i 8 (i.e., the tread belt) can be driven by the rear roller 3 〇 of a pedal or the front roller. However, as shown in FIG. 94, in one embodiment, the pivot position 33 〇 between the triangular frame member 52 and the base frame 〇 may include an idler or a drive roller. Off the roller 3 1, the belt will wrap around the roller 'used to control the speed and direction of the belt movement. As shown in Fig. 94, in one embodiment, the three rollers 28, 30 and 31 of each pedal assembly 12 are held in position by respective pedal frames and/or respective triangular frame members 52. As a result, the three rollers 28, 30 and 31 define a triangle shape, and the tread belt 18 passes around the triangle. According to one embodiment, the tread belt 18 can be driven rearwardly, forwardly, or offset from the rollers U, 31. Circle 9S to Circle 96 In order to refer to another way of attaching the pedal frame 52 to the base frame 14 , reference is now made to Figs. 95 and 96. Figure 95 is an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 300 of the exercise device 1 and Figure 96 is a right side view of the pedal assembly 12 of Figure 95. As shown in Figures 93 and 94, in one embodiment, the pedal assemblies 12 are coupled to each other via a pair of 193 1355952 frame-turning points 920, 922, i. The section frame 14' facilitates the articulating action of the seesaw assembly 12. At Fig. 5 and Fig. 96, no flange 918 is applied from the base frame and provides a first pivot position point 920, a \S,,. The end of the piece 924 can be connected to the frame rotation position. The pivoting link 924 is further coupled to a pedal assembly 12 922 (four) and defines a second pivoting position instead of the 'in the embodiment', the pivoting link may And the pedal frame 52 is coupled to a step of the LV κ, 孜, and the member 12 for the second step position to connect the pedal assembly 12 with the base _ 14 22 Or as shown in Figure 95, a bullet is like being picked up.

Sr: between the frame frames 14. The bullet - the pedal assembly in the = t upright position is as shown in Fig. 96, § when the pedal assembly 12 is in the fully upright position, the bottom edge of the hen pedal and the corresponding pivot joint 924 Top edge: will form an acute angle. When the pedal assembly 12 is sharpened by the acute angle α, it becomes sharper. f 〃 User (4) 95 and Figure 96 understand that, in operation, when the component 12 is pushed down, the pedal group will move downward when the pivot position 922 is rotated counterclockwise. At the same time, the pedal assembly 12 pedal assembly 12 is rotated about the first-turn index f. The piece 924 and the V... point 920 will also move backwards when pivoted clockwise. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 4, the user's foot is pushed down on 194 1355952, a pedal assembly 12, and the movements are combined to produce a motion. Conversely, since the rearward insertion movement is due to the heavy pivot position points 920 and 922, the foot of the H is moved upward to leave the pedal assembly 12 _, and the plucking force is upward and forward. Move the pedal assembly to ground 2]. Referring to Figure 96, it is understood that when a downward force is applied to a component 12, the pedal assembly 12 will move downwardly and rearwardly as a whole, and when the downward force is removed, the pedal The assembly 12 will return to its original position by moving up and forward as a whole. Circle 97 to Fig. 99B · Pedal with two pedal frame configurations In order to discuss another way of coupling the pedal frame 52 to the base frame ,, reference is now made to Figs. 97 to 99B. Figure 97 is an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 3 of the exercise device, the pedal assembly 12 having a trapezoidal configuration when viewed from the side. _ ΜΑ is a right side view of the right pedal assembly 12B shown in 圊/7 and indicates the trapezoidal configuration of the pedal assembly 12. Figure 98B is a right side elevational view of an alternative embodiment of one embodiment of the present invention shown in Figure 97 and indicating the triangular configuration of the pedal assembly 12. Figure 99A is a right side view of the pedal assembly 12 of Figure 97 and indicates the trapezoidal pedal assembly 12 is displaced relative to a pivot position 33. Figure 99B is the same view of the jaw shown in Figure 98 and indicates that the triangular pedal assembly 12 is displaced against a pivot point 330. As shown in Figures 97-99B, in one embodiment, the tread assembly 12 has more than two rollers and a continuous tread belt (also 195 1355952)

That is, the treading surface) is right ^A to change the direction near the 4 4 wheel. For example, in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 97, FIG. 98A, and FIG. 99B, in one embodiment, each of the etched parent pedal assemblies 12 has an upper pedal. The frame 52Α and a lower Gudi pedal frame wood 52Β. Each of the pedal frames 52α and 52A has a front wheel 28 and a rear roller; 30, the continuous tread belt 1 8 #右卸楚方&amp; f, changes its travel near the special wheel direction. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 98A and Fig. 99A, if not, in one embodiment, the pedal frames 5 2 A, 5 2B and the rollers 28 of the parent pedal assembly 12, The 30 series is oriented (when viewed from the side _drawing, π 腼 )) so that each of the four rollers 28, 30 forms a single corner depicting the 梂 Φ. Although FIG. 97, FIG. 98Α Λ FIG. 99Α depicts a pedal group with a four-roller corner, and a member 12, those skilled in the art will recognize that it has a top. The corners of a more or lesser number of scroll wheels can be developed without the spirit of the embodiment depicted in Figure 7 of the Q7 &amp;&amp; For example, as shown in Fig. 98, π _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , 31, and the continuous pedaling belt reversal belt 18 series changes direction near the rollers. Thus, as shown in Fig. 98B and Fig. 99B, the mouth, in one embodiment, the pedals are lowered when viewed from the side, and the member 2 has a triangular configuration with the triangle having Equipped with = 侗 one shoulder - one, the corner of the wheel. As shown in Fig. 97 to Fig. 98', a pedal frame 52 supports each of the rollers. "," and (4) and the roller trains are held in a rigid position relative to each other "by allowing each pedal to be planted in a white double', the ugly member 12 can be moved as a complete, unitary rigid unit. As pointed out in Fig. 97 to Fig. 98, the 196 1355952 top frame 52 supports the bottom plate 26 on the tread belt 1 ^ ffi 97 ^ ® 98A m Μ ^ ^ ma. Ώ 8A In the embodiment of the four rollers, a bottom frame 52B is connected to the two rollers 28 at the bottom, and the frame 52A is connected to the top two rollers 28, 3 (one) = one top embodiment, two at the top Roller 28,3 ·-solid tear wheel ^ . . . ^ J 乂 each by various constructs

(One of the methods is shown in Figure 98B for the appropriate position of the separate bottom roller 31.) The break is maintained in Figure 97, Figure 99A and Figure 99B, in one embodiment, - the bottom rollers 30, 31 are mounted on a pair between the bases 4: just (four) to facilitate the pedal assembly (i.e., the pedal frame 4 or (4) and the rollers are held in relation to The rigid position of each other:) pivots as early as the early-form structure. In other embodiments, the sway position between the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame 14 is... the pedal frame 52 is either structural or Located remotely from the rollers (see, for example, the pivoting configuration in Figure 92). As indicated in Figure 99, when the sanding connection position between the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame 14 is When 33 〇 is the rotating main shaft of the left left roller %, during use, the lateral end of the pedal relative to the slewing connection position point 330 will be turned up and down around the pivoting position point 33 (4). Ground, when interposed between the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame When the point 33() is the rotating main shaft of the bottom right side wheel ', the lateral end of the pedal relative to the pivotal connection position point will surround the pivoting position during use. Point 330 up and down the pivot When the pivotal connection position is the top left side or the top right side is rolled 35Μ, and the 3〇 rotation 197 丄 is the 5952 rotation main axis, the insertion between the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame can be conceived. Similarly, as indicated in Fig. 99B, when the frame frame 14 Μ, the plate, and the pivotal connection position point 33 between the member 12 and the base are rotated, the spindle is the rotation axis of the bottom roller 31. At the time of use, the pedal assembly is connected to the position point u η &amp; s relative to the s-Xuan pivotal connection *' 3 〇 the top end of the 〇 会 会 绕 绕 绕 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The position point 330 is up and the door is swallowed, and when the pivotal bruise between the pedal assemblies 12 is to be mailed - the base frame 14 is connected to the position point 330 as the top right side roller, when the door is used The square end point 330 of the pedal is up and down during use. The position of the stalker is as indicated in Fig. 98A, and the application of the four rollers of the present invention for the purpose of the roller 28, 3 〇 rigid position Holding in one of the i relative to each other, the top stepping plug: 3⁄42 S9A -r Μ M ^ -fc Η , can be more rebellious by a rigid structural member or a hard gentleman / or spring structure 928 supports = bottom pedal frame. For the three roller embodiment, a rigid ' structural member 930 or a rigid bumper and / or magazine structure can be used to the rollers 28. ά ^ Stay in a rigid relationship with respect to each other as a whole. Figure 100 to 圊1〇1Β In the alternative version of the embodiment of the four-roller and three-roller embodiment of Figure 99 99R Φ + to the figure, the position of the rollers 2 8 , 3 〇, 3 1 can be tolerated relative to Convert to each other,! § _ _ _ _ y ^ 鞛 鞛 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 。 This concept is shown in Figure 1 and Figure 〇u, respectively, which is an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 3〇〇 of the exercise device 10 and the pedals shown in Figure 100. A right side view. As shown in Figures 100 and 101A, the pedal assemblies 12 have an upper pedal frame 52' and a lower pedal frame 52b. The upper tread frame 52 has a front roller 28, a rear roller 3 〇, and a bottom plate 26 that supports the tread belt 18 (i.e., the tread surface). The lower pedal «52" supports a front roller 28 and a rear roller 30. As indicated in Figures 100 and 1-1, a continuous tread belt 18 is wrapped around the pedal assembly 12 and redirects at each roller 2,300. As shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1A, in one embodiment, the pedal assembly 12 has a trapezoidal structure when viewed from the side, and the rear roller 3〇 and the rear rear roller of the lower t are attached. It is fixed relative to the base ί : 14 . In one embodiment, this configuration is achieved by securing the main shaft of the roller 28'30 to the base frame. In a different embodiment - this configuration is achieved by securing the underlying tread frame 52 到 to the base frame 14 by means of a ground.士® 1 01Α不's trapezoidal pedal assembly^: The upper pedal frame 52A (with its front and rear rollers 2 two will be two = 1 rear displacement, while the τ square pedal frame 52b (with its front and rear two 3 〇) The position will remain relative to the base frame 14 = two, when the upper step is one down A and the following is folded back, the Bu Gu 』 Γ 1 is a spring or a buffer (similar to the line The lower step frame 52/ truss ^ still remains as a whole flat 199 Figure 98A), or - a set of springs or buffers can be used (4) The upper pedal frame 52 Α is held at the most relative to the lower pedal frame 52 In the upper position (for example, as shown in FIG. 101A); as indicated in FIG. 1G1A, during use, when the user applies a downward force on the far upper pedal frame, the upper pedal frame 52A is Moving downward and rearward relative to the lower pedal frame 52Bft. In an alternate embodiment, the upper pedal frame 52A will be downwardly and downwardly depending on the orientation of the body device or the user on the exercise device. Move forward. As in Figure 101 As indicated in A, when the user stops applying the downward force to the upper pedal frame 52A, the upper pedal frame 52A is restored to the uppermost position by moving up and forward [this kind] The uppermost position of J is caused by a spring and/or a damper biased upward toward the upper pedal frame 52A. As shown in Figs. 101A and 101B, in one embodiment, the driving roller may be lower. The rear roller 3'' and in other embodiments, the drive: the roller can be any other roller. As with the disclosure herein, the left and right pedal groups #12 can be shaken via an arc The lever arms, the attached bumpers, the interconnected springs, or other mechanisms are interconnected to each other, occupying one of the pedal assemblies 12 by the user. When moving down, the other pedal assembly 1 2 will be mechanically moved upwards by an equal or proportional distance, and vice versa. Figure 1 〇 2: Pedal frame with pivotal link members for the purpose of discussing the pedal set # 12 M Base frame 20014's other 200 1355952 two: the formula 'now turn to refer to Figure 102; ® .102 for the exercise device 1. The pedal and the base frame portion of an isometric view. As shown in Figure 2, 'in one embodiment The intermediate piece 12 is coupled to the base frame 14 via a pivoting member 924.

As illustrated in Figure 102, the flange 918 extends from the base frame U: upward. A first end portion of each of the tow link members 924 is low-fastened to the flanges 9 1 8 via a support bar member 932 for forming a first pivot position 罟 _ , _ (Transfer point. The lance member 932 is used as a plug-in connection. The member member 924 can be shielded from the spindle that rotates relative to the flange 918. The pivotal link member 92 / A knowing system and a pedal group: the side; the wheel 30 is face-to-face and defines a second frame-turning position 'point 922. Alternatively, each of the pivoting link members 924 can be used with the n-foot pedal The frame 52 is in the step &amp; the day of the body. ^ A portion of the rear side of the tether assembly 12 is face-to-faced to define the _ _ _ _ _ _ pivot position 922 and for support The pedal assembly u or the pedal assembly 12 is coupled to the base carrier 14. Alternatively, 'individual support bars 932 can be used for each pedal, and/or the or the stand members 932 can be Two, three or four flanges 918 push. As shown in Figure 1-2, 'in one embodiment, one torque The first state end of the spring is fastened to a portion of the convex edge 918 and the second end of the spring is wound around the first pivotal position 92〇. It is fastened to a portion of the link structure 924. The elbow member 924 is moved upward or counterclockwise relative to the flange about the first pivot position.丄 952 As indicated in FIG. 1 and 2, when a pedal assembly 12 is located at a completely upward position, the upper edge of the pedal frame 52 and the associated pivotal link structure丰.ν ^ The upper edge of the cow 924 will form a blunt angle. § When the pedal assembly 12 is pressed down, the angle X will become larger. In an embodiment, each pedal assembly _ front The end is supported by a spring or bumper as described elsewhere in the specification. When the user's foot contacts the pedal assembly 12 and depresses the pedal, the pedal will align with the second pivot position The hour hand pivots, and the link member 924 is clockwise around the first frame turn position In another embodiment, 'the pedal sets # 12 are interconnected via an arcuate rocker arm as described elsewhere in this specification, and * when a pedal is depressed, 'opposite The pedal assembly 12 t is up and backward: moving. Figure 1〇3 to Fig. 104··The pedal frame with the four-link linkage device is to discuss another way of coupling the pedal frame 52 to the base frame ,, now 1〇3 and FIG. 1〇4; FIG. 1〇3 and FIG. 9(9) are respectively an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 3〇〇 of the exercise device 10 and a left side view, as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 1-4, in one embodiment, each of the pedal assemblies 12 is coupled to the base frame 14 of the exercise device via a four-link connection. As shown in FIGS. 103 and 104, in one embodiment, each of the four-link linkages 936 includes an upper and a lower horizontal link member 938'940 and a front and a rear vertical link member. 942 ^

L 202 1355952 944. The link members are pivotally attached to beta as shown in Figures 103 and 104. In one embodiment, a spring 428 is coupled to the upper and lower horizontal link members 938, 94. between. When the spring is released for compression, the spring 428 biases the upper and lower horizontal link members 938, 94 from each other and generally maintains the four-link cup assembly 936 in the shape of a parallelogram. . As indicated in Figures 103 and 104, the four-link linkage = lower right connector is attached to the base frame 14 at a first pivot point 92, and the pedal assembly 12 The rear side is attached to the left joint above the four-link linkage at a second pivot point 922. In one example, each pedal (four) 12 is further connected to the base frame via a first set of four-link linkages 936 and a second set of four-link linkages. The second tow position point 922 is coincident with the rotation main axis of the rear pedal roller 3〇. In another example, the second pivoting position 1 922 is intersected with the pedal frame 52 at a point in front of the 6-foot rear pedal roller 3〇. As can be from the map! 〇4 τ Μ 路 ... ... ... ... 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲 畲The δ &amp; 匕 member 940 is moving closer to the lower horizontal link (ie, the parallelogram of the ancient gentleman*), and the front and rear vertical link members will be able to turn. From the figure n can pivot the connection point and the front pivot T a* , the body map, when the pedal assembly 12 is depressed, the four-link linkage device 936 ^ and the reverse time 4 + # ir Μ θ The first pivoting position 920 turns counterclockwise 'and the 203 1 dry 12 series will pivot about the second turn 1355952 position point 9U and counterclockwise. Therefore, when the depression is applied, the four-link linkage 妒 〜 〜, and 12 is replaced by a ^ B &quot; % system into a collapsed configuration and the pedal assembly is oriented from a tilting direction. J heart 1 锝 is replaced with a less inclined tilt. When the user's foot is removed from the surface of the material, it is compressed = stretched and separated from the upper and lower horizontal link members (4), _, while the upper horizontal link is transferred Member 938 and pedal assembly. Thus, while the user's foot is removed from the stepped plate assembly 12, the four-link linkage will be restored to the potted I, deployed configuration at the device 936, and the pedal assembly is "footed" The substantially horizontal orientation translates into a relatively slanting... In one embodiment, the tread assembly 12 is mechanically interconnected to allow the left and right pedal assemblies to move in opposite directions during use. Round 1〇5··The pedal with the swinging arm of the cable interconnection device. The pedal assembly 12 of the exercise device of the present invention can be connected to each other such that the pedal assemblies 12 can be replaced with respect to each other. Displacement. This can be done through the configuration of various interconnecting devices. One of these interconnected configurations is shown in Figure 10, which is the pedal and base frame of the exercise device. An isometric view. As shown in Fig. 105, each of the pedal assemblies 12 is supported by two swing arms 942. A cable system is used to connect the left and right pedal assemblies 12 to each other. And for effecting movement of the pedal assemblies opposite each other during use of the exercise device. 204 i is 5952. As shown in FIG. 105, a generally u-shaped frame structure 14 is provided having a rectangular base portion and A rectangular side support member, a support member, etc., extends upwardly from the base portion. Each of the pedal assemblies 12, 7 is pivotally attached to a rectangular side support member by a pair of swing arms 942. In one embodiment, each oscillating arm is attached to a portion of the pedal rafter 52. In another embodiment, each oscillating arm is attached to a roller 28, 30 The pedal assembly 12. Lu, as can be seen from Fig. 105, because the oscillating arms M2 are pressed down, each of the pedal assemblies 12 moves generally arched downwardly. The slope depends on the relative length of the attached oscillating arms. In one embodiment, the length of some or all of the oscillating arms 942 can be adjusted to allow the slope of the pedal assembly 12 to be modified by the user. In the embodiment, each of the pedal assemblies 12 is in which one of the rollers 28, 30 has a drive roller that moves the tread belt 8 around the rollers 28, 30 of the pedal assembly 12. In one implementation In the example, the drive roller is a roller with a motor in the roller. In another embodiment, the drive motor is fixed to the pedal raft 52 for use with the pedal. The frame is displaced together. The drive motor thus provides power to the drive motor via a drive belt or gearing. In yet another embodiment, the drive roller is mounted to the U-frame structure 14 by one. The upper motor is powered. The powertrain is transmitted from the frame mounted motor to the drive roller via a drive belt that circumscribes the sheave on a tension link. 205 1355952, as shown in FIG. 105, at a first end of the frame structure, an upwardly extending central support member 944 is attached to the first of each pedal assembly 12 via a resilient cable 6 The flexibility of the swing arm 942 and the resilient cable 946 allows the pedal assemblies 12 to swing forward and backward relative to the frame structure 14. In one embodiment, when no force is applied to the pedal assemblies, the resilient cable 9 is selected to restore the pedal assemblies 12 to a desired orientation relative to each other. At the second end of the frame structure (relative to the first end of the frame structure), the second swing arm 942 of the dry right pedal assembly is attached to a cable 948. One end. The cable extends from the second swing arm 942", bypasses a first pulley 950 that is attached to the frame structure 14 via a flange, and passes over a wheel axle 954 that is mounted upwardly. The top of the second pulley 952A, wherein the axle is supported by a flange that is secured to the side support of the frame structure 14. In a similar manner, the second swing arm of the left pedal assembly / 942" Attached to one end of another cable 948". The cable 948, extending from the second swing arm 942 of the left pedal assembly 12, is routed through a flange to The first pulley 100% of the frame structure 丨4, and at the bottom of a second pulley 952B that is also mounted on the axle 954. As can be seen from Fig. 1〇5, since both pedal assemblies 12 are Cables 948, and 948" are connected to pulleys 952A and 952B mounted on the axle 9M, and because each cable 948, and 948, is wound around its first pulley 952A from 206 1355952 and 952B in a manner relative to the corresponding cable 948, and 948 Winding, the axle 954 can transmit motion from the right pedal to the opposite left pedal in a reverse manner. For example, during operation, when the user's foot drives the right pedal assembly 12, the right pedal will move backwards and downwards, and the right pedal's wealth 948 will be pulled down. This will provide a clockwise action (when viewed from the right side of the frame )) that is attached to the axle %. The axle... is rotated in a clockwise manner, and the I-line 948" of the left pedal is pulled up, thereby moving the left pedal up and forward. = Toward, when the user's left; ^ the left pedal When the pedal on the left side moves down and backwards, and in the cable state of the left pedal, the upper direction pulls down ^=plus-the counterclockwise rotation of the axle 954. This will: one, pull up, and thus Moving the front and down pedal members of the right side as indicated in Figure 105, in one embodiment, a mechanical device 956 can be attached to the axle 954 either electrically or mechanically. The way is controlled. The brake mechanism is loaded - it can provide a selective degree of resistance to the rotation of the axle, thereby providing a selective resistance to the pedal components. Η having a sliding pedal and riding (four) interconnected &lt; The weight pedal's fitness device is set to discuss the other ways of connecting the pedals to each other: the pedals can be displaced relative to each other in an alternative way: Isee the reference picture! 〇6, the figure is now a body device A corner view. 207 ^55952 As indicated in Fig. 106, in an example of a fine adjustment, the exercise device 10 has a pulley and a cable system for the left and right pedal groups 12 relative to each other. Relative motion. As shown in Fig. 106, in the first example, the fitness device 1 includes a substantially U-shaped scorpion 4r plus, the lower frame portion 14 of the ^, one with Connected to the lower frame portion 14, the u-shaped upper frame portion &amp; 14' of the downwardly extending arm 胄 (10), and the left and right rectangular ridges 958, (4)", 5 hai and other pillars extend over a pair of ugly Multiple &amp; ± μ 1

The struts of the yoke $ are received between the openings, and the openings are located in the lower frame portion 丨4s u &gt; Λ 尔 丨 丨 及 14 and the upper frame portion 14, among. A center pillar 4〇 extending from the upper frame portion, and a vertical column and a handle bar 4 4 ήΓΓ pi ^ 4f&gt; II/I.1. pieces 卞4 Γ to be Attached to the free end of the center post 40. As shown in FIGS. 1-6, in one embodiment, each of the pedal assemblies 12 is coupled to the U-shape of the respective post 958', 958" via a sleeve 962, and 962, and in a slidable manner. The members 964' and 964 are connected to their respective rectangular legs 958, and 958, '. In one embodiment, the U-shaped coupling members 964, and 964 are pivotally coupled. To a portion of the pedal frame w at a pivoting position 33〇 such that the pedal assemblies 12 can be moved up and down as they are guided by the rectangular legs 958, 958, Pivoting about the pivot position 33. In one embodiment, each pivot position 33 is coincident with the pivoting major axis of a pedal roller. In another embodiment, each wrap The position point 330 is attached to a position point on the pedal frame other than the main shaft of the pedal roller. In one embodiment, the U-shaped coupling mechanism 208 1355952 pieces 964' and 964" and the pedal The interconnection means between the group #孜, the piece 1 2 can be rigid and For non-pivoting. As shown in Fig. 106, a cable 948 is attached to a first attachment point 966" on the right side sleeve 962" and attached to a

The left side casing 9 6 2 ’ 篦 垃 垃 班 幻 幻 幻 幻 接 接 接 接 接 接 接 接 接 接 位置. The cable 948 is wound around a set of four pulleys 968, 兮: terminal and &gt;&amp;&lt;&lt;&gt;, the alpha wheel train is pivotally secured to the upper and lower frame portions 14, 14" of the exercise device ίο. As understood from Figure 1〇6, when the user's right foot is pushed down on the right pedal assembly 12 during operation, when the door is pushed, the right pedal will move downward and be the right sleeve. 962, guided down along the rectangular pillar 958" on the right side. In the same way, the pedal on the right side of the 'in one embodiment' can pivot around its pivot point 330 (also, 你, 士 九, _ ττ Ρ ; | U-shaped coupling member 964 on the right side) or The pivoting position between the gantry and the right side pedal assembly 12 is framed. When the right side casing 962" moves downward, the cable 948 is pulled down along the right rectangular ridge 958". The pry _ 948 will in turn be caused to pull up along the left rectangular post 958 and pull up the left side casing 962', thereby providing an upward force on the left side pedal assembly 12. Reversely, As can be seen from Fig. 106, when the user's left foot pushes the temple in the left pedal group #12±, the pedal on the left side moves down and along the left side of the rectangular post 958, while the left side casing 962, The pedal assembly 12 on the left side of the 'in one embodiment' can be pivoted about its pivot point 330 (i.e., the U-shaped coupling member 964 on the left side, or the bracket and left pedal assembly 12). The pivot point between the points) is pivoted 209 1355952. v When the cable 948 will follow the left, the cable will be pulled up in turn, and the right pull will be pulled upward to provide the pedal on the right side of the left sleeve 962, moving down the side of the rectangular post 958, and It is pulled down c 948 along the right side of the rectangular post 958, while the side sleeve 962", thus placing one upward on the assembly 12. As in the previous embodiment, the pedal assemblies 12 are pivotally attached to the u-shaped coupling members 964, 964, or the truss such that when the truss is vertical Upon advancement of the post 958, the pedal assembly 12 can be pivoted relative to the brackets 964, 964". As a result, in one embodiment - a magazine or return force is included Between the pivoting structure between the bracket and the pedal assembly. The magazine deflects the pedal into the uppermost position, but does not allow the pedal to pivot downward under load. For example, in use When the left foot hits the left pedal assembly 12 and approaches the tan position. At point 330, the free end of the left pedal will deflect downward (twist) from its most extreme position. Since the left foot is at a comparable Close to the plume connection position point 330 and the floor frame 96 impinge on the pedal, the pedal will pivot downward according to the user's instantaneous moment of force application and the force resisted by the return or the spring. When the left foot moves backward, it is connected to the frame. The distance at the 3 置 point will increase, and the momentary force will increase, causing the pedal assembly to move more backwards. When the user's left foot begins to move behind the user's body, there will be a right foot to the whole. - a weight shift of 210 1355952 is shifted, and the load on the left foot will continue to move away from the point of the pivotal position. The instantaneous force is reduced, and the rear of the user's pedal assembly 12 is reversed. Although the left foot will be 330, thereby increasing the load being provided and as a result, when the downward bias of the left foot moves to reduce the 'stop', the left foot lifts away from the pedal assembly 12, the spring's restoring force causes the pedal assembly 12 to Pivot to its uppermost position, ready to be next to the next step of the left foot. The procedure described above will occur on the foot and the right side of the pedal assembly. Between the impact and lift In the loop, the left foot will move downwards and backwards first, and the drop will be faster than the toes until the foot passes under the user's body. At this point in the future, the toes and heels will begin to drop at the same rate. At the end, the heel will begin to rise faster than the toes until it is lifted off the pedal assembly 12. In one embodiment, The rear roller 30^ of each pedal assembly 12 can operate as a drive roller for driving the pedal belt around the roller of the stepping plate assembly 12. In another embodiment, the pedal roller of each pedal assembly The 28 series operates like the drive roller. In one embodiment, the 'master drive roller has a motor located within the drive roller for providing drive motor power. In another embodiment' Each drive roller is powered by a motor mounted on a respective pedal frame. In one embodiment, the drive roller can drive the pedal belt of the pedal assembly 丨 2 in a forward or rearward direction. 8. This allows a 211 1,355,952 users to move rearwardly on the exercise device 10 facing the arrow t · ν β &amp; Figure 107: Pedal Curved Rocker Arm Assembly In order to discuss another way of interconnecting the pedal assemblies 12, such that the tread assemblies 12 can be displaced relative to one another in an alternative manner, reference is now made to Figure 1G7, which is now An isometric view of the fitness device W. As indicated in Fig. 107, in one embodiment, the exercise device 10 has an arc rocker arm system 97G that provides relative motion for the left and right pedal assemblies 12 relative to one another. In one embodiment, the left and right pedal members 12 are interconnected to one another via an arc-shaped rocker arm assembly 97〇 and a percussive swing arm member 942' 942. As shown in Fig. 107, the ankle base frame 14 includes a #u-shaped side frame member 972 which is joined together at the front end by a front frame member 974 and with a rear frame member 976 are connected together at the rear end. As indicated in the figures, in one embodiment, each pedal assembly 12 is pivotally coupled to the front and rear swing arms 942, and the swing arms are pivotally attached to the respective side frames. Member 972. An arcuate rocker f 978 is attached to the 垓 front frame member 974 via an arcuate rocker frame turn 98. The left and right tie rod members 982, 982 are connected at one end to a bottom end portion of each of the left and right swing arms 982, 982, . In one embodiment of the invention, the opposite ends of the tie bars 982', 982" are coupled to the curved rocker arm 978 via a ball joint 984. 212 1355952 is shown in FIG. In one embodiment, a spring 428 is coupled between the rear swing arm 942 and the rear leg of the side frame member 972. In one embodiment, the spring 428 is along the swing arm. 942 'and positioned' such that after the pedal assembly 12 has moved forward, a force developed near a portion of the spring 428 will return the swing arm 942 ' to a substantially vertical orientation. The pedal assembly 12 is thereby returned to a substantially central position.

In one embodiment, each of the pedal assemblies 12 has a drive roller that acts as one of its rollers 28, 30 that moves the tread belt 18 around the rollers of the pedal. In one embodiment, the drive roller is a roller having a motor located within the roller. In another embodiment, the drive motor is secured to the pedal frame for displacement with the pedal frame 52. In still another embodiment, the drive roller is powered by a motor mounted to the u-frame structure 972i. The powertrain is transmitted from the motor of the frame to the drive motor via a drive belt that causes the tensioning link to drive around the sheave. 'The or the drive motor can be circumvented by the user to move the belt backwards or forwards in one embodiment. "This rearwardly-facing use of the exercise equipment desirably causes the pedaling The belt i 8 sample allows the user to face forward or set. In one embodiment, 'when the user's right foot is pressed against the right m-plate assembly 12', the right-hand pedal assembly will react by pivoting backwards so that the right front pendulum (four) 942 will be rearwardly pivoted. Turn, the right white 213 will move backwards than the 5952 v tie rod 982", which is inclined to the ancient a,. The stem is in a timely f direction (when viewed from above the curved rocker arm) Drag point 9 8 0, 隹 &gt; 匕 silk w. &quot; μ arc-shaped shake (four) (four) 'and the left side tie rod member, for example, will move forward. Because the tie rod member 982' will move forward, . The oscillating arm 942" of the left-hand side is moved in a forward direction, and the pedal assembly 12 is on the side. The left direction is reversed in the direction of the direction, and when the left foot of the user is pressed against the left pedal assembly, the left (four) board assembly will react by turning to the rear frame. This causes the left front swing arm 942 to roll backwards, and the left tie rod member 'will move backwards'. The curved rocker arm 987 will be in a counterclockwise direction (when from the curved rocker arm) During the upper viewing, it pivots around the curved rocker plum point 980, and the right side fastening member, for example, moves forward. Because the right tie rod # 982, will move forward, the right front swing arm 942" will move in a forward direction" and move the right pedal assembly 12 in a forward direction. Figure 108 Figure 110: Pedal adjustment device in order to discuss the manner in which the pedal set #12# is attached to the base frame ' such that the slope or position of the step groups #12 can be adjusted relative to the base frame! Reference is now made to Fig. 1() 8, which is an isometric view of the exercise device 10. As indicated in Fig. 1-8, in a practical example, the t[beta] fitness device i has an elongated hole. The flange structure is used to adjust the position of the pedal assembly 12 relative to the base frame 14. As shown in Figure 1G8, in each embodiment, each pedal assembly 12 214 1355952

The 'V system is pivotally mounted on a pivoting shaft 33 (like the insertion shaft disclosed in the straight section of this specification). The insertion shaft 330 has a first end located in one of the elongated holes 984 of the left side flange 918 and a second end located in the narrow hole 984 of the right side flange 918 unit. The raised edges 8 are secured to the base frame 14 of the exercise device. In one embodiment, since the pivoting shaft 33〇 extends from the elongated hole 984 at the left side flange 918 to the elongated hole 984 at the right side flange 918, the pivoting shaft 33 is the same The shaft ground is aligned with the rotating main axis of the rear roller 30 of each pedal group 2 . In another embodiment, the swivel lever 330 is coaxially aligned with the swivel spindle of the front roller 28 of each pedal assembly. In other embodiments, the pivot axis #330 extends through another portion of each pedal set #12 (eg, the main shaft of the other roller) or through a position between the front roller Μ A pedal frame 52 at a position between the rear roller 30 and the rear roller 30. As indicated in Figures 1-8, the pivoting shaft 330 can be displaced along the elongated aperture 984 in the flange 9 18 . A nut attached to at least one of the ends of the frame rotating shaft 990 is to fix the pivoting vehicle by a rod in the narrow hole of the 县 丨 丨 # δ . The nut 986 can be rotated by the user to the position of the dry pivot shaft 330, and the pedal assemblies are clamped in a position along the elongated hole 916 such as shai. Also as shown in Fig. 108, each of the elongated holes 984 is generally arched. In other embodiments, it is possible to use both the elongated hole shape 'like a straight or slanted elongated hole, or with 215 1355952

V A narrow hole with a notch or a notch. As shown in Fig. 108, in one embodiment, a link member 924 is pivotally attached between the flange 918 structure and the trailing shaft 330. The link member 924, when displaced along the elongated aperture 984 of the flange 918, facilitates guiding the pivoting shaft to displace the pivoting shaft 330 along the elongated apertures 984, which can be adjusted The inclination of the pedal assembly 12 relative to the base frame 14. For example, when the pivoting shaft 33 is displaced to a position along the foremost position of the elongated holes $2, and the elongated holes 984 are arched as indicated by the ® 108, the pedal assemblies 12 The front end (i.e., from which it will become closer to the base (four) 14 (i.e., the inclination of the pedal will be salty) reversely 'when the trailing shaft 33〇 is displaced along the elongated holes When the last position of _, and the narrow holes are 梹-shaped, the front end of the pedal assembly 12 will become farther away from the base, that is, the inclination of the pedal will increase)... = pedal inclination The thread 986 can be tightened to secure the cup 330 and the pedal assembly in position. For the purpose of (4), one way of adjusting the stroke depth and inclination of the pedal assembly 12 is now referred to Figs. 1 to 9 and Fig. 〇. 1-9 is a side view of the pedal and base frame portion 300 of the exercise device 1 having elongated holes, circled, and FIG. 110 m J. m flange structure 988. As in the "No. 109" and "Figure", in one embodiment, the S-theft fitness device 10 has an arched flange structure % of a pedal assembly 12 phase #y Α 7; The inclination of the base * 14 and the limit 216 1355952 1 ~ The angular displacement of the pedal assembly 12 about the pivot position point 330. As indicated in Fig. 109, in one embodiment, the rear end of the pedal assembly 12 is pivotally attached to the base frame 14 by an upwardly extending flange 186, and the flange is attached Alternatively, by means of a swivel wheel lever 330 extending through the rear roller 3 or the pivot member being coaxially coupled to the pivot shaft of the roller, in one embodiment, the pivot shaft 3 3 〇 can extend through A portion of the slanted pedal frame 52 is such that the pivoting shafts 33 绕 can be pivoted about a pivoting position located in front of the rear roller 30. As shown in Figures 109 and 1B, in one embodiment, an arcuate shaped guide flange 988 extends upwardly from the base frame 14 and includes an arcuate slot 984. A pair of locating elements 99 are rotatably located within each of the arcuate slots. The positioning elements are used to selectively control the positioning and movement of a pedal assembly 丨2. As indicated by circle 109, each of the positioning elements 99 includes a stop 99 attached to a knob 994 that is adapted to enter a portion of the outer edge of the pedal frame 52. In contact with each other, the pedal is prevented from being displaced through the stop. The opposite end of the positioning member 99A includes a knob 13994 that allows the user to tighten the positioning member 990 and secure the position of the positioning member 99〇 to a slot 984 of the guide flange 988. within. It should be noted that the load 992 in Figures 1-9 has been exaggerated in size in order to clearly depict the features of the stops. In a practical implementation, the stops 992 are abutted against the edge of the pedal frame 52 and do not overlap or 217 1355952 is a stepped belt 18. The slot 984 guides the positioning member 99, and the positioning member 990 can be seated in various positions along the slot 984 of the guide flange 988 for limiting the pedal assembly η: The angular displacement of the pivot position point 330. For example, by placing the clamping members 990 in close proximity to each other along the elongated aperture 984, the pedal assembly 12 will be compared to when the positioning elements 99 are placed more apart. And the ancient private, &amp; +, ^ S eight less private around the pivot position point 33 〇, displacement. Moreover, by placing the positioning members 990 higher along the continuous narrow hole 984, the piece 99 is placed lower than the narrow one, and the lower one is The entire range of angular displacement of the pedal assembly 12 will have "average inclination. Again, if desired, the positioning elements 99" can be placed close enough to each other to make the pedal assembly as available from" "Solution, II:: square: Therefore, to control the pedal assembly 12 rows 70 99 〇 can be used is the inclination. ... and the overall angle of the pedal or f111: with the control of the fox-shaped arm In order to enclose the alternative of adjusting the stroke depth of the pedal assembly 12, the cam's fitness device now refers to FIG. 1 π. Figure n] isometric view of the orientation, and the fitness is included: The cam surface 996 of the movement of the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 is used for control - as shown in Figure 11 1 'on-the-frame 998 is provided for use in 2 control mechanical loading during use or Move down: (d) the range of the pedals... to move In this embodiment, the 218 丄 2 2 movement is regulated by the angle at which the curved rocker arm can pivot. 998 U U1 does not, in one embodiment, the control mechanism The device is provided with a number of "single wheels" which are attached to the base frame i4 t laterally supporting the lever member or the jaw member in a rotational manner. The cam members (10) It can be 5 weeks through a spin %, and the knob is attached to the laterally supported rod 1 002. Figure 1 U does not, in one embodiment, the curved rocker arm 1 i 2 Included in a - and - a second diamond-shaped plate ii2A, (10), (4) The plate is connected to the "Cylon cylindrical joint member! Pivotedly connected to a pivoting position 12 on the lateral support member ι 4 of the «frame 14... an arcuate mast 134 ' 136 is rotatably coupled to each of the rocker arms 112戚 并 and α 个 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , As explained in the section of this specification, ## ', ^ ) 5 Xuan special curved rockers 134, 130 will be in the pedals during the operation and will be half-finished; 9 , , , 12 Push down or pull up (ie, the curved rocker on the left side of the hand is pushed down on the left pedal due to the use of the foot of the user, and will be pushed on the curved rocker arm to the Ding &amp; n± ^ ^ When the tooth is pushed up, the curved rocker arm will pivot and the right curved rocker arm will push up on the right pedal to move the pedal on the right side.) As can be seen from Figure i As understood in 丨丨φ, in one embodiment, the movement of the plate can be adjusted by the angle of the arcuate rocker arm 219. . As shown in Fig. Ul#_ in one embodiment, 兮 (3) (1) does not, the pivot angle of the curved rocker arm can be adjusted by turning the knob. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 111, in each of the embodiments, the half turn p and the -π, 々ILJ 0 rim member 1000 &quot; 改变 are changed around the circumference of the cam member 1 。. _ piece 1_ and the edge of the curved rocker arm 112 f to the arc, the part is the angle that the shadow 12 can be dragged up or down. If the ^ 疋 _ is rotated If the cam member has a small half = contact with the curved rocker arm 112, then the curved rocker arm 112 can be pivoted up and down by the ground. Conversely, if the knob 1004 is == The cam member has a portion having a large radius that will contact the curved stem '112' and then the arcuate rocker arm 112 will less freely pivot up-down. In one embodiment, each The position of the cam element has a radius R large enough to prevent the curved rocker U2 from pivoting upward or downward (ie, a stop position). Figure 112 to circle π4: The pedal of the performance belt is to discuss the embodiment of the exercise device using a non-continuous tread belt 18. Referring now to Figure 2 to Figure U4, Figure n2 is a fitness using a non-continuous tread belt 18 Side view of the front and rear rollers 28' 30 and the tread belt 18 of the device. Figure n3 is According to one embodiment, the pedaling belt 18 and the rollers 28, 3 are shown in Fig. 112, and the same is shown in Fig. 4. Fig. 4 is a stepping belt 18 and a roller 28 shown in Fig. 2 according to another embodiment. An exploded isometric view of 30. As shown in Figures 112 through 114, in one embodiment, a non-220 1355952 continuous tread belt 18 (also a tread surface) is seated in a displaceable manner. Above the bottom plate 26, and attached to a first roller 28, it b-7, at a first end, and attached to a younger wheel 3 at a second end. &amp;, β / mourning wheel 28, 30 is provided with a further spring 1006. The action of the spring 1 〇〇 6 is to maintain the continuous tread belt 18 in a centered position. In the middle, (in one embodiment, the centering position is the longitudinal length of the Hans is of the tread belt 18 is substantially the same as the path between the first and the second roller 2 8 ' 3 〇 Miscellaneous you

The longitudinal center of the distance is consistent.) When the user's foot moves a tread; the 丨8 砰 white anti-V 18 moves backward or forward from its normal rest position, the rollers 28, 30 will react to the movement of the user's foot. The resulting stepping belt moves and rotates. When the user's foot is removed from the tread belt 18, the two springs 1〇〇6 return the tread belt to its centered position. For example, when the user's foot hits the front portion of the discontinuous tread belt 18 at the beginning, the user's striding force will be the same as the spring 1〇〇6 on the tread belt 18. The opposite direction is given: the stepping belt 18 is moved backward. This will wrap the springs 1〇〇6, thereby increasing the energy stored in the springs 1〇〇6. When the user's foot is removed from the tread belt 18, the springs 1〇〇6 will quickly rewind and, in one embodiment, the tread belt 丨8 will be restored to a centered position. 'The pedaling belt 18 is made smooth to receive another foot motion from the user. As indicated in FIGS. 112-114, in one embodiment, the front roller 28 is securely received in a narrow aperture 7 [22] 1355952 "a discontinuous tread belt 18 a front edge, and the rear roller 30 is stably received at a rear edge of a non-tread tread belt 18 in the narrow hole. The tread belt U is wound around the front roller 28 and the rear roller 3 The winding is so as to allow the money step 18 to have a sufficiently large backward motion during use (i.e., sufficient to accommodate the steps of various users). As shown in Figure 113, in one embodiment, the front roller 28 and the rear roller 30 are provided by a roller fixing member and the pegs (8) 〇 = pivotally attached to the base frame (4). In one embodiment, the j-roller 28 and the rear roller 3Q are provided each month. There is a magazine, the spring is biased to move the belt forward. Alternatively, in an implementation t - an early independent roller (such as the front roller) is provided with a spring, which The spring system is biased during use The belt is moved forward. As shown in FIG. 13 'In one embodiment, the roller fixing member 1 〇 08 has an elongated rectangular bottom portion &amp; 1012 which is adapted to be fixed to the base frame 14 And having a pair of end caps ι4 extending upwardly from the rectangular bottom portion &amp; 1G12. Each end 4 shroud 1014 is provided with a peg 1〇1〇. Each roller 28, % is present between a pair of end caps, Λ, / &gt; 0a 1 ^ cover 1014' and the ends of each roller 28, 30 pivotally receive adjacent end caps 1014 pegs 1010. This allows the rollers 28, 3G to pivot or rotate against the pegs 1 0 1 0 within the roller fixing members i. As shown in FIG. Among them, the spring 1 006 is a coil spring having a base end 1016, the base end can be 222 1355952

It is firmly attached within the roller fixing member 1008. When the user's foot touches the tread belt 18 and moves the tread belt backward, the front roller 28 rotates in a direction opposite to the spring force, and the front elastic 1〇〇6 system is wound up. 'And when the user's foot is removed from the tread belt/tread surface 18, the magazine 1 〇〇 6 will quickly rewind and rotate the front roller 28 in a forward motion. To restore the tread belt 18 to its original position. The pedal assembly 12 is now balanced for receiving another action of the foot. The one or more pedal assemblies 12 of the exercise device can use a non-continuous tread belt 18 to construct 'to form a treadmill surface.

As shown in FIG. H4, in one embodiment, the front roller and the rear roller 3G are pivotally connected to the (four) base frame 14 via a rectangular floor plane 1 () 18, the support The face has an upwardly extending flange that provides support points for the rollers 29' 3G. In one example, a support stud 1010 can extend through the rollers 28, 3, or can be integrated into the interior of the rollers. In one embodiment, the front roller 28 can be A spring is provided and the rear roller 30 1 0 0 6 ' is biased to bias the tread belt 18. An end cover 1〇14 moves each roller forward 28, 〇, and its spring 1006 along the trailing spindle of the roller between the flanges (4); t. Alternatively, in another embodiment, a separate roller 23 (like a 疋4 rigid square roller) may be provided with a spring, which is biased during use to move the tread belt forward. i 8. As explained in the text, the front roller 28 has an elongated hole 223 1355952 1007 for firmly receiving a square edge of a discontinuous stepping belt i 8 , and the rear roller 3 has an elongated hole 1 . Used to receive the rear edge of the discontinuous treadle $18. In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. i 14, the belt material wrapped around the front roller 28 is wound more than the circumference of the rear roller 3〇. This allows the tread belt 18 to have sufficient amount of backward movement during use (i.e., sufficient to accommodate various user steps). When the user's foot touches the tread belt 18 and moves backwards

When the belt 18 is stepped on, the 'front and rear rollers 28 and 30 will rotate in a direction opposite to the spring force, so that when the user's foot moves from the tread skin 18 (ie, the 'tread surface') In addition, the spring or the springs will rotate the front roller 28 or the rear roller 30 in a forward motion to return the pedal belt 18 to its original position. One or more pedal assemblies of an exercise device are discontinuous tread belts 18 for 18° 1 2 can be assembled for use as a tread surface of the exercise device. Figure 115: Tubular frame pedal with impact members The 115 series shows an exercise device with a tubular frame. Each side of the base frame 14 is generally U-shaped with an upstanding portion 42. A branching rod is suspended between the erect and the position. The impact members 76 are supported between one of the pedals and the support rods. A person of a certain degree of trait may not deviate from the above, although the preferred embodiment of the present invention has been described above, 'those who are familiar with the skill 224 invention, the spirit of the shield, the scorpion', tamping Various modifications are made to these embodiments below. Right, ,,,,, ie, above, below, up, down, left, horizontal: left to right, top, bottom, above, below, vertical, "clockwise, counterclockwise", is The use for identification purposes is to assist the person in understanding the present invention and does not impose limitations on the use of, in particular, position, orientation and the use of the invention. Connectivity references (i.e., attachment, engagement, &apos;jj, and ..) are intended to be widely understood,

An intermediate member may be included that includes φ between the connected portions of the elements and the relative motion between the elements. Therefore, the reference portions of such connectivity need not be inferred to be - liters of Z-staining β + . 珉 - 疋 疋 疋 are directly connected and are fixed to each other. It is intended to be interpreted as illustrative and not restrictive. Changes in detail, or structure may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention as defined by the appended claims. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [A] The detailed description of the drawings will be made with reference to the following drawings, wherein like reference numerals refer to the like elements, and An isometric view of one embodiment; a circle 2 is a picture! The isometric circle of the fitness device, the decorative and tamper-resistant side panels are removed for more clearly showing the various components of the device; 225 1355952 Figure 3 is the exercise device shown in Figure 2. Figure 4 is a plan view of the exercise device shown in Figure 2; Figure 5 is a front view of the exercise device shown in Figure 2; Figure 6 is a front view of the exercise device shown in Figure 2; Figure 8 is a bottom view of the exercise device shown in Figure 2; Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9-9 of Figure 5; Figure 1 is a view of Figure 2 A partially cut-away isometric view of the exercise device showing that the curved rocker arm is oriented in a position corresponding to the left pedal approximately within the lowest position and the right pedal approximately within the highest position Figure 11 is a partially cutaway isometric view of the exercise device of Figure 2 showing the curved rocker arm oriented in a position corresponding to a position higher than Figure 10 The left side of the pedal and in a position lower than Figure 1 The right side pedal; Figure 12 is a partially cutaway isometric view of the exercise device shown in the ® 2, which shows that the curved rocker arm is oriented in a position corresponding to the left pedal and the right pedal Figure 13 is a partially cutaway isometric view of the exercise device of Figure 2 showing the curved rocker arm oriented in a position corresponding to a higher position than Figure 12 The left side pedal among the positions and the right side pedal in a position lower than the position of FIG. 12; FIG. 14 is a partially cutaway isometric view of the exercise apparatus shown in FIG. 2, which shows the curved rocker The arm is oriented in a position, the 竽 position 226 1355952 corresponds to a left pedal that is still in the position of Figure 3 and a right pedal that is lower than the position of Figure 13; Figure 15 is based on Figure 1 is an isometric view of the exercise device of Figure 2 with the left side pedal in the lowest position and approximately at the highest position. Figure 16A is an isometric view of the embodiment of the arcuate rocker arm of the present invention; Among Figure 16B is a left side view of the exercise device in the orientation shown in Figure 16A and having a representative user; Figure 17A is an isometric view of the exercise device of Figure 2 with the south The left side pedal shown in FIG. 16A and the right side pedal shown in FIG. 16A; FIG. 17B is a left side view of the fitness device in the orientation shown in FIG. 17A and having a representative user; 18A is an isometric view of the exercise device shown in FIG. 2 with left and right pedals approximately parallel and collectively at approximately 1% slope; FIG. 18B is in the orientation shown in FIG. FIG. 19A is an isometric view of the exercise device of FIG. 2 with the left side pedal shown in FIG. 18A and lower than FIG. 18A. Figure 19B is a left side view of the exercise device in the orientation shown in Figure 19a and having a representative user; 227 1355952 Delivery: An isometric view of the exercise device shown in Figure 2, the fitness Minimum load a left side pedal among the highest positions and a right side pedal approximately in the lower position thereof; a left side view of the fitness device in the orientation shown in FIG. 2A and having a table user; Figure 21 is a partial cutaway view of the exercise device of Figure 2 showing a locking mechanism according to the present invention. The locking mechanism is used to inhibit the reciprocating back and forth of the pedal; The latching mechanism is located in a side latching position among the unengaged positions

Figure 23 is a side view of the locking mechanism; Figure 24 of the σ A transport position is an isometric view of the exercise device of Figure 2; the view is an exercise device of S - Figure 2 and Figure 24. Partially cut isometric view '°, the curved rocker is lowered into the transport position. The device has an isometric view of the base portion of the right eye fitness device, the fitness: one can be changed according to an embodiment of the invention The position of the impact front of the joint is $ ^ % of the base part of the guide screw and the collar ring ^ part of the detailed structure of the detailed structure; barrier] 2 δ is · j diagram; '', solid can change the position of the impact member adjustment component Side view of the isometric view, the exercise device 29 is a base portion 228 1355952 of an exercise device having an impact member that can be changed in position according to an embodiment of the present invention, which illustrates the impact for the changeable position Figure 30 is an isometric view of a base portion of a dual floor exercise device in which each step has its own drive roller and motor; Figure 31 is a representation of the present invention. The pedal assembly according to an isometric view;

Figure /32 is a side elevational view of the pedal assembly in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention showing the use of a soft bumper and a pedal for the upper base plate; Figure 4 is an embodiment of the present invention A side view of the pedal assembly of the 'showing a pedal that uses a plurality of soft bumpers to support an upper base plate; ® 3 侧 the side angles of the pedal assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention are displayed Using a plurality of buffers of varying height and stiffness to support a pedal of the upper floor; FIG. 35 is a side view of the body-building device according to the present invention. The fitness device has a square pivoting pedal, one side is removed to show the tow connection device rs. The shield is attached to the structure 36 for attaching to a double bottom plate. "The angle view, the attachment structure The mobile lake phase diagram of the two pedals is a side view of the exercise device according to the present invention; the exercise device is provided with an impact member for adjusting The pedestal of the entire pedal 229 * A _ bursting the detailed diagram of the stud, the stud can be used for the position of the impact member in the adjustable position of the entire Figure 37; The picture shows (5) a detailed view of the guide screw and the collar configuration, #ι在该位置。 The position of the impact member that can be used to adjust the position of Figure 37; the figure is an isometric view of a base of a dual floor fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention, the exercise device uses Scissor-type structure with a pedal of a branch;

The figure is an isometric view of a base of a dual floor exercise device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the exercise device using a scissor-type structure for the pedals of the slab and a reciprocating mechanism for easing the pedals Exercise _ is an isometric view of an embodiment of a dual π-cylinder mitigation device for use in a dual floor exercise device that has a body portion and the housing portion is removed to allow The internal structure of the mitigation device can be seen; Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Α-Α of the double cylinder mitigation device of Fig. 4; Fig. 41C is a doubling along the double cylinder of Fig. 41A A cross-sectional view of the line a_a jin of the device, and the plungers are adjusted to a different position among the cylinders; Figure 41 is an exploded view of the dual cylinder mitigation device of Figure 41A; jgi . One of the dual floor fitness devices according to the present invention. P isometric view 'This fitness device uses a Spiraflex® mitigation device; 230 U55952 Figure 43 is a partial isometric view of a dual floor exercise device according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is an exercise device ^ ^ includes a delay and a device mounted between the pedals and the frame of the exercise device to restore the spring; FIG. 44A is a diagram of a drive roller machine and a pedal according to the present invention Figure 44B is a partial plan view of the drive-to-ground pull/agricultural mechanism and the pedal assembly of Figure 44a; β σ| Figure 45 is a double floor exercise device according to the present invention An isometric view of the embodiment 'The exercise device has a pedal mounted on the front; FIG. 45A is an isometric view of the dual floor exercise device of FIG. 45A, the exercise device is folded into a storage position; FIG. An isometric view of an embodiment of the dual floor exercise device of the invention. The exercise device has a front mounted pedal, and a base frame extends below the pedal; An isometric view of the exercise device shown in the ® 46A, the fitness system is adjusted to a folded position; Figure 46C is an isometric view of the exercise device shown in Figure 46A, the exercise device is adjusted (4) 1 free standing storage position; Figure 47A is an isometric view of the exercise device having the pedals mounted rearward; Figure 47B is an isometric view of the exercise device of Figure 47A adjusted to a storage position; Figure 48A is an embodiment in accordance with the present invention An isometric view of a housing on an exercise device; 231 1355952 Figure 48B is an additional isometric view of a front portion of the housing of Figure 48A; Figure 49 is a side elevational view of the exercise device in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, wherein a pair of movable pedal assemblies are pivotally attached to the side of the frame of the frame, and a combined deflection and mitigation device is coupled between the pedals and the frame, a shield portion already Removed to more clearly reveal certain aspects of the device; Figure 105 is a partial isometric view of an embodiment of the exercise device in accordance with the present invention An arcuate rocker arm interconnecting device between the pivoting pedals; Figure 51 is a detailed isometric view of an arcuate rocker arm interconnecting device associated with a pair of deflecting devices; one having a wide range of pedals An isometric view of the assembly, each pedal assembly and (d) is provided with a deflecting spring below the pedal assembly; a Figure MB is a side view of the pedal assembly of Figure 51, 'Fig. 53 is a belt and pulley a The angle view, the brake test is in the fire ... 'charge, and the mouth - a brake, etc. _ move g # ' #作- a buffer in accordance with the double bottom plate fitness device according to the present invention; · - Figure 54 For the base angle view of an exercise device, the exercise device uses a partial device such as a flat end of the flat eucalyptus; the 乍 is used to push the step 55 to a double bottom plate fitness view' A deflection device using a partial isometric assembly of the flat-bomb portion, and a 232 1355952 mitigation device attached to the pedal assembly with the pedal-upper pushing the pedal upward; the figure is a fitness Before the device The part of the square part of the fitness equipment is m η. The angular view is formed by a concavely mounted spring piece that is biased toward the device; the ear month is prepared as a partial isometric 祯R _ of the armor of the fitness device a ^ ; device; the spring piece of the convex test piece As a base device for a fitness device, a fitness device is used as a deflection device. The eighth: the front part of the base frame of the solid fitness device. Department.&quot;made-a biasing device; double...for a flat spring set-up diagram = an isometric view of a cushioning mechanism, the cushioning mechanical load; a double-pedal exercise device linked together; _ A double bottom plate fitness device - a basic part of the Xin Xiao view D Xuan fitness device with a pedal assembly including three rollers; Figure (4) is the base part of the fitness device shown in the circle 61A; Figure 62A is - A side view of a double pedal exercise device according to the present invention, wherein the pedal assemblies do not include a bottom plate portion; and Fig. 4 is an isometric view of one of the pedals of Fig. 62A, the pedal system is The user is biased toward the use of a belt provided on the pedal assembly; Fig. 62C is a side view of the pedal assembly of Fig. 62A; 233 1355952, Fig. 63A is a front left perspective view of the body device, It depicts a pedal shroud that is separated by a central strip on a base shroud; Figure 63B is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device depicting an adjacent pedal shroud assembly; Figure 63C is an exercise device The left side perspective view of the other side of the + ^, which depicts the pedal shroud assembly with the front side baffle; Fig. 63D is the front right side perspective view of the exercise device shown in Fig. 63; Fig. 63E to Fig. 63X#Sg+ mountain + i person...in various other views and knotted; the pedal shroud assembly in the alternative embodiment of the present month; FIG. 64A is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device, with a green button with a bendable Figure 6B is a front right side perspective view of the exercise device depicting a pedal shroud assembly with a flexible baffle; Figure 64C is a depiction of the flexible baffle with the flexible baffle Cut view of a shield plate group; Gordon L. FIG. 4 is a exercise device 65 - a front right side perspective view, and does not have the front portion of the base portion 6 and the system depicted pedal assembly shroud; depicted? 66A is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device, which is a tracing cover surrounding the base shroud of the base cover; drawing! 166B is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device, which is a mask level = &amp;&amp;&amp;&lt;&gt; The pedal guard drawing portion 6 6c surrounding the base shield of an alternative embodiment is a front left side perspective view of the 5H fitness device, which is also intended to enclose an alternative embodiment Base guard 234 1355952 cover assembly; Figure 67A is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device depicting a pedal guard assembly with an accordion pleated baffle; Figure 67B is a front right side of the 戎 fitness device a three-dimensional view depicting a pedal shroud assembly with an accordion pleated baffle; Figure 67C is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device depicting a pedal shroud assembly with an accordion pleat baffle, and The accordion urging baffle is incorporated in an alternative embodiment of the present invention; 'Figure 68A is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device depicting the tread of the accordion pleats Figure 6B is a front right side perspective view of the exercise device, which is a tracing cover for the accordion pleats; Figure 6 8 C is an alternative embodiment of the 5H fitness device The left side perspective view of the front is a pedal guard depicting the accordion pleats; Fig. 69 is a front left side perspective view of the exercise device, depicting and drawing a multi-folded pedal guard; Fig. 69 is a one of the β Hai fitness devices The front right side perspective view is a multi-folded pedal guard for green; FIG. 70A is a front right side perspective view of the exercise device, which depicts a spring-supported center shield; FIG. 70A is an exercise device of FIG. Figure 70C is a left side cutaway perspective view of the central baffle of Figure 70; Figure 71 is a rear left side perspective view of a pedal assembly depicting a treadmill floor that can be adjusted in length; 235 1355952 Figure 72A depicts A first view of a locking mechanism for use with a dual floor fitness skirt; Figure 72B depicts the locking mechanism of Figure 72A A second view; Figure 73 depicts an alternative embodiment of a virtual one-handed-handle-handle-weighted floor exerciser using a locking mechanism; Figure 74 depicts a double A third embodiment of a fixed mechanical device for use with a bottom plate fitness device; Fig. 7 5 depicts a squatting 4c: an exercise device for a double bottom treadmill and an upper body of a pair of pedals Gentleman's chess a. , , , ° , /..., there are two different interconnection devices that connect the upper body structure, the 'D' mother pedals; Figure 7 6 shows the _ pick &amp; gentleman μ A &gt;, Ό σ has an embodiment of a double bottom pedal exercise device, which is driven by a reciprocating pivoting action of a pair of handle sticks; It is the first example of a fitness body device that combines the resistance elements in a handle structure in a handle structure; Figure 78 depicts a health cover. Like a second embodiment of the exercise device, the The system combines the resistance elements attached to the 徜i 1 泛 屐 个 J handle bar structure; Figure 7 9 A system shakes out - #4* from a i_ out side view of the pedal, the pedals Department

The operation ground is connected to a directional adjustment mechanical device for a pedal. Figure 79B depicts a diagram of the directional mechanical device of Figure S'. Figure 79A shows a gull. Rear view of the bottom plate attached to a height adjustment machine; Figure 79D depicts a device for tensioning a drive belt, 236 1355952. The side drive belt is attached to it. As shown in Figure 79 to Figure 79C, the height-adjusting pedal and a height 71 can be adjusted again;

Figure 80A depicts a pedal that can be placed on an unlocked body device and the rear side of the pedal is located in a minimum position provided by the fine adjustment mechanism of the figure. The rear side of the pedal is located in a higher position. The rear side of the pedal is located in a highest position provided by Figure 79A to Figure; Fig. 8H shows the pedal in the higher position of Fig. 8A and Fig. _; and the lucky circle 82 depicts a pedal pitch adjustment mechanism; Fig. 83A depicts In the case of using one of the placements in Fig. 82, the path is adjusted to the distance between the two extensions of the pitching rod; the :83Β system draws the pitch of the pitching adjustment machine used in Fig. 82. Adjustment and throwing of the isometric view; centering Figure 8 3 C is depicted along the figure § 3 Α 5 &amp; . 士罟®1 “A 杈 棒 棒 — — — — — — 的 的Angle, and the relationship of the corner door of the pedal operation; Figure 83E between the F-edges depicts the relationship between the position adjusted along the angle of the figure and the angle used; an angle of the bar shown in 83A The start and stop of the range of pedal action Fig. 83D depicts various settings for adjusting the seat according to the map distance; 83C, along a pitch rod, along the pitch rod, a projection 83F is drawn according to Fig. 83Έ , 237 1355952 Various settings for adjusting the seating; Figure 84A depicts a module One embodiment of the pedal and frame construction; Fig. 84B is a diagram showing the drive gear and motor assembly of the modular structure shown in Fig. 84A, and two pedal assemblies are mounted in the structure; Fig. 85 depicts a double An embodiment of the floor exercise device, wherein 'the action of the handle is the act of actuating the pedal; FIG. 86 is an alternative embodiment of the drive gear and motor assembly shown in FIG. 84; FIG. 87 is a diagram in accordance with the present invention. An isometric view of the pedal and base frame portions of the exercise device of the embodiment, the dance exhibiting a low friction interface; FIG. 88 is an enlarged isometric view of the low friction interface shown in FIG. 87, according to the present invention In one embodiment, the low friction interface is formed by a smooth, slidable surface;

Figure 89 is an enlarged isometric view of the low friction interface shown in &gt; 87, wherein the low friction interface is formed with a thick roller in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; An isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion, +, the exercise device is equipped with a third or intermediate pedal having a low friction interface; a Figure 91 is an exercise device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention An isometric view of the pedal and base portion, wherein the tread surface of each pedal includes a set of rollers; 238 1355952 Figure 92 is an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion of the exercise device in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention The base frame is coupled to the pedal frame at a position or a position between the longitudinal ends of each of the pedals; FIG. 93 is a pedal and base of the exercise device according to an embodiment of the present invention. An isometric view of the frame portion, wherein a set of triangular frame members are provided 'for pivoting at a position between the ends of the pedals The pedals are coupled to the base frame; FIG. 94 is a right side view of the pedal and base frame portions of the body device shown in FIG. 93; FIG. 95 is a perspective view of the pedal and base frame portion of the exercise device according to an embodiment of the present invention. An isometric view in which an articulated linkage arrangement is used to pivotally couple the pedals to the base frame; Figure 96 is a left side view of the pedal and linkage arrangement shown in Figure 95 Figure 97 is an isometric view of the pedal and the US frame portion of the exercise device in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, wherein the pedals have an upper pedal frame with one roller and a lower portion with two rollers a pedal frame and a continuous stepping belt that bypasses the frames and rollers to form a trapezoidal configuration when viewed from the side of the pedal; Figure 9 8 A is the pedal of Figure 97 a right side view, and showing a trapezoidal configuration formed by the frame, four rollers, and a continuous tread belt; 239 1355952 FIG. 98B is an embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. A right side view of an alternative embodiment, in other words, a pedal with a frame forming a 1-turn configuration, three rollers, and a continuous stepping belt; Figure 99A is the right side of the pedal shown in Figure 97 View, and its generation indicates a trapezoidal pedal that is displaced about a pivot point; Figure 99B is the same view of the pedal shown in Figure 98B, and it indicates a triangular pedal that is displaced about a pivot point;

Figure 100 is an isometric view of the base frame portion of the pedal of the exercise device in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The pedals have a frame that is trapezoidal when viewed from the side, a rear roller on the lower side, and a rear roller on the front. (d) The base frame is fixed and the pedal can be folded 'so that the upper pedal frame can be moved downwards and backwards' while remaining substantially parallel to the lower pedal frame; Figure 1〇1 A is shown in Figure 93 The right side view of the pedal, and it does not indicate the condition in which the pedal is folded; 曰... Figure 1 G 1B is the right side view of the pedal shown in Figure 9 1 B, and it does not show the condition that the pedal is folded; 'A heart diagram is an isometric view of a pedal and a two-frame portion of an exercise device of the present invention - wherein the pedals are coupled to the base frame via a structural member; Μ3 is an isometric view of a pedal and two:4 portions of an exercise device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the pedals are coupled to the base of the exercise device via a four-link linkage device Figure 104 is a left side view of the pedal and base frame portion 240 1355952 of the figure fn % _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ In view 1, 'each pedal is oscillated by two (and the system is used to interconnect the left and right: the pedals) and is used to reach the pedals relative to each other during use of the exercise device. Figure 106 is a pedal of an exercise device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

In the isometric view 1 of the base frame portion, the exercise device has a pulley and a relay system for the relative movement of the left and right pedals relative to each other; and FIG. 107 is a pedal of the exercise device according to an embodiment of the present invention. And an isometric view of the base frame portion, wherein the exercise device has an arcuate rocker arm system for relative movement of the left and right pedals relative to each other; FIG. 1 08 is an embodiment of the present invention An isometric view of the pedal of the exercise device and the base frame portion, wherein the exercise device has a flange structure having an elongated hole for adjusting the position of a pedal relative to the base frame; FIG. An isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion of the exercise device of one embodiment, wherein a structure having a flange of an elongated hole and a pair of positioning members are used to adjust the slope of a pedal relative to the base frame and To limit the angular displacement of the pedal to a pivot point; Figure 1 1 0 is a narrow hole as depicted in Figure 119 Side view of the flange structure 241 1355952 view; a cam surface of one of the exercise devices for the control panel 111 is an isometric view of a portion of an embodiment of the invention having a pair of curved rocker arms Exercise of an embodiment of a fitness device Figure 1 1 2 is according to the present invention

In February, the side view of the J-side and rear-side rollers and the stepping belt is a non-continuous stepping belt; Figure 133 is Figure 1丨2 according to the present invention; A partially exploded isometric view of the stepped belt and the roller; Figure 1 14 is a fully exploded isometric view of the stepped belt and the roller of the figure n 9 w π < 圃 112 according to the present invention; and Figure 115 4 - An isometric view of an exercise device in accordance with the teachings of the present invention having a tubular frame member and a resistance element such as a striker and a force member coupled to a frame member/ Between the tubular rods, the frame member 俜; h μ „ again 1 you extend between the front side of the pedal side member, and the tubular rod system extends between the columns. (2) Component symbol 1 0 fitness device 12 pedal / pedal l2A first pedal assembly / left pedal assembly 12 Β second pedal assembly / right pedal assembly 12 ' pedal 14 frame 242 1355952 1 4 A rear base portion 14B front base portion 1 4 'lower frame portion 14" Upper frame Bit 16 common spindle 18 stepping on the belt 1 8 A above the span 18B lower span 20 protection and decorative control panel / protective housing 20' upper side wall 22 front portion 23 roller 24 rear portion 26 platform / bottom plate 28 front roller 30 rear roller 3 1 deflection roller 32 left side member 34 right side member 3 6 cross member 38 pillar 4 0 left side column 4 2 right side column 4 4 handle / side rail 243 1355952 46 first section 48 second section 50 console 52 above the pedal frame 52A Pedal frame 52B lower pedal frame 54 left side member - 56 right side member

5 8 cross members 5 9 ball bearings 60 axles 62 holes 64 channels 66 ends 6 8 plates 70 holes

7 6 suppression element / resistance element / deflection device / mitigation device 78 interconnection member 80 rear cross member 8 1 A radial bearing 8 1 B radial bearing 8 1 C radial bearing 8 2 drive shaft 83 collar 244 1355952 84A Left drive bracket 84B intermediate drive bracket 84C right drive bracket 85 key part 86 pulley 87 channel 8 8 motor 89 channel

90 bottom plate 9 1 set screw 92 motor shaft 94 flywheel 96 drive belt 98 motor pulley 100 belt speed sensor 102 reed switch

104 magnet I 0 6 pickup 108 impact member / mitigation device 108A end 108B end II 0 impact member / mitigation device 1 10A end 1 10B end 245 1355952 112 curved mast arm assembly I 1 2 A plate / Sheet metal arm die table II 2B plate/sheet metal arm die table 112C lower web/metal section 114 arc rocker cross member 1 16 keyway 1 1 8 pivot opening 120 curved mast frame wheel Shaft 1 22 first or left lower pivoting peg / mounting peg 1 24 second or right lower pivoting peg / mounting peg 126 bracket 128 first upper twilight peg 130 second upper pivoting Stud 132 second bracket 1 34 first rod / sleeve nut / tie rod 136 second rod / sleeve nut / tie rod 1 3 8 ball joint / universal joint 140 sleeve 142 rod 144 step sensor 146 second reed switch 1 4 8 magnet 1 5 0 pickup 152 bracket 246 1355952 1 54 lowest level component / bottom component / damping mechanism 1 5 5 mounting bracket 160 plastic protruding Portion/flange 156V-shaped bracket 157 bracket 1 5 8 mounting surface 160 block 162 latching cross member 164 bumper 166 latching mechanism 168 control lever arm / latch 170 The upper part 174 of the square portion 172 controls the rod bracket 176 the front cross member 178 the left side of the latch branch pipe connection 180 the right side of the latch branch pipe connection 182 the pivoting spindle 184 the left side of the sliding bracket 186 the left side of the guide bracket 188 the right side of the sliding bracket 190 Two or right side guide bracket 192 side wall 194 side wall 247 1355952

196 narrow hole 198 guide stud 200 panel 2 02 narrow hole 204 branch narrow hole 206 retainer flange 208 foot 2 1 0 mounting surface 212 platform bracket 2 1 4 rear mounting platform 2 1 6 end cover 2 1 8 surrounding flange 220 collar 222 wheel 226 handle

3 00 base part 3 02 collar 302' collar 3 02" collar 304 guide screw 306 adjustable impact attachment attachment 3 08 elongated rod 3 1 0 opening 3 1 2 burst peg 248 1355952 3 1 4 Attachment location point 3 1 6 peg 318 channel 320 device 324 support structure / suspension system / buffer 324 'high and soft buffer 324" short and hard buffer 326 lower floor 328 rigid buffer 3 3 0 pivoting spindle / pivoting spindle / pivoting position point 332 user 334 interconnection device 336 bracket 33 8 rotating brake 340 pulley 342 belt 344 buffer device / impact member 346 scissors type frame 348 retracting spring 3 5 0 end 352 end 354 wheel 356 track 3 5 8 end 249 1355952 scissors position point cylinder storage part connection line / channel valve plunger unit body pedal end cover reservoir end cover connecting rod piece stud receiving hole piston Piston rod seal ring push plate member compartment cylindrical structure open plug resistance mechanical device cable pulley spring return device drive roller 1355952 420 pivot connection device / column pivot 4 2 2 side rail pivot 424 hinge mechanical installation Adjusting control 426A 426B conditioning controller 'spring 428 / 428A biased below the upper cylinder 428B cylinder mechanism

430 bottom / flange / spring support bracket 432 protrusion 434 base section 436 mounting fixture 438 free end 440 coil 442 fork 444 relief component

446 brake 448 brake pulley / differential flywheel 450 tempered belt 452 pulley system 452A pulley 452B pulley 452C pulley 452D pulley 251 1355952

452E pulley 452F pulley 4 5 4 shaft 456 brake belt 458 pulley 460 pivot bracket 462 stepping area 464 base shield 464' base shield 464" base shield 466 front part 466" front part 468 right side part 468" right side part 470 left side portion 470" left side portion 472 rear portion 4 74 top portion 476 front top surface 478 left side top surface 480 right side top surface 482 rear top surface 482" rear top surface 484 pedal device 1359552

4 8 6 top surface center strip 488 pedal shroud assembly 488' pedal shroud assembly 488" pedal shroud assembly 490 outer side baffle 490 'outer side baffle 490" outer side baffle 492 inner side baffle Plate 492' inside side baffle 492" inside side baffle 4 94 Front side baffle 494" Front side baffle 4 9 6 Inside baffle edge 498 Outer baffle edge

5 00 top baffle edge 5 02 baffle track 502" baffle track 5 04 bottom intermediate portion 5 06 bottom baffle edge 506" bottom baffle edge 508 bottom baffle edge 5 1 0 flexible baffle 5 1 2 bottom Side baffle 5 1 4 right front part 253 1355952 5 1 6 left front part 5 1 8 right side part 520 left side center part 522 top side baffle 524 base shroud top edge 526 accordion pleated baffle 526A first accordion Pleated baffle 526B second accordion pleated baffle

528 center baffle 530 pedal shroud 5 3 2 center drive bracket 534 magazine 536 rear part 5 3 8 柩 wheel axle 540 front part 542 pedal frame

544 left side forward side tube 546 left side rear side tube 548 right side side side tube 5 0 0 right side rear side tube 552 forward belt bottom plate 554 middle belt bottom plate 556 rear belt bottom plate 558 upper floor surface 254 1355952 lower floor surface Lower floor surface connecting side connecting side connecting side locking mechanism pedaling bar locking bump bar narrow hole pivot frame shaft supporting piece piano hinge locking column frame shaft narrow hole locking projection structure locking mechanism rod narrow hole rod Stepping frame axle pivot support wheel bar stoppage 1355952 740 stop cam 742 axle 744 cam support 746 cam pivot 748 wheel support 750 locking mechanism 752 rolling handle 754 rolling bar 756 rolling support 758 rolling key 760 upper limb structure 780 fitness device 782 pedal assembly 784 left column 786 right column 788 left handle bar

790 right handlebar 792 left side interconnecting device 794 right side interconnecting device 7 9 6 narrow hole or recess 798 attachment position point 800 joint 802 hinge 804 roller 256 1355952 808 pedal assembly 8 1 2 protrusion

814 contacts 8 1 6 narrow holes 818 axles 820 position points 822 connectors 824 left side members 826 right side members 828 fitness equipment 830 resistance components 832-------- 8 3 4 pedals

836 front main structure 8 3 8 column 840 pivot / joint 842 handle rear side 844 handle front side 846 fitness device 848 piston rod 850 piston body 852 front roller 854 adjustment mechanism 1355952 856 side bracket 8 5 8 narrow hole 860 height Adjustment element / guide screw / adjuster sleeve 862 adjuster peg 864 rear roller 866 adjuster 868 motor housing 870 tensioner

872 Roller 874 drive belt 876 base 878 spring or elastic body 880 pedal pitch adjustment device 882 pivot support 8 84 pitch rod 8 8 6 pivot point

888 pitch adjustment bracket 890 pitch handle 892 pitch distance concave 894 throw distance rod / pitch pin 895 angle adjuster 896 angle rod 897 angle pull 898 angle recess 258 1355952 899 angle stud 902 top surface / low friction Interface 904 inner edge 906 inner edge 908 roller 910 third or intermediate pedal 9 1 2 foot 914 tread surface 9 1 6 intermediate roller 9 1 8 coupling member / frame member / flange structure 920 first pivot position point 922 second Pivot position point 924 pivot link 928 bumper to/or spring structure 930 structural member 932 support bar 936 linkage device 938 upper horizontal link member 940 lower horizontal link member 942 front vertical link member / swing arm 942 'First swing arm 942' second swing arm 944 rear vertical link member / center support member 946 elastic cable 259 1355952 948 twist line 948 'cable 948' cable 950 first pulley 952A second pulley 952B second pulley 954 Axle 956 Brake Mechanical Mount 958' Left Rectangular Post 958" Right Rectangular Post 960 Arm 962 'Sleeve 962" Sleeve 964 'U-Coupling Member / Bracket 964" U-Shaped Member / Bracket 966' Second attachment position point 966" first attachment position point 968 four pulley 970 curved mast arm system 972U-shaped side frame member 974 front frame member 976 rear frame member 978 arc-shaped mast arm 980 arc-shaped rocker pivot Turning point 260 1355952 982 'left side tie rod / swing arm 982" right side tie rod / swing arm 984 ball joint / narrow hole 986 nut 987 arc rocker arm 988 flange structure 990 pivot shaft / positioning element 992 stop

994 knob 996 cam surface 998 control mechanism 1000 cam element 1002 lateral support rod 10 04 knob 1006 spring 1007 narrow hole

1008 roller fixing member 1009 narrow hole 1 0 1 0 stud 1 0 1 2 rectangular bottom part 1 0 14 end cover 1 0 1 6 base end 1018 support plane 1020 flange 261 1355952

1200 modular pedal and frame construction 12 02 pedal assembly 1204 main frame assembly 1206 connector / receptor 1208 cover 12 1 0 roller 1212 belt gear 1214 axle 12 1 6 axle connector 12 1 8 slot 1220 drive gear 1222 motor 1224 Connector 1226 frame base 1228 stabilizer element 1230 frame 1232 drive wheel 1 2 3 4 drive motor 1236 pedal assembly 1238 pedal belt . 1240 roller 1242 axle 1244 connector 1246 fitness device 262 1355952 1248 handle 1250 pedal belt 1252 fitness device body 1254 rotation Joint 1256 rotary drive element 1258 pedal roller 1260 belt

Claims (1)

1.355952 February 10, 100 revised replacement page v 2. 1 pick up, patent scope: K An exercise device (10), which includes a frame (300); a pedal (12Α), which is a pivoting manner coupled to the frame (3〇〇) and having a first inner edge (904); and a second pedal U2B) in a twisting manner with the frame (3〇〇) (4) and having - a second inner edge (9G6), the second inner edge (906) being adjacent to the first inner edge (9〇4) of the first pedal (12A); wherein the first and second inner edges (9) 〇4,9 low-friction materials. Included is a 2.-type fitness device (1〇), which includes: a frame (300); a first pedal U2A), which is in a hovering manner with the frame ( 3〇〇) coupled and having a first inner edge (9〇4); and a second pedal 〇2B) pivotally coupled to the frame (3〇〇) and having a first a second inner edge (9〇6), the second inner edge (9〇0 is adjacent to the first inner edge (9〇4) of the first pedal (12A); The first and second inner edges (9〇4, 9〇6) define a sliding interface (902). 3. The fitness device includes: a frame (300); a first pedal U2A) pivotally coupled to the frame (3〇〇) and having a first inner edge (9〇4); and a second pedal U2B) The rotation mode is the same as the frame (3〇〇) 264 1355952 February 10th, 100th correction replacement page and has a second inner edge (906) adjacent to the first pedal (12A) An inner edge (9〇6); wherein the first and second inner edges (9〇4, 906) include a set of rollers (908). 4. An exercise device comprising: a frame (300); a first pedal (12A) that is pivotally attached to the frame (3〇〇) and has a moving belt surface ((18) a) a second pedal that is pivotally coupled to the frame (3〇〇) and has a moving belt surface (18); and a third pedal (9H) that is positioned The first pedal (910) includes a low friction top surface. The exercise device of claim 4, wherein the second pedal (910) is a stationary pedal. 6. An exercise device comprising: a frame (300); a first pedal (12A) pivotally connected to the frame (3〇|: and adjacent, coplanar plural) a first roller (916) defining a top surface; and = a second pedal (12B) that is inserted and rotated with the frame (3 〇 &lt; adjacent, coplanar plural Two rollers (9 (6), the - 7 衮 wheel train define a top surface. 7. The fitness device according to claim 6 of the patent application, wherein, 265 1355952 - February 2000, i〇 day correction replacement page, etc. The plurality of first rollers (916) are connected to each other. 8. The fitness device according to Item 7 of the application (4), which has a driving mechanism m capable of rotating the first plurality of first rollers (916) Λ 9. An exercise device comprising: a frame (1 4 ); a first-pedal U2) having _ belts (18), _ pedal frames (52), and a pair of rollers , the belt Ο" is positioned by the pair of rollers; and * a pole-turning link (924), At the first tow position (920) is coupled to the frame (14) and is attached to the pedal (12) at a second pivot position (922). The exercise device of the ninth aspect, further comprising a spring (428) connected between the frame (12) and the pedal frame (52). The exercise device of claim 9, wherein when the first pedal (12) is depressed, the pedal (u) moves downward and backward relative to the frame (14). The device comprises: a frame (14); a first pedal (12) having a belt (18), _ pedal frames (52), and a set of four rollers defining a trapezoid (28,30), the belt is positioned around the pair of rollers; and 266 1355952 February 100 ι〇日 Correction replacement page is used to twirling around a separate pivoting point (33〇Τϋ~ ^ 'The board (丨2) is coupled to the mechanism of the frame (14). 13. The exercise device of claim 12, The pedal frame (52) includes an upper frame portion (52a) and a lower frame portion (52B), the upper frame portion is consumed between the top roller and the lower frame portion is connected The fitness device of claim 13, wherein the upper frame portion and the lower frame portion (52a, 52b) are coupled to a spring (928). 15. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal (12) having a belt (1S), a pedal frame (52), and a set of four defined a parallelogram wheel (28, 30), the belt (18) being positioned about the pair of rollers (28, 30); and for pivotally pivoting a pair of fixed pivot points ( 33〇) A mechanism that couples the pedal (12) to the frame (丨4). 16. The exercise device of claim 15, wherein the pedal frame (52) includes an upper frame portion (52A) and a lower frame portion (52B), the upper frame portion being lightly connected. Between a pair of top rollers and the lower frame portion is coupled between a pair of bottom rollers. 17. The exercise device of claim 16, wherein 267 1355952 February 1st 1G correction replacement page The upper frame portion and the lower frame portion - the spring (928) are lightly connected. 18_ — A fitness machine comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal (12) having a belt (18), a pedal frame (52), &amp; a front roller and - a rear roller (Μ, 3〇) 'the belt is positioned around the rollers; and a pivotal link (918) 'coupled to a first pivoting point (920) The frame (14) is coupled to the pedal (丨2) at a second pivot position point (922); and a torsion spring (93 4 ) coupled to the frame (14) and the Pivot the joint between the joints (9 1 8). 19. The exercise device of claim 18, wherein at the second pivot position (922), the pivotal link (918) is pivotally attached to the rear roller (3) 〇). 20. The exercise device of claim 18, wherein at the second pivot position (922), the pivotal link (9丨8) is pivotally attached to the pedal Frame (52). An exercise device comprising: a frame (1 4 ); a first pedal (12) having a belt (18), a pedal frame (52), and a front roller and a Rear roller (28, 3 〇), the belt (18) is positioned around the rollers (28, 3 ()); a four-bar linkage (936), which is pivotally at the first柩 268 1355952 February 10, 100 曰 Correction replacement page point ( 920 ) is lightly connected to the frame (14) and the pivot-planting point (922) is coupled to the pedal (12); A deflection spring (428) is coupled between the two links of the linkage (936). 22. The exercise device of claim 21, wherein the pedal (12) frame ((4) moves downward and forward when the first pedal (12) is discarded. 23. The exercise device of item 21, wherein, at the second pivot position (922), the pivotal link is pivotally attached to the rear roller (30). The system comprises: a frame (14) comprising a first side support member and a second side support member; a first pedal (12) having a belt (a), a a first pedal frame (52), and a front roller and a rear roller (28, 30), the belt (18) being positioned around the rollers; a set of swing arms pivotally Attached to the aforementioned first side support member and the first pedal frame; a second pedal (12) having a belt (丨8), a second pedal frame (52), and a Front roller and one rear roller (28 '30)' the belt (1 8) Positioned around the rollers; a set of swing arms (942) 'the swing arms are pivotally attached between the aforementioned second side support members and the second pedal frame (52); 269 1355952 w February 10, 100 revised replacement page an interconnecting mechanism that connects the aforementioned first pedal (12) to the second step (12) of the second step, whereby when the aforementioned first pedal is backward The aforementioned second pedal is moved forward. The fitness device according to claim 24, wherein the aforementioned interconnection mechanism comprises: a first pulley (950) which is close to the foregoing a first pedal; a second pulley (952Α) 'which is close to the aforementioned first pedal; a third pulley (952Β) that is close to the aforementioned second pedal; a fourth pulley (950) that is close to The aforementioned second pedal; an axle (954) fixedly attached between the second and third pulleys (952Α '952Β); a first cable (948,) 'which is operatively to be first The pedal (12) is connected to the second pulley (952Α); And a first ridge line (948") operatively connecting the second pedal (丨2) to the third pulley (952Β). 26. The exercise device of claim 25, wherein When the first pedal (12) is moved backward, the axle (954) rotates and moves the second pedal (12) forward. 27. An exercise device comprising: a frame, The system includes a lower frame portion (14,) and a pair of vertical pillars (958, 958"); a first pedal (12) having a belt (18) and a first pedal frame (52) And a front roller and a rear roller (28, 30), the belt (18) is positioned around the rollers; 270 丄 P5952 February 10, 100 revised replacement page a second pedal (12) ' The utility model has a belt (18), a Chule-pedal frame (52), and a front roller and a rear roller (28, 30), and the belt (18) is positioned around the rollers; First sleeve (962,)' for slidably placing the first step (12) connected to the first vertical strut (958,); a second sleeve (962")' for slidably connecting the second pedal (12) to the second vertical strut (958"); (968); and a cable (948)' is attached to the aforementioned first and second sleeves (962'' 962") and is coupled around the aforementioned pulley (968) such that when When the pedal moves downward, the aforementioned second pedal moves upward. 28. The exercise device of claim 27, wherein the first and second sleeves (962', 962") each include a coupling member (964', 964"), the coupling The attachment member defines a connection to a pivot point of the first and second pedals such that the pedals can pivot about the pivot points as the pedals move up or down. 29. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14) comprising a first side support member and a second side support member (97.2); a first pedal (14) ) having a belt (18), a first pedal frame (52), and a front roller and a rear roller (28' 30), the belt (18) being positioned around the rollers; a set of swing arms (942,) pivotally attached to the aforementioned first side support member (972) and the first pedal frame (52) 271 1355952 __ February 10, 100 Correction of replacement page '; '-' A second pedal (12) having a belt (18), a first pedal frame (52), and a front roller and a rear roller (28, 30) A belt (18) is positioned about the rollers; a set of swing arms (942") that are pivotally attached to the aforementioned second side support member (972) and the second Between the pedal frames (52); and an arc rocker arm assembly (978), which will The first pedal (12) is connected to the second pedal (丨2), whereby the aforementioned second pedal system moves forward when the aforementioned first pedal moves backward. 30. The exercise device of claim 29, wherein the μ-shaped rocker arm (978) is pivoted about a vertical spindle. 31. The exercise device of claim 29, further comprising: a bullet R ( 428 ) that skews a first oscillating arm (942 ) in a vertical orientation. 32. An exercise device that includes: a frame (14); a pedal (12) having a belt (18), a pedal frame (52), and a wheel (28'3.) seated on the pedal frame (10), the belt (10) is used for pivoting The grounded and selectable position fixedly couples the aforementioned pedal frame (52) to the mechanism of the frame (14) in the vicinity of the plural. 272 ID) Corrected replacement page 33 on February 10, 100. The mechanism described in the 32nd item includes: a pair of flanges (918) and φ dry piece, the &amp; edge (918) extends from the aforementioned frame (14) to the epitaxial edge '(= dry) piece through the pedal frame (52) and through the pair of protrusions 34. The pair of flanges described in item 33 of the scope (including a pair of chevron-shaped elongated holes (984) passing therethrough. Containing 3:5 • The fitness device as described in claim 32, which further includes two a second pedal. 2), the second pedal has a second belt force, a second pedal frame (52), and a second pair of rollers (28) seated on the opposite end of the second pedal frame: , the third belt (18) is positioned to test the second pair of rollers (28' 3〇): and one for pivotally and fixedly positioning the second pedal frame (52) A plurality of selectable locations near the face are attached to the frame ((4) mechanism. 36. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal (12) that is pivotally coupled to the aforementioned frame (丨4); and j position limiting elements# ( 984, 988), which is attached to the aforementioned frame (14), and the aforementioned position limiting element limits the pivoting movement of the pedal ((1) between a - position point and a second position point. ^ 37 The exercise device of claim 36, wherein the / position limiting element (984, 988) comprises a four-edge (9) 8), and the 273, 10, 10, 100, revised replacement page is from the aforementioned frame. Extend outward. The fitness device of claim 37, wherein the flange includes an arched elongated hole (Μ#) passing therethrough. 39_ An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); the pedals are pivoted with a first pedal and a second pedal (12) is coupled to the aforementioned frame (14); an arcuate rocker An arm (112), the aforementioned second pedal (12); and a first pedal and a control device (998) connected thereto, which are attached to the aforementioned frame (Μ), the control device ( 998) restricts the pivotal movement of the aforementioned curved rocker arm (n2). For example, in the fitness device described in claim 39, the control device (998) includes a group-group cam member (1_), and the cam member is connected to a load of a lateral strut (1〇〇). 2) Nearby. 41. The exercise device of claim 4, wherein: the control device includes a spin-) for selectively rotating the side cam member (1_) to engage the curved rocker arm (ιΐ2). 42_—A type of exercise device' includes: • a pedal (12) having a non-continuous belt (18), a pedal starter (26), a pedal frame, and a a first roller and a second roller r wheel (28 30), the roller system is seated at an opposite end of the pedal frame, and the 涊 belt (18) extends from the first roller &quot;28) Above the bottom plate to reach the second roller (30), · 274 !?55952 February 10, 100 revised replacement page and at least one spring (1006), which is connected to the first roller (28) and the pedal frame The aforementioned spring (1〇〇6) adjusts the position of the discontinuous belt (U) relative to the bottom plate (26). 43. The exercise device of claim 42, wherein the first roller and the second roller (28, 30) each include an elongated hole (1〇〇7 '1009) for stable seating. One end of the belt (18) is placed. a first pedal (1202) operatively mounted to a frame (1204) for pivoting relative to the frame (12〇4), the first pedal (1202) including a first a continuous stepping (12〇8); a second pedal (1202) operatively mounted to a frame (1204) for twirling relative to the frame (12〇4), The second pedal (1202) includes a second continuous pedestal (wide-first motor - 0222) for generating a driving force for the aforementioned _continuous pedestal (1208); and - a: motor (1222) for generating a driving force for the aforementioned second step (1208). 45. The exercise device of claim 44, comprising: a first driving roller (121 inch) of the baventu, which is driven by the aforementioned first (1222), the first driving roller (ΐ2ι〇) is a second-introduction of the first step (1208) for applying the aforementioned driving force from the aforementioned second:=275 1355952 February 10, revised replacement page (1222) to the foregoing a first connection (12 0 8 ); and a second drive roller (1210) driven by the aforementioned second motor (1222), the aforementioned second drive roller (121〇) and the aforementioned second The bottoming (1208) is in contact with the aforementioned driving force from the aforementioned second motor (1222) to the aforementioned second continuous stepping (1208). The exercise device of claim 45, wherein the other-stage motor and the second motor (1222) can be synchronized to drive the aforementioned speeds at substantially the same speed as each other. First and second bases (1208). 47. The exercise device of claim 45, wherein the aforementioned first motor and second motor (1222) are separately controllable to simultaneously drive the aforementioned ones at different speeds from each other. One step and the second step (1208). 48. An exercise device comprising: a first pedal assembly (12A); a second pedal assembly (12B), the second pedal assembly comprising: a frame (52); an upper base plate (26) Separating from the frame (52) and generally above the frame; a stepping bottom (18) slidably traversing a top surface of the upper upper floor (26); and a suspension device , which is operatively in contact with the aforementioned frame (52) 276 1355952 • -------^ • The replacement page and the aforementioned upper base plate (26) were modified on February 10, 100, to use the aforementioned _^ The bottom plate is held in a proper position adjacent to the step and substantially below the bottom of the step, and the suspension device buffers the upper portion when the upper bottom plate (26) is deflected toward the frame (52). Base plate (26). 49. The exercise device of claim 48, wherein the suspension device comprises at least one elastic member (324' 324, 324") that is inserted into the aforementioned frame (52) Between the foregoing upper substrate (26). 50. The exercise device of claim 5, wherein the suspension device comprises a plurality of elastic buffers (324) that are inserted in Between the frame (52) and the upper bottom plate (26). The exercise device of claim 5, further comprising a roller (28, rotatably coupled to the frame (52). 3)), and wherein the aforementioned step (18) is a continuous belt provided around the roller. 52. The exercise device of claim 48, wherein the suspension device comprises at least a rigid buffer (328) and at least one elastic buffer (324) 'the rigid buffer (328) is interposed between the aforementioned frame (52) and the aforementioned upper substrate (26), and the elastic buffer ( 324 ) is inserted in the aforementioned frame (52) Between the foregoing upper substrate (26). The fitness device according to claim 48, wherein the upper bottom plate (26) of the U is opposite to the frame (52) described above. U 'and where 'the aforementioned suspension system contains at least one replaced by 277 1355952 » February 10, 100 corrections inserted in the aforementioned frame with 324', 324"). The elastic member between the upper bottom plates is just described (324, 54. The exercise device according to the above-mentioned item of claim 5, wherein the suspension device comprises: an elastic member (324,) which is tied Inserted between the upper bottom &amp; (26) in the frame (5)), when the upper bottom plate ((6) is initially deflected toward the frame (52) which is not described, the elastic member (like) will contact the upper side. a lower surface of the bottom plate; and a relatively rigid member (324,) inserted between the aforementioned frame (52) = the aforementioned upper bottom plate (26), when the aforementioned upper bottom plate (9) is just &quot;2 oriented When the frame (52) is deflected, the harder member (Μ#,,) is separated from the aforementioned lower surface of the upper bottom plate. The foregoing suspension device includes: a plurality of the foregoing elastic members (324,) elastically constituting the frame (52), and the upper portion of the upper plate (26) is buffered toward the moon 1 Skew; and a plurality of the aforementioned harder The member (324,,), the plurality of harder members described above function as a spacer 'to prevent the aforementioned upper wire ((4) from being excessively skewed toward the frame (52). The system comprises: a frame (14); a first pedal (12) free ends, the aforementioned first, which has a limiting end and - the pedal (12) is close to the aforementioned limit 278 1355952 丨 100 At the end of February 10, the correction replacement page is pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame (14), and the aforementioned first pedal (12) includes a step formed by a top extension of a continuous belt. a bottom position (1 8 ); a belt; a motor (88) for driving the aforementioned skin with a first resistance device (108) on the aforementioned pedal for combating the aforementioned first pedal in at least one direction (4) (4) Movement, the aforementioned first resistance device (108) is operatively attached between the aforementioned frame (14) and the front:: pedal (12) such that the aforementioned step (12) is The aforementioned limit portion is inclined downward toward the aforementioned free end portion a second pedal (12) having a restraining end and a second end (12) of the second pedal (12) being attached to the restricted end of the second counter (12) Attached to the aforementioned frame 4) pivotally, the second pedal of the month includes a stepped bottom position (1 8 ) formed by a top deployment portion of a second continuous skin; The resistance device (110) is used for pivoting movement of the second pedal (12) in at least one direction force device 7, and the second system of the second representation is operatively attached to the foregoing Between the frame (14) and the front limit "toward /2"' such that the aforementioned second pedal system is inclined downward from the aforementioned oblique portion; the P is toward the aforementioned free end of the aforementioned second pedal and is attached thereto The restraining ends of the columns (40; 42) are connected. The aforementioned frame (14) includes _, the first and second pedals (12) of the aforementioned legs (40; 42). 279 1355952 February 1st, 1st, 1st, revised replacement page • - ^ μ ^ 57. * Towels, please refer to the 56th item of the patent scope [[14] includes a column (4〇; 42) π: The force device (...(4)^ is between the columns (40; 42). The fitness device according to the application of the patent application, wherein the pedal 2) resistance device (1〇8) is tied to two The pivoting of the aforementioned first-increasing plate (12) is resisted in the direction. No. 59. For the fitness device described in claim 56, in the middle of the device, an interconnecting device is operatively associated with each pedal ((1), - to cause one pedal to lift while the other pedal is lowered : and the resistance device (1〇8, η〇) used in the description.) Does not include the return spring. 6) The fitness device described in claim 56, in the basin. The aforementioned resistance device ( (10), 11〇) includes a flushing material that is operatively coupled to each of the pedals (12). ', knot 61', as described in the scope of claim 6G, the fitness device, the center. - an interconnect device is operatively coupled with each pedal (12) to cause - a pedal lift 'at the same time another The pedal is lowered; and the aforementioned at least one impact member does not include a return spring action. 62. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal (12); a second pedal (12); a first scissor frame (346), which The first pedal. 2) 280 ^ 5952, February 10, 100 revised replacement page is connected to the frame (14); ---- a first male knife frame (346), which connects the second pedal (η) to The frame (14); each of the aforementioned scissor-type frames (346) is movable between a lower position and an upper position; and each of the aforementioned scissor-type frames (346) has a deflecting member (348) For flexibly moving the aforementioned scissor-type frame ("o toward the upper position." 63. The exercise device of claim 62, further comprising: a suppressor (76), The exercise device of each of the aforementioned pedals (12). The fitness device of claim 62, further comprising: a (four) device (334) operatively coupled to each of the front : between the pedals (12), so that when one pedal is lowered, the other pedals will rise. 65. The fitness device described in claim 62. When::: Scissor frame (346) is caused when each frame is oriented; moving the phase pedal (a) 2) In order to maintain parallel to the cutting surface. 1. The pedal U2) of the fitness device described in claim 62 is oriented from the aforementioned upper position; 'moving, ~% lower position shifting the deflecting member (348) is in tension. 67. The exercise device of claim 62, wherein 281 1355952 • February 10, 100 revised replacement page when: the pedal (12) is oriented from the aforementioned upper position The aforementioned deflecting member (348) can be placed in compression. &quot; 68. An exercise device comprising: - a reservoir (366) containing hydraulic fluid, the reservoir being a valve (370) divided into a first chamber and a second chamber; in each of the aforementioned first-$ and second plungers (372), each of the aforementioned plungers (372) Operablely coupled to a pedal (12); and wherein when a plunger (372) is pushed into its respective chamber by the respective aforementioned pedal (12), the aforementioned hydraulic flow system is via the aforementioned valve (37) 〇) and transferred to another room, And pushing the other aforementioned plunger (372) and its pedal (12) outward. 69. The exercise device of claim 68, wherein the aforementioned valve (370) is adjustable to The exercise device of claim 68, wherein the plunger (372) is provided within the first and second cylinders (364), and The aforementioned first and second circles (364) are sealed by a common cover (376; 378). 7. The exercise device of claim 7, wherein the cylinders (364) are mounted side by side in a housing. The exercise device of claim 71, wherein the cover (378) includes a passage (368) that connects the first and second chambers for use. The hydraulic fluid is caused to flow between the first chamber and the second chamber of the replacement page of the aforementioned February 28, 282, 1985. L---^ 73 The fitness device of claim 68, wherein the plunger (372) is coupled to each of the aforementioned pedals (12) via an attachment device. 74. The exercise device of claim 68, further comprising a biasing mechanism coupled to each of the pedals for biasing the pedal upward. 75. The exercise device of claim 74, wherein the female biasing mechanism comprises a corresponding spring. 76. The exercise device of claim 75, wherein: the femalely-cut plunger (372) includes a corresponding piston (382); each of the aforementioned plungers (372) is operable The ground and its corresponding pedal (12) are coupled by a corresponding connecting rod (380); and wherein the aforementioned spring (372) is operatively coupled to a frame (14) of the exercise device and the like Between the pedals (12). 77. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a left side pedal (12) pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame (14)' and having a front left pedal roller and a a rear left pedal roller (28, 30), and a left bottom pedal (18) extending around the aforementioned left pedal roller; a right pedal (12) pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame (14) ) and has a front right pedal roller and a rear right pedal roller (28, 30), and a right side pedal roller 283 extending The right side of the wheel around the bottom (〗 8), the left two: drive the roller mechanism (88, 96, 418), the basin is transmitted outside the left bottom (丨 8), you are used to drive the aforementioned left bottom Drive the roller mechanism with a right side (88' the right bottom (18) #4... it is in no.. and is used to drive the aforementioned right bottom. 78. If the patent application scope is wild ^ 77 The exercise device, wherein the left-hand drive roller mechanism (88, 96, 4 and the aforementioned left-hand bottom (18) Μ 418) are in frictional engagement with the Ni (18); and the aforementioned right-hand drive roller machine Λ The mechanical device (88, 96, 418) is in a frictional engagement with the right-handed bottom (18). The fitness device according to claim 77, wherein the left-hand drive roller mechanism ( 88, 96, 418) is in frictional engagement with the U and the rear left pedal rollers (28, 3 ()); and the aforementioned right-hand drive roller mechanism (88, 96, 418) is in front of the foregoing And one of the rear right pedal rollers (28, 3〇) 80. The exercise device of claim 77, wherein the left side drive roller mechanism (88, 96, 418) is in front of the front and rear left pedal rollers (28, 30) One of the forward joints; and ♦ the aforementioned right drive roller mechanism (88, %, 418) is one of the front and rear right pedal rollers (28, 3)丄 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595. The device (88, 96, 418) includes a drive roller (418) that is common to the two drive roller mechanisms (88, 96, 418). 82. The exercise device of claim 81. Wherein, the aforementioned common driving roller (418) is in frictional engagement with the aforementioned left bottom bottom and right side bottom bottom (18). 83. The fitness device according to claim 81, wherein The aforementioned common drive The roller (418) is in a frictional engagement with the aforementioned left and right bottoms. 84. The exercise device of claim 81, wherein the common drive roller (4丨8) is described. And being in forward engagement with one of the front and rear left pedal rollers and one of the front and rear right pedal rollers. 8 5. The fitness device according to claim 8 Wherein, the common drive roller (418) of the month is provided with a control mechanism to facilitate changing the speed of the aforementioned left and right bottoms. 86. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal assembly (12)' slidably attached to the frame by a pole-turn connection (420) a second pedal assembly (12) pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame (14) by a pivotal connection device (420); 285 1355952 February 2008 ι〇日修正 replacement page at least one column (4〇), Α 祜 J J J:-----, you are attached to the aforementioned frame; its = first and second pedal components (12) can be operated to surround: The plug connection (420) is towed to a storage position substantially parallel to the aforementioned &gt;'s uprights (40). 87. If the scope of the patent application 帛86 is included, it includes: clothing and, 旯u, (8), 4' foot 1 and then shifting the guide (a ~ melon 1 due to the nine pivots (422) attached to the foregoing a post (4〇); and wherein the side guide (44) of ρ is operable to be inserted into a storage position about the aforementioned side &quot;axis (422). The fitness device of the item 86, further comprising: a latching mechanism for holding the aforementioned pedal set." is maintained in the aforementioned storage position. ^ Μ. The exercise device of the present invention, wherein when the aforementioned pedal assembly (12) is located in the aforementioned storage position, the fitness device is unrestrictedly erected on the aforementioned frame ((4), and the aforementioned pedal assembly (12) And the aforementioned column UG) is located in a substantially vertical orientation. 90. The exercise device of claim 89, wherein the pedal assembly (12) is located in the aforementioned storage position. In the middle, the aforementioned pedal assembly (12) is rotated into the orientation 91. An exercise device comprising: - a base frame (14) with a - (4) ground attachment attached to 286 1355952 February 100] Next day correction replacement page on the pedal assembly (12 ); -------- a column (4 〇) pivotally attached to the aforementioned base frame (14 ) by a column storage pivot (4 2 0 ); and a side rail (44), which is pivotally attached to the aforementioned column (4〇) by a side rail pivot (422); the aforementioned side rail (10) is operable (4) with the aforementioned side guide The remaining shaft (422) cabinet is turned into a stray position; and wherein the column (40) described in Fig. 6 is operable to pivot about the aforementioned column storage pivot (420) to a storage position. An exercise device according to claim 91, comprising: a lateral branch member operatively pivotally attached to the base frame by a base frame (14); and wherein the aforementioned base frame (14) operable to pivot into a lateral support store about the aforementioned base frame pivot 93. The exercise device of claim 91, wherein the exercise device is unrestricted when the aforementioned column (4 inches) is pivoted into the aforementioned storage position. Standing upright on a front end portion of the base frame ((4) and a bottom portion of the front side (4〇), and the aforementioned base frame (14) and the aforementioned upright column (4〇) are located in a substantially vertical orientation [beta] 94_ An exercise device comprising: a rear base frame (14") having a first and second pedal assembly (12) attached thereto; 287 1355952 __ 100 years 2 Revised replacement page on the 10th of the month, a front base frame (14B) pivotally attached to a front of the rear base frame (14A) at a & base frame pivot -~- (424) a post; a post (40) attached to the aforementioned front base frame (14B); and wherein the aforementioned rear base frame (14A) is pivotable about the aforementioned base frame (14B), and Operating position and storage location Pivoting, wherein in the operative position, the aforementioned front base frame (MB) is substantially transverse to the aforementioned uprights (4〇), and wherein in the storage position, the aforementioned rear base frame (12A) is Close and substantially parallel to the aforementioned uprights (40). 95. The exercise device of claim 94, wherein the pedal assembly (12) is attached to a rear portion of the rear base frame ("A). 96. The exercise device of the present invention is further pivotally attached to the aforementioned column (40); and wherein the aforementioned side guide (44) is operable to feast ± 丄 / Μ The side rails (422) of the $ are pivoted into a storage position. 97. The fitness described in claim 94 is when the aforementioned rear base frame (14Α) is located in the storage, At the time, the exercise device is erected unrestrictedly in the aforementioned setting (14Β) » H '+· /λ (1) square base frame) and the rear base frame (14 A ) is a Zhu 1 4A And the other columns (40) 1355952 The revised replacement page is located in a substantially vertical orientation on February 10, 100. - 98. The fitness device of claim 97, wherein When the aforementioned rear base frame (14A) is located in the aforementioned storage position The aforementioned rear base frame (14A) is rotated into an over-centered orientation. 99. An exercise device comprising: a main frame (14); a shouting body (20), which is fixed Attached to the aforementioned main frame (14); and at least one pedal (12) attached to the aforementioned main frame (14); wherein the height of the aforementioned housing (20) is at least equal to the foregoing The pedal device (12) has a height of the aforementioned pedal during operation. 100. The exercise device of claim 99, further comprising a resistance element operatively attached to the pedal (U) 101. The exercise device of claim 99, wherein the aforementioned housing (20) is a single piece construction. 102. Patent Application No. 99 The fitness device further includes a returning member operatively attached between the pedal (Μ) and the housing (20). The fitness device includes: Frames (14): first and second movable belt steps a plate assembly (12) pivoting 289 1355952 _ February 10, 100 revised replacement page is attached to the frame by a pivoting mechanism; a first restraining device coupled to the frame ( 14) between the first pedal assembly (丨2); a first deflecting device coupled between the frame (14) and the first pedal assembly (12); a second restraining device Is coupled between the frame (14) and the second pedal assembly (12); and a second deflecting device coupled to the frame (14) and the second pedal assembly (12) )between. 104. The exercise device of claim 1, wherein the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies (12) comprise individual drive rollers (28, 3); the exercise device More includes: a motor (8 8 ) that is mounted to the frame; a drive shaft (330) to which the drive rollers (28, 3〇) are secured (33〇) And the drive shaft is rotatably coupled to the frame (14)' for providing a pivot for the first and second pedal assemblies (12); and a torsion transmission mechanism The drive shaft (33〇) is coupled to the motor (8 8 ). 105. The exercise device of claim 1, wherein: ^ the frame (14) comprises a column member (4 〇); and the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies (12) The column member (4 〇) is pivotally mounted. 290 1^55952 February 10, 100, revised replacement page 106. The fitness device of claim 1, wherein the column member (40) is a single elongated structure, the first and the first A pedal assembly (12) of a movable belt is mounted on the respective opposite sides of the structure. 107. The exercise device of claim 1, wherein the column member (40) comprises two spaced apart elongated structures, the pedal assemblies of the first and second movable belts (12) is installed between the structures. 108. The exercise device of claim 1, wherein the pedal assembly (12) of the first and second movable belts are pivotally mounted to the column member with a fixed pivot ( 4〇). The exercise device of claim 1, wherein the pedal assembly (12) of the first and second movable belts are pivotally mounted to the pivotable shaft with a changeable pivot The column member (4〇). 1 . The exercise device of claim 1, wherein: the first suppression device and the first deflection device are integrated into one of the column (40) and the first a second unit (76) between the pedal assemblies (12); and the second suppression device and the second deflection device are integrated into the column (40) and the second pedal assembly The second early element device (76). 1Π·The fitness device described in claim 103, wherein the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies (12): · ^ Included · 291 1355952 100 February 10 correction replacement The respective belts of the sheets, the belts having respective square surfaces - frictionally engaged by the user's feet; and a drive maple device for moving away from the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies ( 12) Driving the upper surface of the belts in a direction that is inserted into the frame (14). 112. The exercise device of claim </ RTI> wherein: 〃 the frame comprises a column member (40); the towing mechanism has a single frame rotation spindle; and the first and a second movable belt pedal assembly 〇 2) is rotatably mounted to the column member (40) along the pivoting spindle. β ^3 · The fitness device according to claim 1 of the patent application, Wherein the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies comprise: respective belts (18) having respective upper surfaces for frictional engagement by the user's foot; and - a drive Mechanical means for driving the upper surface of the belts in a direction pivotally mounted to the frame (14) toward the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies (12). Η4·If you apply for a patent scope 帛113 items of fitness, and: ', the frame (14) contains a vertical member (4〇); the pivoting mechanism has a single pivot a spindle; and the first and second movable belt pedal assemblies (12) are pivotally mounted to the riser member. 292 1355952 _ . February 10, 100 revised replacement page 115. - An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first inch moving belt pedal assembly (12), which is pivotally mounted Provided to the frame (14); / a first deflecting device (428) operatively provided between the frame (14) and the first movable belt pedal assembly (12) for a biasing biasing force acts on the first movable belt pedal assembly (12); a second movable belt pedal assembly (12) pivotally mounted to the frame (14); and a second a deflecting device (428) operatively provided between the frame (14) and the second movable belt pedal assembly (12) for acting on the second movable force with a push-up biasing force Move the belt pedal assembly (12). The exercise device of claim 11, wherein the first and second deflecting means (428) have a fixed deflecting feature. 117. The exercise device of claim 11, wherein: the frame (14) comprises a base frame member; and the first and second deflecting devices (428) are directly coupled to the Base frame member. 118. The exercise device of claim 115, wherein the first and second deflections (428) have variable deflection characteristics. 119. For the fitness device described in the application of the scope of the patent item n8, 293 1355952, ~ said the revised page of the revised February 10, 100, the first and the first - pseudo-h ____________ for the biasing device (428) Both are packaged and integrated with the spring right-handed "variable length mechanism with θ." to shake its variable deflection characteristics. The clothing is used for obtaining 12 inches. As in the scope of the patent application, the first and second biasing devices have a common variable length mechanical device, and the fitness device described in claim 118 includes respective springs and An exercise device for use in obtaining a variable deflection thereof, which comprises a coil spring. JL ✓, 121. For example, in the scope of the patent application, the first and second biasing devices are as described in the patent application _121, wherein the coil springs are at the end The base frame, and at the other end, is supported by a respective pedal set 123. The fitness device comprises: a frame (14); a first movable stepping pedal assembly (12) 'they are pivotally mounted to the frame; a second movable tread pedal assembly (12) pivotally mounted to the frame; a separate continuous restraining belt (450), The first end portion and the second end portion are coupled to the first movable stepping pedal assembly (12) and the second end portion is coupled to the second end Moving the pedal assembly (12); one flywheel (446, 458); 294 1355952 ________ February 10, 100 Correction replacement page A differential flywheel (448) coupled to the flywheel and having a first side Side and a second side; and a pulley a system (452A, 452B, 452C, 452D, 452E, 452F) for guiding the continuous restraining belt (450) having a first side that is drawn to the differential flywheel (448) A first pulley (452B) and a second pulley (452E) that is coupled to the second side of the differential flywheel (44 8). 124. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first movable stepping pedal assembly (12) pivotally mounted to the frame (14); a second a movable stepping pedal assembly (12) pivotally mounted to the frame (14); a separate continuous restraining belt (450) having a first end and a second end The first end is coupled to the first movable tread pedal assembly (12) and the second end is coupled to the second movable tread pedal assembly (12); a differential flywheel (448), It has a first side and a second side; and a pulley system (452A, 452B, 452C, 452D, 452E, 452F) for guiding the continuous restraining belt (45〇), the pulley system has a A first pulley (452B) coupled to the first side of the differential flywheel (448) and a second pulley (452E) coupled to the second side of the differential flywheel (448). 295 1355952 ___ February 10, 100 revised replacement page 125. An exercise device comprising: ~~ a frame (14); first and second movable stepping pedal assemblies (12), the pedal assemblies Is pivotally mounted to the pivot (14); a first biasing mechanical device (428, 432) 'having a branch disposed on the first movable treadle assembly (12) a member (432)' and an elastic member (428) coupled to the frame (14); and a second biasing mechanism (428, 432) having a second movable tread A support member (432)' on the pedal assembly (12) and an elastic member () coupled to the frame (14). 126. The exercise device of claim 125, further comprising a flat spring (428) coupled to the frame (14) substantially at its center for facilitating establishment a first arm and a first &lt;One arm, wherein the support member (432) of the first-biasing mechanism (428, 432) has a first rigid protrusion from the first movable stepping pedal assembly; The elastic member (428) biasing the mechanical device (428, 432) is a first arm portion including the flat spring; the support member (432) of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) has a slave a second rigid protrusion of the second movable stepping pedal assembly; and an elastic member (428) of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) 296. The modified replacement page includes the flat spring on February 10, 100 The second arm. 127. The exercise device of claim 125, further comprising a reed spring (428) coupled to the frame for presenting relative to the first and second Moving the pedal assembly ((1) recessed and used to establish a first arm and a second arm, wherein: the scoop ί first biasing mechanism (428, 432) support member (432) class contains a An elastic member (428) of the first system-biasing mechanism (428, 432) coupled to the first movable stepping pedal assembly includes a first arm portion of the reed spring; The branch member (432) of the two deflecting mechanism (428, 432) has a second double side coupled to the second movable stepping pedal assembly; and an elastic member of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) ( 428 ) ' I 3 has a second arm of the reed spring. 12 8 includes the fitness device of claim 125, which further comprises: a pair of springs coupled to the frame a leaf spring (428) for presenting the day of the wilderness and for The first and second movable stepping pedal portions of the pedal assembly and establishing a first arm portion and a second arm portion, wherein: a::: a support member (432) biasing the mechanical device (428, 432), a surface Υ An elastic member (428) of the first skirt 432) coupled to the first movable stepping pedal assembly is biased toward the mechanical device (428, the first arm portion including the spring spring 297 1355952 I卯 2 The 10th revision correction replacement page of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) includes a second surface coupled to the movable stepping pedal assembly; and the second biasing mechanism ( The elastic member (428) of the 428, 432) is a second arm portion including the reed spring. The exercise device of claim 125, further comprising a multi-section torsion spring ( 428) 'The spring is lightly coupled to the frame (14) at a plurality of positions (436) and has a first torsion spring section and a second torsion spring section, wherein: the first biasing mechanism Support of the device (428, 432) The member (432) includes a first surface coupled to the first movable stepping pedal assembly; the elastic member (々Μ) of the first biasing mechanism (428, 432) includes the first torsion a linear section of the torsion spring extending at the spring section; the support member (M2) of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) includes a second coupled to the second movable treadle assembly The surface; and the resilient member (428) of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) includes the twisted linear section extending from the second torsion spring section. 130. The exercise device of claim 125, further comprising a flat spring (428) mounted on the frame (a) 4) and having X set to be first And the second movable stepping pedal group 298 ^ 55952 100 February 10 曰 correction replacement page further (442) and at least one second fork component (12) at least one of the (442), wherein: ^ the first-bias The support member (432) of the mechanical device (428, 432) includes a first surface coupled to the first movable stepping pedal assembly; ° an elastic member of the first biasing mechanism (428, 432) (428) a branch member (432) comprising the second portion; the second deflecting mechanism (432, 432) includes a second surface coupled to the second movable stepping pedal assembly; And an elastic member (428 of the second biasing mechanism (428, 432) is included from the second part. 1 3 1 _ an exercise device comprising: a frame (1 4 ); Pedal set first and second movable stepping pedal assemblies (12 a member (12) is rotatably mounted to the frame (14); a first-buffer mechanism, (154) having: a frame ((4) and the first movable stepping pedal assembly rigid member (1) And an elastic member (164); and a frame (14) having a cushioning mechanism (154) disposed between the face, &gt;, the second movable stepping pedal assembly (12) A lifetime member (155) and an elastic member (164). Medium: 132n, the fitness device described in the scope of claim 131, 299 1355952 χυυ ^ L η ,, &gt;·' 03⁄4 ^ 43⁄4 ±u ^ ____ (d) a rigid member (155) of the first mechanical device (154) has a rigid crying portion (160) protruding from the soft red stepping pedal assembly (12); into the a 'buffering mechanism ( The elastic member (164) of the 154) is a (10) raw rubber shock absorber that is attached to the frame (14); a!! The rigid member (155) of the second buffering mechanism I (154) Α 一个 a rigid protrusion (160) protruding from the stepping pedal assembly (12): and the second cushioning mechanism The elastic member (164) of (154) comprises a second soft rubber shock absorber that is coupled to the frame (14). 133. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal assembly (12) that is rotatably attached to the frame (14) and has at least one first front roller (28) and a first rear roller (30), and a first movable belt Is disposed around the first square roller (28) and the first rear roller (3〇), and a first stepping zone (462) is defined on the first movable belt (18) Between the first front and the first rear roller, and a bottom plate does not appear in the first stepping area (462); and a second pedal assembly (12)' is pivotally connected to the system The frame (14) has at least one second front roller (28) and one second rear roller (30), and a second movable belt (丨8) is disposed on the second front roller and the second Around the rear roller, a second tread area (462) is defined The second movable belt (18) is 300 1355952., _February 10th, the correction replacement page is between the second front and the second rear roller, and -- appears in the second stepping area 134. The exercise device of claim 133, wherein: the first movable belt (18) includes a reinforced edge; and the second movable belt (18) includes a reinforced edge. 135. The exercise device of claim 134, wherein the first and second movable belts (18) are placed in a tensioned state between the reinforcing edges. 136. The exercise device of claim 133, comprising: 'a first deflecting device coupled between the frame (14) and the first pedal assembly (12); and a second A deflecting device is coupled between the frame (丨4) and the second pedal assembly (12). 137. The fitness device of claim 133, comprising: ~ a motor (88) mounted on the frame; a drive shaft (33〇), the first and second A front roller (Μ) is secured to the drive shaft (33〇), and the drive shaft is rotatably coupled to the frame (14) for providing one for the first and second a common pivot of the pedal assembly (12); and a torsion transmission mechanism that couples the drive shaft (33〇) to 301 1355952 100 years 2 3 1Q day correction replacement page 138. Contains: The exercise device of item 133, wherein a further motor (88) is mounted on the frame; a drive shaft (330), the first and second rear rollers (3) are fixed To the drive shaft (33〇), and the drive shaft is rotatably coupled to the frame (14) for providing a common pivot for the first and second pedal assemblies (12) a shaft; and a torsion transmission mechanism coupling the drive shaft (330) To the motor (88). 139. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first-pedal set 彳 (12), the #-system is pivotally connected to the frame and has a - front-side roller (28)纟—a first-rear wheel (30) first-movable belts (18), which are disposed on the first-front roller (28) and the first-rear roller (3〇), and the first a bottom; fe (26) having a user selectable first position and a user selectable second position, the first position being approximately defined by the first front roller (28) and the first a first step-to-step region (462) between the rear rollers (3g), and the second position is removed from the first tread region (462); and a first pedal assembly (12) is added Is pivotally coupled to the frame () and has a second front roller (28) and a second rear roller (30), and a second movable belt ((4), which is configured in the Around the front roller (28) and the second rear roller (9), 302 1355952, February 100, the next day, the replacement page and a second a bottom plate (26) having a first position and a user selectable second position, the first position being approximately defined by the second front roller (28) and the second rear roller (3) A second tread area (462) between the two, and the second position is removed from the second tread area. 140. The exercise device of claim 139, further comprising: a first deflecting device (76) coupled to the frame (14) and the first pedal assembly (丨2) And a second deflecting device (76) coupled between the frame (14) and the second pedal assembly (丨2). 1 4 1. The exercise device of claim 39, wherein: the first movable belt (18) comprises a reinforced edge; and the second movable belt (18) comprises The edge of reinforcement. 142. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first pedal (12A) pivotally coupled to the frame; and a second pedal (12B) pivoted a rotation mode coupled to the frame; and a low friction surface (902) 〇 143 located between the aforementioned pedals (12A, 12B). The exercise device of claim 42 wherein the low The friction surface (902) includes a set of rollers (9〇8). 303 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该The fitness device described in item 144 is a nylon or Teflon surface that can be slid. Straight to the middle | 46 · _ Please call the fitness device described in the 144th patent range ° Hai can, the surface of the bone movement is lubricated. For example, the fitness device described in the scope of claim 142, which is further divided into two pedals (910), and wherein the low friction surface (9〇2) 疋5 has a portion of the second pedal (910). Wherein the 148. The low friction surface (902) of the exercise device of claim 147 includes a set of rollers (908)\ 149. The fitness as described in pp. 147 The surface (902) includes a slidable surface 150. The slidable surface of the exercise device of claim 149 is nylon or Tefl〇n. 151. The fitness device described in claim 149 of the patent application § The surface that can be slid is lubricated. Wherein the exercise device according to claim 147, the third pedal (910) is biased in an upward position: 53. The fitness device as described in claim 147, The third pedal (91〇) alternately tracks the first pedal and the second pedal (12A, 12B) between a highest pedal displacement point and an intermediate point, and the inter-point point is between the highest pedal displacement point Between a minimum pedal displacement point. </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; The second pedal (12B) includes a second edge (906) adjacent to the first edge (9〇4), and the low friction surface (9〇2) includes at least one of the aforementioned edges 155. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); and an adjustable length pedal assembly (12) pivotally coupled to the frame (14) and including There is: a pedal frame (542) having a first side tube member (544) slidably engaged with a second side tube member (546), and a sliding portion and a fourth side tube member (55〇) a third side pipe member (548) coupled; a first roller (28) coupled to the first side pipe member () and the third side pipe member (5 4 8) Connected to each other; a second roller (30) that is coupled to the aforementioned second side tube (546) and the foregoing The fourth side tube members (550) are connected; the second one is a stepping belt (18) between the first roller and the second roller; and a belt bottom plate (26) Having a first section (552), a first section (556), and at least one removable third section (=4), the first section (552) being associated with the aforementioned first side The second tube member (548) of the tube material is connected, the second portion (556) is associated with the second side tube member (546) and the aforementioned fourth tube member (550) 305 1355952. The modified replacement page on the 10th::ϊ!, wherein the at least one removable W segment (554)-: the first segment (552) and the second segment (556) described above The junction is sub-located and positioned in the aforementioned first interval. Slave and the second section of the 156: an exercise device comprising: a frame (14); an adjustable length pedal assembly ( ), the assembly is in a twisting manner /, the frame ( 14) coupled and comprising: a pedal frame (542), which is the same as the first 7 _, BI ^ system &quot; has a sliding joint with a first side pipe (546) The official member (544), and a third side of the third side pipe fitting (pipe (548); noon (55 〇), a first roller (2 8) The third side pipe member (548) is connected to the '-side pipe member (544) and the second roller (3), which are connected to the aforementioned second side pipe member (546) and the fourth side of the other side. The side pipe members (550) are connected; a circulating pedal belt (丨8) is interposed between the first roller (28) and the second roller (3〇) described above; and a belt The bottom plate (26)' has a first-section (552), a first-section (556), and at least one r ςς/1, a removable third segment), at least one of which can be moved (^ flute - Jiang, "the removed second segment (554) is removably placed in the aforementioned first region r ^ is further between the aforementioned second section (5 5 6 ). v 157. An exercise device comprising: 306 1355952 February 10, 100 revised replacement page a frame (14); and -- --- A pedal assembly ((1), which is lightly attached to the frame (14) in a dragged manner and contains: a = plate frame ( 542 ) ' has a length that can be adjusted; a number - wheel (28) 'It is connected to the aforementioned pedal frame (54); a second roller (30) is connected to the aforementioned pedal frame (542); a circulating pedal belt (18) Between the aforementioned first roller (28) and the aforementioned second roller (30); and a belt bottom plate (26) having a first section (552) and at least one second section (554, 556) The at least one second segment is removably positioned in the aforementioned first roller and the foregoing Between the second rollers. 158. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); an adjustable length pedal assembly (12) coupled to the frame (14) in a twisting manner And include: a pedal frame (542) having a frame that is selectively extended and retracted; a pedal belt (18) operatively coupled to pass around the pedal frame (542); And a belt bottom plate (26) having an adjustable length for mating adjustment with the pedal frame (542). 307 1355952 February 100 ι〇曰Revision Replacement Page 159. An exercise device that includes: --- a pedal (12); a stick (706) that is attached to the pedal (- Pivot (7) 2) 'The system is at least part: sub-(706); Han is attached to the other bar and the shaft structure (714), which is connected to the aforementioned drag axis ((1)) 俜 in the arrow, ten. The pivot (712) is pivoted in a different shaft structure (714); a locking projection structure (722; 7〇8, 716 is connected to the aforementioned rod (706). And the system is formed by the action and is inserted to connect an action limiting element on the bottom side of the m (pedal (12), as described above: the locking bulge structure (722) When the action limiting element is engaged, the action limiting element of the ^ is prevented from moving. In the exercise device described in claim 159, the hinge locking structure (722) includes at least a locking projection (708); to a small locking post (71 6 ), which is fixed to the aforementioned one at an angle a fixed bump (708); and a hinge (718), the locking post (716) is wound around the hinge 16 6 in the fitness device, as described in paragraph 16 of the patent patent scope, (1) The action limiting element comprises a channel. 162 八八有 · The fitness device of claim 159, which has a bar-shaped elongated hole (71 〇) formed in the aforementioned 308 1355952. In the rod (706) of the modified replacement page on February 10, 100; - wherein 'the aforementioned pivot (712) is at least partially accommodated within the aforementioned rod elongated hole (710); and wherein When the aforementioned ankle (704) is depressed, the aforementioned cymbal (712) is moved along the aforementioned rod elongated hole (710). 163. The fitness device of claim 159, which further The 匕s has a perforated elongated hole (72〇) which is formed in the aforementioned base of the aforementioned exercise device, and wherein: when the aforementioned ankle (704) is depressed, the aforementioned pivotal structure (722) Sliding (72〇) sliding of the pivot hole just described 164—A fitness device comprising: an ankle (730); a rod (728) fixed to the footlight (73 0 ) and defining a rod elongated hole therein (726); a tow (7 3 2 )' is at least partially housed within the aforementioned rod (728); a latching wheel (738); a wheel member (6) The latching wheel (738) extends and is at least partially received within the aforementioned rod slot (726); a latching cam (740) that is operative to engage the pedal (12)' Preventing movement; and a plurality of axles (742) operatively connecting the aforementioned wheel bars (736) to the aforementioned latching cams (740). 309 1355952 February 10, 100 revised replacement page 165. A fitness device, which comprises: --____-- followed by a frame (14) a pedal (12) which is pivoted The frame (14) is coupled to the aforementioned slider, a slider handle (752), a slider rod (7 5 4) handle (752), and a sliding support member (756), which is fixed to the foregoing The exercise device 'the aforementioned slider rod (754) is passed through the aforementioned slider handle (725); and a slider key (758)' is attached to the aforementioned slider rod (754). 166. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a handle bar (788; 790); a pedal (12) pivotally coupled to the frame (14) And an interconnecting device (792; 794) operatively attached to the aforementioned handle bar (788; 79 〇) attached to the aforementioned pedal, the aforementioned interconnecting device (792; 794) is a handle bar The action is associated with a pedal action. 1 67. In the fitness equipment described in claim 66, the interconnection device (792; 794) is a solid component; 310 February 1G correction date replacement page 1J The pedal action occurs laterally; and the lateral motion of the pedal (12) drives a lateral handle stick action. 168. The exercise device of claim 167, wherein: wherein, the interconnecting device (792; 794) is a solid member; the handlebar action is described to occur laterally; The side action of the month's handlebar (788; 790) is driven by a pedal action. 69. The exercise device of claim 167, wherein: the interconnecting device (792; 794) includes one component, and the four components include a one-way bearing and a The selected one of the group of the wheel and the turning mechanism; the aforementioned action of the handle bar (788; 790) is a reciprocating lateral movement; and the aforementioned description of the handle bar (788; 790) The aforementioned joint relationship to the pedal action described above includes: when the action of the handle stick is a rearward lateral motion, providing a counterclockwise motion to the aforementioned pedal (12); and when the handle of the handle is actuated When it is a forward lateral action, the action is provided to the aforementioned pedal (1 2 ). 17〇. For the fitness device described in Patent Application No. 167, its 311 1355952 hole 10th February 10th 曰 revised replacement page Weng's handle bar (788; 790) defines ifc _ 796); A first end of the device (792; 794) is at least partially disposed within the handle bar (788; 790). A second end of the interconnecting device (792; 794) The first end portion of the inter-connecting device (792; 794) is fixed to the aforementioned pedal (丨2); and the first end portion of the interconnecting device (792; 794) reciprocates back and forth within the aforementioned elongated hole (796) in response to an action of the handle. 171. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a handle bar (788; 790); a pedal (12) coupled to the frame (14) in a twisting manner; (784; 786) attached to the aforementioned handle bar (788; 79〇) at a first end and attached to the aforementioned pedal (12) at a second end; An interconnecting device (792; 794) operatively attached to the aforementioned handle bar (788; 790) is attached to the aforementioned post, and the aforementioned interconnecting device (792; 794) resists a handle stick action. 172. The exercise device of claim 4, further comprising a hinge joint (800) attaching the aforementioned column (784; 786) to the aforementioned handle bar (788; 790); The aforementioned interconnection device (792; 794) includes an impact member. 312 1355952, ", February 10, 100, revised replacement page 173. The fitness device of claim 171, further comprising a spring joint (800) which is the aforementioned column (784; 786) Attaching the aforementioned handle bar; and wherein the aforementioned interconnection device (792: 794) comprises a member of fixed length. P4_ is an exercise device comprising: a frame (1 4 ); a handle bar (810); a projection (812) extending from the aforementioned first handle bar (81〇); and a first pedal (808) pivotally coupled to the frame (14) </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; The slidable attachment means between the pedals includes an elongated aperture (8丨6) extending at least partially along the length of the pedal (808); and one of the aforementioned handlesticks (810) Movement along the aforementioned The protrusion (812) transmits the force to the aforementioned elongated hole (816), thereby providing an action to the aforementioned first pedal (8〇8). 176. The fitness described in claim 175 The device wherein the aforementioned first handle bar (81G) is pivotally attached to a frame (14) of the aforementioned exercise device. 177. The exercise device of claim 176, further 313 1355952 ** I--------___, rev. February 10th Amendment Replacement Page • Contains: —-- A second pedal (808) that is pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame (14); and an interconnecting member (822)' is fixed to the first pedal and the second pedal (808), and the aforementioned interconnecting member (822) is operated in a manner opposite to the foregoing The aforementioned second pedal (808) is moved in the direction of the aforementioned action of the first pedal. 178. The fitness device of claim 177, wherein the aforementioned inter-connecting member (822) is in the shape of a Z-shape 179. The fitness device of claim 177, wherein 'the front The inter-connecting member (822) is in the shape of a C. 180. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); a first handle bar (810); a first protrusion (812)' It is attached to the aforementioned first handle bar (8 1 0 ); a first pedal (800) that is operatively attached to the aforementioned frame (14); a first elongated hole (8) 1 6), which is formed in one side of the aforementioned first step (808), the aforementioned elongated hole (8丨6) slidably cooperates with the aforementioned first protrusion (812); a second handle bar (81 〇); a second protrusion (8 12 ) attached to the aforementioned second handle bar (8 1 〇); 314 1.355952, February 10, 100 revised replacement page one Two pedals (808) 'which are operatively attached to the aforementioned pivot frame (14); a second elongated hole (816) formed in one of the sides of the aforementioned second pedal (808) 'The aforementioned elongated hole (8丨6) is slidably engaged with the aforementioned second protrusion (812); wherein the first one is A first action of the rod (810) slides the aforementioned protrusion (812) along the first elongated hole (816) to transmit the first action to the pedal (丨2); and the foregoing A second action of the two-handle bar (81 〇) slides the aforementioned projection (812) along the aforementioned second elongated hole (816) to transmit the aforementioned second action to the aforementioned pedal (丨2). 181. An exercise device comprising: a frame (1 4 ); (W) coupled and comprising: a handle bar (832); a mandrel element; and a resistance element (830), The system is fixed to the handle bar (832) at a first end and is fixed to the mandrel at a co-section. The resistance element provides a Resist the resistance of the action of the handle stick (832). 182. The exercise device of claim 181, wherein the resistance element (830) is a piston. 'The fitness device described in the patent scope 帛m, 315 1355952 ----- February 1st, 1st, 100th revised replacement page, the mandrel component contains a pedal (834), ( 830) is an action of transmitting the handle stick (832) for moving the pedal (83 4 4). 184. The exercise device of claim 182, wherein the mandrel element comprises a pedal (834), and one of the actions of the pedal increases the aforementioned resistance of the aforementioned resistance element (83〇). 185. An exercise device comprising: a degree adjustment mechanism (854) comprising: a bracket (856) secured to a support member of the aforementioned exercise device; a slotted hole ( 858 ), which is defined within the aforementioned bracket (856); a adjuster stud (862) that is at least partially retained within the aforementioned elongated hole (858); Degree adjustment mechanism (85 4 4) operatively attached to the aforementioned adjuster pegs (862); and pedals (12)' operatively attached to the aforementioned adjustment write studs (862) ). 186. The exercise device of claim 185, further comprising: a motor; a drive belt operatively attached to the aforementioned motor and the aforementioned pedal (12); Tentensifier devices (870) for tensioning a drive belt 316 丄, 355952 (8 74 ), and the aforementioned tensioner device comprises: a tensioning II head that is parked on the aforementioned drive belt a spring (8 7 8 ) attached to the revised replacement page on February 10, 100; the aforementioned tensioner head; a base (876) 'attached to the aforementioned material ( Called, and more attached to the aforementioned support member; wherein the aforementioned resistance (37) acts on the aforementioned drive belt (874) to resist the force via the aforementioned tensioner head, The utility model is increased as the pedal (12) is lifted up. The fitness device of claim 185, and comprising: ~ one of the motors, the aforementioned motor is fixed to the aforementioned pedal (丨2) The motor system just described The aforementioned pedals (12) are raised and lowered together. 188. An exercise device comprising: a frame (14); and a: pedal action adjustment mechanism (88〇), the mechanism is a pitch a rod (884); pivoting; a pivot (886 'the aforementioned pitching rod system is pivoted about the pivot to perform a pitch adjuster (888) that is operable to follow the aforementioned pitch rod (884) And moving; a throwing handle (890), which is operatively attached to the aforementioned cast 317 ^ 55952 100 February 1Q modified replacement page distance adjuster (888 ) 'the throwing handle (890) Act 4 is operated along the aforementioned pitching rod adjuster (888) along the aforementioned pitching rod (884); a pedal (12) ' is pivotally coupled to the frame (14) and operates Attached to the pitch adjuster (888); wherein moving the aforementioned pitch adjuster (888) away from the aforementioned pivot (886) along the pitch rod (884) changes the pedal ( 12) pitching. 189. The fitness device described in claim 88 of the scope of the patent application, Including: , the system is attached to the aforementioned pitch adjustment angle rod (896) (888); an angle adjuster (895), which is operable to move along the aforementioned angle rod (896); Wherein the aforementioned angle bar (896) forms an operational attachment between the pedal (12) and the pitch adjuster (888); and moves the aforementioned angle adjustment along the aforementioned angle bar (896) The device (895) changes the operating angle of the aforementioned pedal (12). XI. Schema: as the next page 0 318 5593⁄4^ 1355952 l 丨1355952 Figure 4 1355952 y 0 1355952 6/ 12^ 7/ ^ 1355952 1355952 8/12C- 1355952 9/12^ 6 1355952 10/. You 1355952 1355952 12/1^ 1355952 13/\So Dr si ze | dl ei letter 1355952 14/ RC〇 1355952 15/ spider 1355952 1355952 17/1^ 18/ 1355952 I V卜 I ® 1355952 19/ \1U n Figure 17B 1355952 1355952 1355952 Ο Q 22/sand 1355952 .] 23/down % u 1355952 24/降 25/ 1355952 Ο 26/ 1355952 •· Ίί pan 1355952 27/ 29/ 1355952 d 1355952 3〇〇 1355952 ) Ο 1355952 Figure 3'5 ^ιζς 1355952 1355952 1355952 ,® 41A 1355952 1355952 o, /b T ο Oni 1355952 ο 1355952 L3^S9S2 1355952 1355952 1355952 .0 -) 1355952 49 1355952 .) 1355952 Μ 52A 1355952 1355952 1355952 V 1355952 Oc 1 1355952 44 Figure 61Α 1355952 GSy/j^l/ Pc/v ΦΙ\^ Figure 63Β 1355952 1355952 Figure 63E 1355952 61 / •1Z6 MW Figure 63G % Figure 63G 1355952 Figure 631 1355952 1355952 (〇S/ i\z.i〇 Figure 63K 1355952 1355952 1355952 % I355952 Gft Figure 63〇 1 is called γιΜ Figure 63? 1355952 Ί\/^ ® 63Q 1355952 Figure 63R J355952 Figure 63S 1355952 Figure 63 卞(Ά 1355952 1355952 Figure 64Β ^SSc 1355952 \^ip Figure 65 1355952 \χλί&gt; Figure 66Α 1355952 MtH Figure 66Β 1355952 Iiu Figure 67 A I355952 Figure 67B Η·η Figure 67C 1355952 Figure 68A ^5593⁄4^ 1355952 Figure 68C 1355952 Figure 69A Π55952 Figure 69B 1355952 I sand ^32 Figure 70C 1355952 / I 1355952 Figure 72A 1355952 Cut /% 1355952 JO &amp;JB 1355952 ) 1355952 Figure 79D 1355952 Figure 80JB 1355952 i〇Yl2(. 1355952 1355952 1355952 1355952 A 1355952 1355952 1355952 11355952 ΆΆ Figure 90 Figure 91 • J3. &quot;))% 1355952 1355952 瞀 1355952 •f '7 1355952 0011® VSI s SOI Η 1355952 gS2 ^ f 1355952 I V 1355952 m i 1355952 i 1355952 1355952 down / / from ά